Curriculum and Detailed Syllabi

For
B.E. Mechatronics
2018 Regulations

Thiagarajar College of Engineering

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University)
Madurai – 625 015, Tamil Nadu
 Table of Contents
Page
Topic
Number
Vision and Mission i
PEO, PO, PSO iii
Scheduling of Courses v
Categorization of Courses vi
Course of Study and Scheme of Evaluation x

First Semester
18MA110 Engineering Calculus 1
18PHA20 Physics 7
18CHA30 Chemistry 12
18EG140 English 17
18ES150 Engineering Exploration 21
18ME160 Engineering Graphics 26
18EG170 English Laboratory 32
18PH180 Physics Laboratory 34
18CH190 Chemistry Laboratory 36
Second Semester
18MA210 Matrices and Ordinary Differential Equations 37
18MT220 Electrical Machines 42
18MT230 Analog Electronics 47
18MT240 Free Body Mechanics 52
18MT260 Manufacturing Processes 58
18MT270 Electrical Machines Laboratory 64
18MT271 Electrical Machines Laboratory 67
18MT280 Workshop 70
18CHAA0 Environmental Science 75
18ES290 Lateral Thinking 80
Third Semester
18MT310 Partial differential equations 83
18MT320 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 88
18MT330 Digital Electronics 95
18MT340 Thermal Fluid Engineering 100
18MT350 Programming for Problem solving 107
 Table of Contents
Page
Topic
Number
18MT360 Programming and Coding Laboratory 111
18MT370 Thermal Fluid Engineering Laboratory 113
18MT380 Digital Electronics Laboratory 116
18ES390 Design Thinking 119
Fourth Semester
18MT410 Probability and Statistics 123
18MT420 Power Electronics and Drives 128
18MT430 Microcontroller 133
18MT440 Sensors and Measurements 137
18EG460 Professional Communication 142
18MT490 Project Management 145
18MT470 Sensors and Measurements Laboratory 151
18MT480 Micro Controller Laboratory 153
18CHAB0 Constitution of India 156
Fifth Semester
18MT510 Control System 159
18MT520 Industrial Automation 164
18MT530 Design of Machine Elements 170
18MT560 Accounting and Finance 176
18MT570 Industrial Automation Laboratory 182
18MT580 Dynamics and Control Laboratory 186
18ES590 System Thinking 189
18CHAC0 Essence of Indian Knowledge 193
Sixth Semester
18MT610 Industrial Robotics 196
18MT620 CNC Technology 203
18MT660 Virtual Instrumentation 210
18MT670 CAD / CAM Laboratory 215
18MT680 Robotics Laboratory 217
18ES690 Engineering Design Project 220
Seventh Semester
18MT710 Mechatronics System Design 224
18MT760 System Integration Laboratory 232
 Table of Contents
Page
Topic
Number
Program Specific Electives (PE)
18MTPA0 Machine Vision System 236
18MTPB0 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems 241
18MTPC0 Additive Manufacturing 246
18MTPD0 Embedded System 251
18MTPH0 Industrial Control of Motion Drives 256
18MTPJ0 Robotic Process Automation 261
18MTPK0 Object Oriented Programming 266
18MTPN0 Digital Manufacturing Technology 271
Program Specific Electives for Expanded Scope (PEES)
18MTPE0 Machine Learning and its Applications 277
18MTPF0 Internet of Things 281
18MTPG0 Industrial Communication Networks 285
18MTPL0 Electronic System Packaging 290
18MTPM0 Mobile Application Development 296
18MTPQ0 Deep Learning and its Applications 300
18MTPR0 Control of Mobile Robots 304
General Electives
18MTGA0 Mechatronics 311
18MTGB0 Sensors 316
18MTGC0 Value Engineering 320
Engineering Science Electives
18MTEA0 Integrated Product development 328
18MTEB0 Battery Management System 334
Industry Supported Courses
18MT1A0 Building Automation and Controls 339
18MT2A0 Design for Environmental Compatibility 342
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Vision Statement:

“World class quality technical education with strong ethical values”

Mission Statement:

We at TCE shall strive continuously,

• Academic excellence in Science, Engineering and Technology through dedication to

duty, commitment to research, innovation in learning and faith in human values
• Enable the students to develop into outstanding professionals with high ethical
standards capable of creating, developing and managing global engineering
enterprises
• Fulfil expectations of the society and industry by equipping students with state of art
technology resources for developing sustainable solutions
• Achieve these through team efforts making Thiagarajar College of Engineering the
socially diligent trend setter in technical education

i
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

DEPARTMENT OF MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

Vision:

“Be a globally renowned school of engineering in Mechatronics”

Mission:

As a department, we are committed to

• Develop ethical and competent engineers by synergizing world class teaching,

learning and research

• Establish state-of-art laboratories and to provide consultancy services to fulfil the

expectations of industry and needs of the society

• Inculcate entrepreneurial qualities for creating, developing and managing global

engineering ventures

• Motivate the students to pursue higher studies and research

Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) of B.E. (Mechatronics)

PEO 1: The programme will prepare graduates to synergistically integrate mechanical

engineering with electronic and intelligent computer control in the design and manufacture of
industrial products and processes.

PEO 2: The programme will prepare graduates with strong team skills to solve multi-
disciplinary problems using Mechatronics approach.

PEO 3: The programme will prepare graduates with an understanding of their ethical and
social responsibility.

ii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Programme Outcomes (POs) of B.E. (Mechatronics)

Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

Engineering
PO1 fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the
knowledge
solution of complex engineering problems
Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyses
Complex engineering problems reaching substantiated
PO2 Problem analysis
conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural
sciences, and engineering sciences
Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the
Design/development
PO3 specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public
of solutions
health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations
Use research-based knowledge and research methods
Conduct
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation
PO4 investigations of
of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
complex problems
conclusions
Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,
and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction
PO5 Modern tool usage
and modelling to complex engineering activities with an
understanding of the limitations
Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
The engineer and assess societal, health, safety, legal, and cultural issues and
PO6
society the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
engineering practice
Understand the impact of the professional engineering
Environment and solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and
PO7
sustainability demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development
Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics
PO8 Ethics
and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice
Individual and team Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
PO9
work leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings
Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities
with the engineering community and with society at large,
PO10 Communication such as, being able to comprehend and write effective
reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
Project management engineering and management principles and apply these to
PO11
and finance one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments
Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability
PO12 Life-long learning to engage in independent and life-long learning in the
broadest context of technological change

iii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

PEO – PO Matrix

POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
PEOs

PEO1 S S S S S M S M L M M M

PEO2 S S S S S S M M S S S L

PEO3 L M M L L S S S S M S M

S – Strong M-Medium L-Low

Programme Specific Outcomes (PSO):

After the successful completion of the B.E. Mechatronics Engineering degree programme,
the students will be able to:

PSO1:
Design, develop and retrofit conventional mechanical system into low-cost automated
system using sensors and controllers

PSO2:
Design, develop and analyse mechatronics system using hardware and software tools.

iv
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019
SCHEDULING OF COURSES
Mandatory Total
Sem Theory / Theory cum Practical / Laboratory Courses
Audit Courses Credits
18MA110 18PHA20 18CHA30 18EG140 18ES150 18ME160 18EG170 18PH180 18CH190
Engineering Engineering Engineering English Physics Chemistry
I Physics Chemistry English --- 22
Calculus Exploration Graphics Laboratory Laboratory Laboratory
4 3 3 2 3 4 1 1 1
18MA210 18MT220 18MT230 18MT240 18MT260 18MT271 18MT280 18ES290 18CHAA0
Matrices and
Electrical
Ordinary Electrical Analog Free Body Manufacturing Lateral Environmental
II --- Machines Workshop 18
Differential Machines Electronics Mechanics Processes (TCP) Thinking Science
Laboratory
Equations
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1
18MT310 18MT320 18MT330 18MT340 18MT350 18MT360 18MT370 18MT380 18ES390
Partial Kinematics and Programming Thermal Fluid Digital
III Digital Thermal Fluid Programming for Design --- 19
differential Dynamics of and Coding Engineering Electronics
Electronics Engineering problem solving Thinking
equations Machinery Laboratory Laboratory Laboratory
3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
18MT410 18MT420 18MT430 18MT440 18YYFX0 18EG460 18MT470 18MT480 18MT490 18CHAB0
Power Professional Sensors and Micro
IV Probability Micro Sensors and Foundation Project Constitution of 22
Electronics and Communication Measurements Controller
and Statistics Controller Measurements Elective Management India
Drives (TCP) * Laboratory Laboratory
3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3
18MT510 18MT520 18MT530 18MTPX0 18YYGX0 18MT560 18MT570 18MT580 18ES590
Design of Industrial Dynamics Essence of
V Control Industrial Program Accounting and System Indian 22
Machine General Elective Automation and Control
System Automation Elective I Finance Thinking Knowledge
Elements Laboratory Laboratory
3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2
18MT610 18MT620 18MTEX0 18MTPX0 18MT660 18MT670 18MT680 18ES690
Engineering Program / Virtual Engineering
Industrial CNC Program CAD / CAM Robotics
VI Science Foundation Instrumentation Design --- 23
Robotics Technology Elective II Laboratory Laboratory
Elective Elective (TCP) Project
3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3
18MT710 18MTPX0 18MTPX0 18MTPX0 18MT760 18ES790
Mechatronics System Capstone
Program Program Program Program /
VII System Integration --- --- Design --- 19
Elective III Elective IV Elective V General Elective
Design Laboratory Project
3 3 3 3 3 1 3
18MT810 18MTPX0 18MTPX0

Program Program
VIII Project --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 15
Elective VI Elective VII

9 3 3
Total Credits 160

v
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

CATEGORIZATION OF COURSES
Degree: B.E. Program: Mechatronics
Credits
Sl.
Category Regular Lateral Entry
No
Admission Admission
A. Foundation Courses
a. Humanities and Social Science (HSS) 9-11 6-8
b. Basic Science (BS) 21 6
c. Engineering Science (ES) 22-25 10-13
d. Foundation Elective (FE) from HSS, BS and ES 3-6 3-6
B. Core Courses 55 45
C. Elective Courses
a. Programme Specific Electives 12-24 12-24
b. Prog. Specific Electives for Expanded Scope 6-12 6-12
c. Interdisciplinary Elective 3-6 3-6
D. Project 15 15
E Mandatory Audit Courses (Not to be included in
2-4 2-4
CGPA)
Minimum Credits to be earned for the award of the 160 120
degree (from A to D) (from A to D)
and 2 (from E) and 2 (from E)

Humanities and Social Science (HSS)

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
1 18EG140 English 2 0 0 2 Nil
2 18EG170 English Laboratory 0 0 2 1 Nil
3 18EG460 Professional Communication 1 0 2 2 Nil
4 18MT490 Project Management 3 0 0 3 Nil
5 18MT560 Accounting and Finance 3 0 0 3 Nil

Basic Sciences (BS)

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
1 18MA110 Engineering Calculus 3 1 0 4 Nil
2 18PHA20 Physics 3 0 0 3 Nil
3 18CHA30 Chemistry 3 0 0 3 Nil
4 18PH180 Physics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 Nil
5 18CH190 Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 2 1 Nil
Matrices and Ordinary
6 18MA210 3 0 0 3 Nil
Differential Equations
7 18MT310 Partial differential equations 3 0 0 3 18MA110, 18MA210
8 18MT410 Probability and Statistics 3 0 0 3 18MA110

vi
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Engineering Sciences (ES)

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
1 18ES150 Engineering Exploration 3 0 0 3 Nil
2 18ME160 Engineering Graphics 3 0 2 4 Nil
3 18MT240 Free Body Mechanics 3 0 0 3 18MA110
4 18MT280 Workshop 0 0 2 1 Nil
5 18ES290 Lateral Thinking 0 0 2 1 Nil
6 18MT350 Programming for problem 2 0 0 2 Nil
solving
7 18MT360 Programming and Coding 0 0 2 1 Nil
Laboratory
8 18ES390 Design Thinking 1 0 2 2 Nil
9 18MTEX0 Engineering Science 3 0 0 3 Nil
Elective
10 18MT660 Virtual Instrumentation 2 0 2 3 Nil
11 18ES790 System Thinking 0 0 4 2 Nil

Engineering Science Electives

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
Integrated Product 18ES290,
1 18MTEA0 3 0 0 3
development 18ES390
18MT230,
2 18MTEB0 Battery Management System 3 0 0 3
18MT330

Professional Core Courses (PCC)

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
18MA110,
1 18MT220 Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3
18PHA20
2 18MT230 Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3 Nil
3 18MT260 Manufacturing Processes 2 0 2 3 Nil
Electrical Machines 18MA110,
4 18MT271 0 0 2 1
Laboratory 18PHA20
5 18MT320 Kinematics and Dynamics 3 0 0 3 18MA110,
of Machinery 18MT240
6 18MT330 Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3 Nil
7 18MT340 Thermal Fluid Engineering 3 0 0 3 Nil
8 18MT370 Thermal Fluid Engineering 0 0 2 1 Nil
Laboratory
9 18MT380 Digital Electronics 0 0 2 1 Nil
Laboratory

vii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Professional Core Courses (PCC)

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
10 18MT420 Power Electronics and 3 0 0 3 18MT220,
Drives 18MT230
11 18MT430 Microcontroller 3 0 0 3 18MT330,
18MT380
12 18MT440 Sensors and Measurements 3 0 0 3 Nil
13 18MT470 Sensors and Measurements 0 0 2 1 Nil
Laboratory
14 18MT480 Micro Controller Laboratory 0 0 2 1 18MT330,
18MT380
15 18MT510 Control System 3 0 0 3 Nil
16 18MT520 Industrial Automation 3 0 0 3 18MT220
17 18MT530 Design of Machine 3 0 0 3 18MT240
Elements
18 18MT570 Industrial Automation 0 0 2 1 Nil
Laboratory
19 18MT580 Dynamics and Control 0 0 2 1 18MT320
Laboratory
20 18MT610 Industrial Robotics 3 0 0 3 18MT320
21 18MT620 CNC Technology 3 0 0 3 18MT420, 18MT440
22 18MT670 CAD / CAM Laboratory 0 0 2 1 18ME160
23 18MT680 Robotics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 Nil
24 18MT710 Mechatronics System 3 0 0 3 18MT230, 18MT330,
18MT430, 18ES390
Design
25 18MT760 System Integration 0 0 2 1 18MT520,
Laboratory 18MT570

Project (PJ)
Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
1 18ES590 Capstone Design Project 0 0 6 3 Nil
2 18ES690 Engineering Design Project 0 0 6 3 Nil

Programme Specific Electives (PE)

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
1 18MTPA0 Machine Vision System 3 0 0 3 Nil
Micro Electro Mechanical
2 18MTPB0 3 0 0 3 18PHA20
Systems
3 18MTPC0 Additive Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 Nil
4 18MTPD0 Embedded system 3 0 0 3 18MT430

viii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Prog. Specific Electives for Expanded Scope (PEES)

Number of
Sl. Course
Name of the Course Hours / Week Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
L T P
Machine Learning and its 18MT350,
1 18MTPE0 3 0 0 3
Applications 18MT410
18MT430,
2 18MTPF0 Internet of Things 3 0 0 3
18MT440
Industrial Communication
3 18MTPG0 3 0 0 3 Nil
Networks

ix
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015

B.E. / B.Tech. Degree Programme

COURSES OF STUDY
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-19 onwards)

FIRST SEMESTER
No. of Hours
Course
Name of the Course Category / Week credits
Code
L T P
THEORY
18MA110 Engineering Calculus BS 3 1 - 4
18PHA20/ Physics BS 3 - - 3
18PHB20/
18PHC20
18CHA30/ Chemistry BS 3 - - 3
18CHB30/
18CHC30
18EG140 English HSS 2 - - 2
18ES150 Engineering Exploration ES 3 - - 3
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
18ME160 Engineering Graphics ES 3 - 2 4
PRACTICAL
18EG170 English Laboratory HSS - - 2 1
18PH180 Physics Laboratory BS - - 2 1
18CH190 Chemistry Laboratory BS - - 2 1

Total 17 1 8 22
BS : Basic Science
HSS : Humanities and Social Science
ES : Engineering Science

L : Lecture
T : Tutorial
P : Practical
Note:
1 Hour Lecture is equivalent to 1 credit
1 Hour Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit

x
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015

B.E. / B.Tech. Degree Programme

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-19 onwards)

FIRST SEMESTER

Minimum Marks
Duration Marks
for Pass
of
Sl. Name of the
Course Code Terminal Continuous
No. Course Terminal Max. Terminal
Exam. Assessment Total
Exam ** Marks Exam
in Hrs. *
THEORY
1 Engineering 3 50 50 100 25 50
18MA110
Calculus
2 18PHA20/ Physics 3 50 50 100 25 50
18PHB20/
18PHC20
3 18CHA30/ Chemistry 3 50 50 100 25 50
18CHB30/
18CHC30
4 18EG140 English 3 50 50 100 25 50
5 Engineering 3 50 50 100 25 50
18ES150
Exploration
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
6 Engineering 3 50 50 100 25 50
18ME160
Graphics
PRACTICAL
7 English 3 50 50 100 25 50
18EG170
Laboratory
8 Physics
18PH180
Laboratory
9 Chemistry 3 50 50 100 25 50
18CH190
Laboratory

* CA evaluation pattern will differ from course to course and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern.

** Terminal Examination will be conducted for maximum marks of 100 and subsequently be
reduced to 50 marks for the award of terminal examination marks

xi
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS OF STUDY
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)
SECOND SEMESTER
No. of Hours
Course
Name of the Course Category / Week Credits
Code
L T P
THEORY
Matrices and Ordinary
18MA210 BS 3 0 0 3
Differential Equations
18MT220 Electrical Machines PC 3 0 0 3
18MT230 Analog Electronics PC 3 0 0 3
18MT240 Free Body Mechanics ES 3 0 0 3
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
18MT260 Manufacturing Processes PC 2 0 2 3
PRACTICAL
Electrical Machines
18MT270 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
18MT280 Workshop ES 0 0 2 1
18ES290 Lateral Thinking ES 0 0 2 1
AUDIT COURSE
18CHAA0 Environmental Science AC 1 0 1 -
Total 14 0 8 18

BS : Basic Sciences
PC : Professional Core Course
ES : Engineering Sciences
AC : Audit Course
L : Lecture
T : Tutorial
P : Practical
Note:
1 Hour Lecture/Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit

xii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)
SECOND SEMESTER
Minimum Marks
Duration Marks
for Pass
Sl. Course Name of the of
Terminal Continuous
No Code Course Exam. Terminal Max. Terminal
Assessment Total
in Hrs. * Exam ** Marks Exam

THEORY
Matrices and
Ordinary
1 18MA210 3 50 50 100 25 50
Differential
Equations
2 18MT220 Electrical
3 50 50 100 25 50
Machines
3 18MT230 Analog
3 50 50 100 25 50
Electronics
4 18MT240 Free Body
3 50 50 100 25 50
Mechanics
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
Manufacturing
5 18MT260 3 50 50 100 25 50
Processes
PRACTICAL
Electrical
6 18MT270 Machines 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
7 18MT280 Workshop 3 50 50 100 25 50
8 18ES290 Lateral Thinking 3 50 50 100 25 50
AUDIT COURSE
Environmental
9 18CHAA0 3 50 50 100 25 50
Science

* CA evaluation pattern will differ from subject to subject and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern.
** Terminal Examination will be conducted for maximum marks of 100 and subsequently be
reduced to 50 marks for the award of terminal examination marks.

xiii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS OF STUDY
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

THIRD SEMESTER
No. of Hours
Course
Name of the Course Category / Week Credits
Code
L T P
THEORY
Partial differential
18MT310 BS 3 0 0 3
equations
Kinematics and Dynamics
18MT320 PC 3 0 0 3
of Machinery
18MT330 Digital Electronics PC 3 0 0 3
18MT340 Thermal Fluid Engineering PC 3 0 0 3
Programming for problem
18MT350 ES 2 0 0 2
solving
PRACTICAL
Programming and Coding
18MT360 ES 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
Thermal Fluid Engineering
18MT370 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
Digital Electronics
18MT380 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
18ES390 Design Thinking ES 0 0 4 2
Total 14 0 10 19

BS : Basic Sciences
PC : Professional Core Course
ES : Engineering Sciences
L : Lecture
T : Tutorial
P : Practical
Note:
1 Hour Lecture/Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit

xiv
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS

(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

THIRD SEMESTER
Minimum Marks
Duration Marks
for Pass
of
Sl. Course Name of the
Terminal Continuous
No Code Course Terminal Max. Terminal
Exam. Assessment Total
* Exam ** Marks Exam
in Hrs.

THEORY
1 Partial
18MT310 differential 3 50 50 100 25 50
equations
2 Kinematics and
18MT320 Dynamics of 3 50 50 100 25 50
Machinery
3 18MT330 Digital
3 50 50 100 25 50
Electronics
4 18MT340 Thermal Fluid
3 50 50 100 25 50
Engineering
Programming
5 18MT350 for problem 3 50 50 100 25 50
solving
PRACTICAL
Programming
6 18MT360 and Coding 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Thermal Fluid
7 18MT370 Engineering 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Digital
8 18MT380 Electronics 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Design
9 18ES390 3 50 50 100 25 50
Thinking

* CA evaluation pattern will differ from subject to subject and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern.

** Terminal Examination will be conducted for maximum marks of 100 and subsequently be
reduced to 50 marks for the award of terminal examination marks.

xv
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS OF STUDY
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

FOURTH SEMESTER
No. of Hours
Course
Name of the Course Category / Week Credits
Code
L T P
THEORY
18MT410 Probability and Statistics BS 3 0 0 3
Power Electronics and
18MT420 PC 3 0 0 3
Drives
18MT430 Microcontroller PC 3 0 0 3
Sensors and
18MT440 PC 3 0 0 3
Measurements
18MT490 Project Management HSS 3 0 0 3
18YYFX0 Foundation Elective FE 3 0 0 3
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
Professional
18EG460 HSS 1 0 2 2
Communication
PRACTICAL
Sensors and
18MT470 PC 0 0 2 1
Measurements Laboratory
Micro Controller
18MT480 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
Total 19 0 6 22

BS : Basic Sciences
PC : Professional Core Course
ES : Engineering Sciences
HSS : Humanities & Social Sciences
L : Lecture
T : Tutorial
P : Practical
Note:
1 Hour Lecture/Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit

xvi
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS

(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

FOURTH SEMESTER
Minimum Marks
Duration Marks
for Pass
of
Sl. Course Name of the
Terminal
No Code Course Continuous Terminal Max. Terminal
Exam. Total
Assessment * Exam ** Marks Exam
in Hrs.

THEORY
1 18MT410 Probability and
3 50 50 100 25 50
Statistics
2 Power
18MT420 Electronics and 3 50 50 100 25 50
Drives
3 18MT430 Microcontroller 3 50 50 100 25 50
4 18MT440 Sensors and
3 50 50 100 25 50
Measurements
Project
5 18MT490 3 50 50 100 25 50
Management
Foundation
6 18YYFX0 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
Professional
7 18EG460 3 50 50 100 25 50
Communication
PRACTICAL
Sensors and
8 18MT470 Measurements 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Micro Controller
9 18MT480 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory

* CA evaluation pattern will differ from subject to subject and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern.

** Terminal Examination will be conducted for maximum marks of 100 and subsequently be
reduced to 50 marks for the award of terminal examination marks.

xvii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME
COURSES OF STUDY
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

FIFTH SEMESTER
No. of Hours
Course
Name of the Course Category / Week Credits
Code
L T P
THEORY
18MT510 Control System PC 3 0 0 3
18MT520 Industrial Automation PC 3 0 0 3
Design of Machine
18MT530 PC 3 0 0 3
Elements
18MTPX0 Program Elective I PE 3 0 0 3
18YYGX0 General Elective GE 3 0 0 3
18MT560 Accounting and Finance HSS 3 0 0 3
PRACTICAL
Industrial Automation
18MT570 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
Dynamics and Control
18MT580 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
18ES590 System Thinking ES 0 0 4 2
Total 18 0 8 22

HSS : Humanities & Social Sciences

PC : Professional Core Course
PE : Program Elective
GE : Program Elective
PJ : Project
L : Lecture
T : Tutorial
P : Practical
Note:
1 Hour Lecture/Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit

xviii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS

(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

FIFTH SEMESTER
Minimum Marks
Duration Marks
for Pass
of
Sl. Course Name of the
Terminal Continuous
No Code Course Terminal Max. Terminal
Exam. Assessment Total
* Exam ** Marks Exam
in Hrs.

THEORY
1 18MT510 Control System 3 50 50 100 25 50
2 18MT520 Industrial
3 50 50 100 25 50
Automation
3 Design of
18MT530 Machine 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elements
4 18MTPX0 Program
3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective I
General
5 18YYGX0 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective
Accounting
6 18MT560 3 50 50 100 25 50
and Finance
PRACTICAL
Industrial
7 18MT570 Automation 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Dynamics and
8 18MT580 Control 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
System
9 18ES590 3 50 50 100 25 50
Thinking

* CA evaluation pattern will differ from subject to subject and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern.

** Terminal Examination will be conducted for maximum marks of 100 and subsequently be
reduced to 50 marks for the award of terminal examination marks.

xix
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME
COURSES OF STUDY
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

SIXTH SEMESTER
No. of Hours
Course
Name of the Course Category / Week Credits
Code
L T P
THEORY
18MT610 Industrial Robotics PC 3 0 0 3
18MT620 CNC Technology PC 3 0 0 3
18MTEX0 Engineering Science
ES 3 0 0 3
Elective
18MTPX0 Program Elective II PE 3 0 0 3
Program Elective /
18YYZX0 PE/FE 3 0 0 3
Foundation Elective
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
18MT660 Virtual Instrumentation ES 2 0 2 3
PRACTICAL
18MT670 CAD / CAM Laboratory PC 0 0 2 1
18MT680 Robotics Laboratory PC 0 0 2 1
Engineering Design
18ES690 PJ 0 0 6 3
Project
Total 17 0 12 23

ES : Engineering Sciences
PC : Professional Core Course
PE : Program Elective
FE : Foundation Elective
PJ : Project
L : Lecture
T : Tutorial
P : Practical
Note:
1 Hour Lecture/Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit

xx
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS

(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

SIXTH SEMESTER
Minimum Marks
Duration Marks
for Pass
of
Sl. Course Name of the
Terminal Continuous
No Code Course Terminal Max. Terminal
Exam. Assessment Total
* Exam ** Marks Exam
in Hrs.
THEORY
18MT610Industrial
1 3 50 50 100 25 50
Robotics
2 18MT620 CNC 3 50 50 100 25 50
Technology
18MTEX0 Engineering
3 Science 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective
4 18MTPX0 Program 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective II
Program
5 18YYZX0 Elective / 3 50 50 100 25 50
Foundation
Elective
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
Virtual
6 18MT660 3 50 50 100 25 50
Instrumentation
PRACTICAL
CAD / CAM
7 18MT670 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Robotics
8 18MT680 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Engineering
9 18ES690 3 50 50 100 25 50
Design Project

* CA evaluation pattern will differ from subject to subject and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern.

** Terminal Examination will be conducted for maximum marks of 100 and subsequently be
reduced to 50 marks for the award of terminal examination marks.

xxi
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME
COURSES OF STUDY
(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

SEVENTH SEMESTER
No. of Hours
Course
Name of the Course Category / Week Credits
Code
L T P
THEORY
Mechatronics System
18MT710 PC 3 0 0 3
Design
18MTPX0 Program Elective III PE 3 0 0 3
18MTPX0 Program Elective IV PE 3 0 0 3
18MTPX0 Program Elective V PE 3 0 0 3
Program Elective /
18YYZX0 PE/GE 3 0 0 3
General Elective
PRACTICAL
System Integration
18MT760 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
18ES790 Capstone Design Project PJ 0 0 6 3
Total 15 0 8 19

PC : Professional Core Course

PE : Program Elective
GE : General Elective
ES : Engineering Sciences
L : Lecture
T : Tutorial
P : Practical
Note:
1 Hour Lecture/Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit

xxii
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015.

B.E. DEGREE (Mechatronics) PROGRAMME

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS

(For the candidates admitted from 2018-2019 onwards)

SEVENTH SEMESTER
Minimum Marks
Duration Marks
for Pass
of
Sl. Course Name of the
Terminal
No Code Course Continuous Terminal Max. Terminal
Exam. Total
Assessment * Exam ** Marks Exam
in Hrs.

THEORY
18MT710 Mechatronics
1 3 50 50 100 25 50
System Design
2 18MTPX0 Program 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective III
3 18MTPX0 Program 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective IV
4 18MTPX0 Program 3 50 50 100 25 50
Elective V
Program
5 18YYZX0 Elective / 3 50 50 100 25 50
General
Elective
PRACTICAL
System
6 18MT760 Integration 3 50 50 100 25 50
Laboratory
Capstone
7 18ES790 3 50 50 100 25 50
Design Project

* CA evaluation pattern will differ from subject to subject and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern.

** Terminal Examination will be conducted for maximum marks of 100 and subsequently be

reduced to 50 marks for the award of terminal examination marks

xxiii
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

CURRICULUM AND DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

B.E. / B.Tech. DEGREE PROGRAMME

FIRST SEMESTER

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2018-19 ONWARDS

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided ISO 9001:2008 certified Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone: 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax: 0452 2483427

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18MA110 ENGINEERING CALCULUS
BS 3 1 0 4

Preamble
This course aims to convey to the student a sense of the utility of calculus and develop
technical competence. This course is designed to implement the calculus through
geometrically, numerically, algebraically and verbally. Students will apply the main tools for
analyzing and describing the behavior of functions of single and multi variables: limits,
derivatives, integrals of single and multi variables to solve complex engineering problems
using analytical methods and MATLAB.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Understand the concept of functions, limits and continuity Understand

CO2 Compute derivatives and apply in solving engineering problems Apply

CO3 Employ partial derivatives to find maxima minima of functions of multi Apply
variables

CO4 Demonstrate and apply the techniques of integration Apply

CO5 Apply integrals of multivariable to find areas enclosed between two Apply
curves and volume enclosed between surfaces

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S S S M
CO2 S S M M
CO3 S S S M
CO4 S S S M
CO5 S S S M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment Tests
Bloom’s Category Terminal Examination
1 2 3
Remember 10 10 10 0
Understand 30 30 30 30
Apply 60 60 60 70
Analyse 0 0 0 0
Evaluate 0 0 0 0
Create 0 0 0 0

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -1- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Course Level Assessment Questions

Course Outcome 1(CO1)
1. Define function and limit.
sin x
2. Estimate the value of lim .
x → 0 sin x

3. If f (x) is continuous on (−, ) , what can you say about its graph?

Course Outcome 2(CO2)

𝑥 2 +𝑥−6
1. What is wrong with this equation 𝑥−2
= 𝑥 + 3 and investigate why the equation
x2 + x − 6
lim = lim ( x + 3) is correct.
x →2 x−2 x →2

2. Between 0oC and 300C , the volume V ( in cubic centimeters) of 1 kg of water at a

temperature T is given approximately by the formula V = 999.87 - 0.06426T +
0.0085043T2 - 0.0000679T3 , Compute the temperature at which water has its
maximum density.
3. The voltage, v, across a capacitor of capacitance, in series with a resistor of
resistance, v, is given by (t +1 )e-1000 t where C =1µF, E > 0, is a constant. Determine i
𝑑𝑣
where 𝑖 = 𝐶 𝑑𝑡 .
Course Outcome 3(CO3)
1. Define partial derivative of a function of two variables.
2. Suppose that the temperature at a point ( x, y, z) in space is given by
80
T ( x, y, z ) = , where T is measured in degrees Celsius and
1 + x + 2 y 2 + 3z 2
2

( x, y, z) in meters. In which direction does the temperature increase fastest at the

point (1,1,−2) ? Identify the maximum rate of increase.
3. Compute the dimensions of the rectangular box with largest volume if the total
surface area is given as 64 cm2 .
4. Show that the Cobb-Douglas production function P = bL K  satisfies the equation
P P P
L +K = .
L K L
Course Outcome 4(CO4)
1. State fundamental theorem of calculus.
2. Find the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the region bounded by y = x 3 ,
y = 8 and x = 0 about the y axis.
3. A charged rod of length L produces an electric field at point P(a,b) given by
L−a
b
E ( P) = 
−a
4 0 ( x 2 + b2 )3/2
dx where λ is the charge density per unit length on the

rod and ε0 is the free space permittivity (see the below figure). Evaluate the integral
to determine an expression for the electric field E(P).

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -2- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

4. A cantilever beam of length L, fixed at one end and deflected by a distance D at the
2
EI  d 2 y 
L

2 0  dx 2 
free end has strain energy V given by V =   dx where EI is the flexural

rigidity. The deflection y at a distance x from the fixed end is given by

   x 
y = D 1 − cos   
  2L 
Find V .
Course Outcome 5(CO5)
1. Recall any three properties of double integrals
2. Calculate the static moments of homogeneous lamina with respect to the coordinate
2 2
axes. The lamina is bounded by lines x + y = 1 , 2 x + 3 y − 6 = 0 .
9 4
3. Calculate the coordinates of the center of mass of homogeneous solid bounded by
surfaces x=0, y = 0, z = 0, x +y = 1, x2 + y2 = 1.
Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -3- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Syllabus
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS (12 hours)
Representation of functions - New functions from old functions - Limit of a function -
Continuity - Limits at infinity - Derivative as a function - Differentiation rules(formula and
problems only) –The mean value theorem - Maxima and Minima of functions of one variable
- Application problems in engineering – Application problems using MATLAB.
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES (12 hours)
Partial derivatives – Chain rule - Vector functions and their Derivatives - Directional
derivatives and gradient vector - Maxima and minima of functions of two variables - Lagrange
Multipliers - Application problems in engineering - Application problems using MATLAB.
INTEGRAL CALCULUS (12 hours)
Area under curves - The definite integrals – Fundamental theorem of calculus - Integration
by parts - Volume of solid of revolution - Area of surface of revolution - Improper integrals -
Application problems in engineering - Application problems using MATLAB
MULTIPLE INTEGRAL (12 hours)
Iterated integrals - Double integrals over general regions - Double integrals in polar
coordinates - Applications of double integrals (density, mass, moments & moments of inertia
problems only) - Triple integrals - Triple integrals in cylindrical coordinates - Triple integrals in
spherical coordinates - Change of variables in multiple integrals - Application problems in
engineering
Text Book
1) James Stewart, "Calculus Early Transcendentals", 7e, Cengage Learning, New Delhi,
2017.
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS:[Sections: 1.1, 1.3, 2.2,2.5,2.6,2.8, 3.1-3.6,4.1,4.2]
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES: Sections: 14.3, 14.5,13.1,13.2,14.6-14.8]
INTEGRAL CALCULUS: [Sections: 5.1-5.4,7.1, 6.2, 8.2 and 7.8]
MULTIPLE INTEGRAL: [Sections: 15.2-15.5, 15.7-15.10]
2) Lecture Notes on Engineering Mathematics-I Application Problems and Solution
Manual, Department of Mathematics, Thiagarajar College of Engineering, Madurai.
Reference Books
1) Kuldeep Singh, "Engineering Mathematics Through Appplications",2e, Palgrave
Macmillan, 2011.
2) Erwin Kreszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics",10th edition, Wiley, 2017.
3) George B. Thomas, " Thomas Calculus: early transcendentals ", Pearson, New Delhi,
2013.
4) R.K.Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar, ”Advanced Engineering Mathematics”5e, Narosa Publishing
House, 2016.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -4- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

S.No Topic No. of
Hours
1 DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
1.1 Representation of functions, New functions from old functions 1
1.2 Limits of a function 1
1.3 Continuity, Limits at infinity 1
1.4 Tutorial 1
1.5 Derivatives as a function, Differentiation rules 2
1.6 The mean value theorem 1
1.7 Maxima and minima of function of one variable 1
1.8 Tutorial 1
1.9 Application problems in engineering 2
1.10 Application problems using MATLAB(Tutorial) 1
2 FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES
2.1 Partial derivatives, Chain rule 2
2.2 Vector functions and their derivatives 1
2.3 Tutorial 1
2.4 Directional derivatives, Gradient vector 1
2.5 Maxima and minima of functions of two variables 2
2.6 Lagrange Multipliers 1
2.7 Tutorial 1
2.8 Application problems in engineering 2
2.9 Application problems using MATLAB(Tutorial) 1
3 INTEGRAL CALCULUS
3.1 Area under curves, The definite integrals, fundamental theorem of 2
calculus
3.2 Integration by parts 1
3.3 Tutorial 1
3.4 volume of solid of revolution, area of surface of revolution 2
3.5 Improper integrals 2
3.6 Tutorial 1
3.7 Application problems in engineering 2
3.8 Application problems using MATLAB(Tutorial) 1
4 MULTIPLE INTEGRAL
4.1 Iterated integrals 1
4.2 Double integrals over general regions 1
4.3 Double integrals in polar coordinates 1
4.4 Tutorial 1
4.5 Applications of double integrals 1
4.6 Triple integrals 2
4.7 Tutorial 1
4.8 Triple integrals in cylindrical coordinates 1
4.9 Triple integrals in spherical coordinates 1

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -5- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

S.No Topic No. of

Hours
4.10 Change of variables in multiple integrals 1
4.11 Tutorial 1
Total 48

Course Designers
1. Dr.V.Gnanaraj - [email protected]
2. Dr.S.Jeyabharathi - [email protected]
3. Dr.G.Jothilakshmi - [email protected]
4. Dr.A.Anitha - [email protected]
5. Dr.R.Suresh - [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -6- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

PHYSICS Category L T P Credit

18PHA20 (Common to Civil, Mechanical and
Mechatronics) BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The course work aims in imparting fundamental knowledge of oscillations, waves and optics,
and mechanics which are essential in understanding and designing mechanical systems and
measuring devices.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Solve for the solutions and describe the behavior of a damped Apply
harmonic oscillator and waves
CO2 Explain the fundamentals of optical phenomena and its application. Understand
CO3 Use the vector analytical techniques for analysis of forces and Apply
moments in mechanical systems
CO4 Demonstrate ability to utilize principles of vector mechanics to analyze Understand
weather systems
CO5 Explain the fundamental concepts of kinetics and kinematic of rigid Understand
bodies for analysis of practical problems.
CO6 Use the principles of angular velocity to study three dimensional motion Apply
of rigid bodies
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S M L L L L
CO2 M L L - L L
CO3 S M L L L L
CO4 M L L - L L
CO5 M L L - L L
CO6 S M L L L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment Tests
Bloom’s Category Terminal Examination
1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 0
Understand 30 30 30 50
Apply 50 50 50 50
Analyse 0 0 0 0
Evaluate 0 0 0 0
Create 0 0 0 0

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -7- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Course Level Assessment Questions

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. A 5.00 × 105 kg subway train is brought to a stop from a speed of 0.500 m/s in 0.400
m by a large spring bumper at the end of its track. What is the force constant k of the
spring?
2. Show that the wave velocity of deep water waves is twice the group velocity.
3. Derive the law of reflection based on Fermats principle.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
-1
1. Consider a lower energy level situated 200 cm from the ground state. There are
no other energy levels nearby. Determine the fraction of the population found in
this level compared to the ground state population at a temperature of 300 K.
-23
Boltzmann's constant is equal to 1.38 x 10 JK-1.The conversion from cm-1 to
-
joules is given by: E(J) = 100hC E(cm-1), where h is Planck's constant (6.62 x 10
34 8
Js) and c is the speed of light in a vacuum (3 x 10 ms-1)
2. Explain the principle, construction and working of Mach-Zehnder interferometer.
3. What is a four level solid state laser? Discuss the principle and operation of Nd:YAG
Laser.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. A 10, 000 lb aircraft is descending on a cylindrical helix. The rate of descent is z˙ =
−10ft/s, the speed is v = 211 ft/s, and θ ˙ = 3o ≈ 0.05rad/s. This is standard for gas
turbine powered aircraft. Find out the force on the aircraft and the radius of curvature
of the path
2. Derive Newton’s second law of motion in spherical and cylindrical coordinate
systems.
3. A particle attached to a string of length 2 m is given an initial velocity of 6 m/s. The
string is attached to a peg and, as the particle rotates about the peg, the string winds
around the peg. By conservation of angular momentum, find the length of string
wound around the peg when the velocity of the particle is 20 m/s?
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Consider a situation where a cricket player (fielder) slides to a stop on level ground.
Using energy considerations (in non conservative forces),calculate the distance the
60 kg cricket player slides, given that his initial speed is 7 m/s and the force of friction
against him is a constant 430 N.
2. Compute the centripetal force per unit mass on a spacecraft in an 820 km circular
Polar orbit as it flies over the equator and the South pole.
3. Solve Newton’s equations of motion in polar coordinates
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. A motor shaft attains a velocity of 1500 rpm in 3 seconds starting from rest. Assuming
constant angular acceleration, find out the number of full revolution of the shaft during
this period.
2. Derive Euler’s equations of motion of a rigid body.
3. A cylinder of diameter 500 mm rolls down an inclined plane with uniform acceleration
(of the center-of-mass) a = 0.1 m/s2. At an instant t0, the mass-center has speed v0 =
0.5 m/s. (i) Find the angular speed ω and the angular acceleration ω˙ at t0. (ii) How
many revolutions does the cylinder make in the next 2 seconds?
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. A solid right circular cone of base radius r and height h rolls on a flat surface without

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -8- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

slipping. The centre of the circular base moves in a circular path around the z- axis
(vertical axis passing through the tip of the cone) with a constant speed v. Determine
the angular velocity and angular acceleration of the solid cone.
2. Derive an expression for angular velocity and its rate of change for three dimensional
motion of a rigid body.
4. Discuss the conical motion of a rod with center of mass fixed.

Concept Map

Syllabus
Oscillations and Waves
Simple harmonic motion - Mechanical and Electrical simple harmonic oscillators - energy
decay in a damped harmonic oscillator - Non-dispersive transverse and longitudinal waves in
one dimension - Waves with dispersion - water waves- Acoustic waves- superposition of
waves - wave groups and group velocity – Rayleigh criteria for limit of resolution and its
applications to imaging.
Optics
Fermat’s principle of stationary time - reflectance and transmittance - evanescent wave.
Mach-Zehnder interferometer - Fraunhofer diffraction from a single slit and a circular
aperture - Einstein’s theory of matter radiation interaction and A and B coefficients –CO2 –
Nd-YAG lasers - applications of lasers.
Vector Mechanics of Particles
Transformation of scalars and vectors under Rotation transformation - Forces in Nature -
Newton’s laws and its completeness in describing particle motion - Solving Newton’s
equations of motion in polar coordinates -Conservative and non-conservative forces - curl of
a force field -Conservation of Angular Momentum - Energy equation and energy diagrams –
circular and elliptical orbits.- Applications to Satellite manoeuvres
Rigid Body Mechanics
Motion of a rigid body in the plane - Rotation in the plane - Kinematics in a coordinate
system rotating and translating in the plane - Angular momentum about a point of a rigid
body in planar motion - Euler’s laws of motion - their independence from Newton’s laws -

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 -9- Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Two-dimensional motion in terms of angular velocity vector, and its rate of change –
Difference between 2D & 3D motion.
Text Book
1. Ian G.Main, Vibrations and waves in Physics -3rd edition, Cambridge University,
Press, 1994.
2. M.K.Verma, Introduction to Mechanics, CRC Press, 2009.
3. JL Meriam and L.G. Kraige, Engineering Mechanics – Dynamics - 7th edition, Wiley,2015.
4. D. Kleppner and R. Kolenkow, An Introduction to Mechanics – 1st edition, McGraw Hill,
2009.
Reference Books
1. M.K.Harbola, Engineering Mechanics-2nd edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. JL Synge & BA Griffiths, Principles of Mechanics, McGraw-Hill Book company Inc, 1949.
3. WT Thomson, Theory of Vibrations with Applications,-3rd edition, CBS Publishers, 2002.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. of
S No. Topic
Hours
1. Oscillations & Waves
1.1 Simple harmonic motion – Mechanical and Electrical simple harmonic 2
oscillators.
1.2 Energy decay in a damped harmonic oscillator – Non-dispersive transverse 2
and longitudinal waves in one dimension.
1.3 Waves with dispersion – water waves- Acoustic waves – superposition of 1
waves – wave groups and group velocity.
1.4 Rayleigh criteria for limit of resolution and its applications to imaging 1
2 Optics
2.1 Fermat’s principle of stationary time - reflectance and transmittance - 2
evanescent wave. Mach-Zehnder interferometer.
2.2 Fraunhofer diffraction from a single slit and a circular aperture . 1
2.3 Einstein’s theory of matter radiation interaction and A and B coefficients . 1
2.4 CO2 Laser. 1
2.5 Nd-YAG lasers Applications of lasers. 1
3. Vector Mechanics of Particles
3.1 Transformation of scalars and vectors under rotation transformation 2
3.2 Forces in Nature, Newton’s laws and its completeness in describing particle 2
motion
3.3 Solving Newton’s equations of motion in polar coordinates 2
3.4 Conservative and non-conservative forces, curl of a force field, 2
Conservation of angular momentum
3.5 Energy equation and energy diagrams, circular and elliptical orbits 2
3.6 Applications to Satellite manoeuvres 2
4. Rigid Body Mechanics
4.1 Motion of a rigid body in the plane, Rotation in the plane 2
4.2 Kinematics in a coordinate system rotating and translating in the plane 2
4.3 Angular momentum about a point of a rigid body in planar motion 2
4.4 Euler’s laws of motion, their independence from Newton’s laws 2

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 10 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

No. of
S No. Topic
Hours
4.5 Two-dimensional motion in terms of angular velocity vector, and its rate of 2
change.
4.6 Distinction between 2D & 3D motion 2
Total 36

Course Designers
1. Dr. M.Mahendran [email protected]
2. Dr. N. Sankara Subramanian [email protected]
3. Dr. R. Kodipandyan [email protected]
4. Dr. A. Karuppasamy [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 11 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

CHEMISTRY Category L T P Credit

18CHA30 (COMMON TO CIVIL, MECHANICAL AND
MECHATRONICS)
BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The objective of this course is to bestow a better understanding of basic concepts of
chemistry and its applications on Civil, Mechanical and Mechatronics domain. It also imparts
knowledge on properties of water and its treatment methods, spectroscopic techniques for
material characterization, corrosion and protection of metals. This course also highlights
preparation, properties and applications of polymer and composite materials. It also gives
basic idea about adhesives and lubricants and their mechanisms.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Identify the properties of water and its treatment methods Understand
CO2 Summarize the Principles and Instrumentations of Spectroscopic Understand
techniques
CO3 Select the appropriate spectroscopic techniques for characterization of Apply
materials
CO4 Adapt the customized corrosion control methods Apply
CO5 Dramatize the preparation, properties and applications of Engineering Understand
materials
CO6 Describe the mechanism of adhesion and lubrication Understand
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
1. M - - - - - - - - - M -
2. M L L - - - - - - - - -
CO3. S S M M - - - - - - - -
CO4. S S M M - - L - - - L -
CO5. M M M - - - L - - - - -
CO6. M - L - - - - - - - - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment Tests
Bloom’s Category Terminal Examination
1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 20
Understand 40 40 40 40
Apply 40 40 40 40
Analyze - - - -
Evaluate - - - -
Create - - - -

Course Level Assessment Questions

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 12 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

1. Distinguish between scale and sludge.

2. 100 ml of given water sample consumed 48 ml of EDTA during titration using EBT
indicator. 35 ml of same EDTA consumed by 100 ml of standard hard water
containing 1 mg of pure CaCO3 per ml. Calculate the permanent, temporary and total
hardness of given water sample in CaCO3 equivalents.
3. Outline the steps involved in the waste water treatment process.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. State Beer-Lambert law.
2. Write the selection rule in absorption spectroscopy.
3. Explain the procedure involved in finding the metals present in an alloy sample using
ICP-OES.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. Compare the stretching frequencies of carbonyl functional groups in the following
compounds

i) (ii)
2. Following Woodward-Fiesher- scott rules, it has been observed that the following
compounds have absorption maximum at (i) 225 nm, (ii) 220 (iii) 230. Explain which
is which.

a). b). c).

3. Describe the function of different magnets available to generate magnetic field in MRI
scanner.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4)
4. Illustrate the different forms of corrosion with appropriate mechanism
5. Dramatize suitable methods to prevent corrosion of iron bar used in construction.
6. Discuss in detail about the constituents and functions of paint.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5)
1. Explain the application of composite materials in automobile engineering.
2. Demonstrate the applications of polymer in the enhancement of concrete properties.
3. Summarize the properties and application of reinforced composite materials.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6)
1. List the types of lubricant materials.
2. Identify the factors which influence the action of adhesive.
3. Discuss the mechanism of lubrication.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 13 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Concept Map

Syllabus
Water Chemistry : Water- sources-Hardness of water-types-Estimation of hardness of
water by EDTA method. Disadvantages of hardwater -Boiler troubles- scale & sludge.
Internal treatment methods. External treatment methods- zeolite, ion exchange. Desalination
process- reverse osmosis, electrodialysis, multi stage flash distillation. Waste water
treatment processes.
Spectroscopic technique and applications-Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules-
Electronic spectroscopy, Fluorescence- applications in medicine. Vibrational and rotational
spectroscopy of diatomic molecules- Applications. Nuclear magnetic resonance and
magnetic resonance imaging. Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy and Inductively Coupled
Plasma-Optical Emission Spectroscopy- Principle, instrumentation and applications.
Corrosion and its prevention-Corrosion- causes- factors- types- chemical, electrochemical
corrosion (galvanic, differential aeration), Corrosion of steel in various environments. Rate
of corrosion. Corrosion control - material selection and design aspects - electrochemical
protection – sacrificial anode method and impressed current cathodic method. Coatings –
Metallic – Chromate conversion coating, electroplating – precious metal coating. Paints-
constituents and function.
Engineering materials – Polymers - Introduction-classification-properties –applications in
construction and manufacturing processes. Composite Materials: Introduction-Classification
– Preparation, properties and applications. Fiber-Reinforced Composites-preparation,
properties and applications..Adhesives- Introduction-classification-fundamental aspects –
mechanism of adhesion- factors influencing adhesive action. Lubricants-introduction-
classification-properties-functions-mechanism of lubrication.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 14 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Text Book
1. P.C. Jain and Monica Jain, A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, DhanpatRai
publications, New Delhi, 16th edition, 2015.
2. C. N. Banwelland E.M. McCash, “Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy”,
Tata McGraw-Hill (India), 5th Edition, 2013.
Reference Books
1. S.S. Dara and S.S.Umare, “A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry”, S.Chand &
Company, 12th Edition, Reprint, 2013.
2. Shashi Chawla, “ A text book of Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.(pvt)
ltd, 3rd edition, reprint 2011.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
No. of
S. No. Topic
hours
1.0 Water Chemistry
1.1 Introduction -Water- sources-Hardness of water-types 1
1.2 Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA method 2
1.3 Disadvantages of hard water -Boiler troubles- scale & sludge. 1
1.4 Internal treatment methods 1
1.5 External treatment methods- zeolite, ion exchange 1
Desalination process- reverse osmosis, electrodialysis, multi stage flash 1
1.6
distillation
1.7 Waste water treatment processes 2
2.0 Spectroscopic technique and applications
2.1 Introduction 1
2.2 Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules 1
2.3 Electronic spectroscopy, Fluorescence- applications in medicine. 1
Vibrational and rotational spectroscopy of diatomic molecules-
2.4 2
Applications
2.5 Nuclear magnetic resonance and magnetic resonance imaging 2
Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy and Inductively Coupled Plasma-
2.6 Optical Emission Spectroscopy- Principle, instrumentation and 2
applications.
3.0 Corrosion and its prevention
3.1 Corrosion- causes- factors- 1
types- chemical, electrochemical corrosion (galvanic, differential 2
3.2
aeration), Corrosion of steel in various environments (Marine)
3.3 Rate of corrosion 1
3.4 Corrosion control - material selection and design aspects 1
electrochemical protection – sacrificial anode method and impressed 1
3.5
current cathodic method
Coatings – Metallic - Chromate conversion coating, electroplating – 2
3.6
precious metal coating.
3.7 Paints- constituents and function. 1
4.0 Engineering materials
4.1 Polymers - Introduction-classification-properties 1

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 15 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

No. of
S. No. Topic
hours
4.2 Applications in construction and mechanical domains 1
Composite Materials: Introduction-Classification – Preparation, 1
4.3
properties and applications of Polymer Matrix Composites,
Metal Matrix Composites, Ceramic Matrix Composites Carbon-Carbon 2
4.4
Composites
Fiber-Reinforced Composites- Glass, Silica, Kevlar, carbon, boron, 2
4.5 silicon carbide, and boron carbide fibers and nature-made composites,
and applications.
Adhesives- Introduction-classification-fundamental aspects – 1
4.6
mechanism of adhesion- factors influencing adhesive action
Lubricants-introduction-classification-properties-functions-mechanism of 1
4.7
lubrication.
Total 36
Course Designers:
1. Dr. M.Kottaisamy [email protected]
2 Dr.(Mrs).K.Radha [email protected]
2. Dr.S.Rajkumar [email protected]
3. Dr.M.Velayudham [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 16 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18EG140 ENGLISH
HSS 2 0 0 2
Preamble
The course aims at developing communication skills in English essential for understanding
and expressing the ideas in different academic, social, and professional contexts. The
students acquire the skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing competencies in
English language, making them employable in the globalised scenario.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Recall the basics of language in terms of vocabulary, grammar,
CO1 pronunciation, syntax and semantics. Remember

CO2 Understand the grammatical nuances and use them accordingly in Understand
respective contexts.
CO3 Read and comprehend the content in English in general and technical Understand
contexts as well.
CO4 Write with coherence and cohesion effectively. Apply
Apply the language in established structure with precision in social and
CO5 professional contexts. Apply

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1. S S
CO2. S M
CO3. S S
CO4. S S
CO5. S S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment Tests Terminal
Bloom’s Category
1 2 3 Examination
Remember - - - -
Understand 15 15 30 30
Apply 35 35 70 70
Analyse - - - -
Evaluate - - - -
Create - - - -

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 17 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Course Level Assessment Questions

Course Outcomes 1, 2 and 3
1. Rewrite as directed.
a) Write a basic definition of a “ mobile”.
b)Combine the following sentences to bring out the “Purpose and Function”.
The coal gas is compressed. Condensation in the gas mains can be avoided.
c) Expand the following nominal compounds: i) car race ii) race car
d) Combine the following sentences using a relative clause.
Smart meters are small computers. They provide real-time information on how
much electricity is being used by each customer.
e) Combine the following sentences to bring out the “Cause and Effect”
Sand is mixed with the cement. It prevents the excessive shrinkage during drying.
f) Give the words for the following transcriptions
i) /tekˈnɒl.ə.dʒi/ ii) /prəˌnʌnt .siˈeɪ.ʃən/
g) Write down the phonetic symbols of the letters underlined. i).Thick ii) Pleasure
h) Syllabify the word and underline the stressed syllable: Communication
i) Frame question tags for the following sentence: Don’t open your books
j) Fill in the blank with the correct form of the verb given in brackets.
Tamil Nadu’s share of students in the IITs and NITs ________ (register) a
considerable drop in the recent years.
2. Read the following passage and answer the following (different types of) questions.
• Descriptive questions for eliciting short answers
• True or false
• Sentence Completion
• Synonyms/meaning of the words in the text
Course Outcomes 4 & 5
1. Write a paragraph in about 100-150 words on E-learning
2. Write a paragraph in about 100-150 words on Plastics
3. Write an e-mail to a company requesting permission to attend in-plant training for a fortnight.
4. Draft a letter to a company requesting you to undergo in-plant training there, inventing
necessary details, in proper format.
5. Prepare a set of 10 instructions on how to draw money from an ATM.
6. Prepare a set of 12 recommendations to keep our environment clean.
7. Make notes of the passage given in appropriate format with a title andsummarize in
about 100 words.
8. Interpret the following graphic data in about 150 words

9. Write an essay in about 250 words on ‘The Impact of Technology on Nature’

10. Write an essay in about 250 words on ‘Green Engineering’ )
Concept Map:

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 18 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Syllabus:
MODULE- I
Basics of language – Phonetics - Phonemes, Syllables and Stress, Vocabulary – Word
Analysis, Prefix, Suffix, Roots, Parts of Speech, Sentence Patterns.
MODULE- II
Basics of grammar – Tenses, Subject-Verb Agreement, Impersonal Passive Voice, Relative
Clauses; Notions for Technical English – Noun Compounds, Classifications and Definitions,
Cause and Effect, Purpose and Function, Numerical Adjectives, Reading Comprehension –
Skimming, Scanning, Skipping ( as tested in BEC Vantage Level)
MODULE-III
Writing with coherence and cohesion, Summarizing, Note-Making, Interpretation of
Graphics, Writing Instructions and Recommendations, Paragraph and Essay Writing.
MODULE-IV
Writing with correct spelling, punctuation and grammar, Blog writing, E-mail Writing (BEC
Vantage Writing-Unit I) – Formal Letters by students for Bonafide Certificate/Permission.
Suggested Reading:
Books:
1. Murphy, Raymond, English Grammar in Use with Answers; Reference and Practice
for Intermediate Students, Cambridge: CUP, 2004
2. Jones, Daniel. An English Pronouncing Dictionary, Cambridge: CUP, 2006
3. Brook-Hart,Guy. Cambridge English- Business Benchmark-Upper Intermediate,
CUP,2014.
4. Dhanavel, S.P. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science &
Engineering, Orient BlackSwan, Chennai: 2016.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 19 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

5. Swan, Michael. Practical English Usage.4th Edn. OUP. 2016.

Websites:
1. http://www.englishclub.com
2. http://owl.english.purdue.edu
3. https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com
4. www.bbclearningenglish.com

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

S.No Topic No. of Hours
1. Introduction 1
2. Sentence Patterns 1
3. Tenses 2
4. Subject-Verb Agreement 1
5. Phonetics – Consonants, Vowels, Dipthongs 1
6. Phonetics – Syllable and Stress 1
7. Word Formation – Prefixes, Suffixes and Root Words 1
8. Reading Comprehension - I (Skipping, Skimming, and Scanning) 1
9. Note-Making and Summarizing 1
10.Writing Instructions and Recommendations 1
11.Tutorials 1
12.Defining and Non-Defining Relative Clauses 1
13.Impersonal Passive Voice 2
Notions of Technical English – Noun Compounds, Definitions, Cause
14. 1
& Effect, Purpose and Function, Numerical Adjectives
Paragraph / Essay Writing- Topic and Supporting Sentences,
15. 2
Coherence
16. E-Mail Writing – (BEC Vantage Writing Task I ) 1
17. Formal Letters by students for Bonafide Certificate/Permission 1
18. Interpretation of Graphics 1
19. Reading Comprehension – II (As tested in BEC Writing Task III) 2
20. Tutorials 1
Total 24
Course Designers:
1 Dr. S. Rajaram [email protected]
2 Dr.A.Tamilselvi [email protected]
3 Mr. R. Vinoth [email protected]
4 Dr. R. K. Jaishree Karthiga [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 20 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18ES150 ENGINEERING EXPLORATION
ES 1 2 - 3

Preamble
The course Engineering Exploration provides an introduction to the engineering field. It is
designed to help the student to learn about engineering and how it affects our everyday
lives. On the successful completion of the course, students will be to explain how
engineering is different from science and technology and how science, mathematics and
technology are an integral part of engineering design.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1. Explain technological & engineering development, change and impacts Understand
of engineering
CO2. Draw a product in enough detail that others can accurately build it and Apply
write specification sheet for a given product
CO3. Complete initial steps (Define a problem, list criteria and constraints, Apply
brainstorm potential solutions and document the ideas) in engineering design
process
CO4. Draw sketches to a design problem and provide a trade-off matrix Apply
CO5. Communicate possible solutions through drawings and prepare project Apply
report
CO6. Use reverse engineering to suggest improvements in a tool design Apply
CO7. Apply the concept of engineering fundamentals in Civil, Mechanical, Apply
Electrical and Computer Engineering
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
C01 M L - - - - - - - - - -
C02 S M L - - - - - - - - -
C03 S M L - - - - - - - - -
C04 S M L - - - - - - - - -
C05 S M L - - - - - - - - -
C06 S M L - - - - - - - - -
C07 S M L - - - - - - - - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment Tests End Semester
S.No Bloom’s category Examinations
1 2 3
1 Remember 20 20 20 20
2 Understand 20 20 20 20
3 Apply 60 60 60 60
4 Analyze 0 0 0 0
5 Evaluate 0 0 0 0
6 Create 0 0 0 0

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 21 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Course Level Assessment Questions

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. What is the role of Engineer?
2. How do you believe the growth of engineering has impacted the product that we have
today?
3. Select an engineering product, list the specifications and constraints that must be
considered when designing the product. Make a list of tradeoff.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. List the steps of a design problem.
2. Identify the problem you see in the product you used in your daily life.
3. Determine the design constraint and criteria for a problem.
4. Create an isometric drawing of a design.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. List the five factors when considering development problem.
2. Imagine you have noticed the car you are riding is making a squeaking noise from the
engine compartment. Define the problem with your vehicle. Classify the potential
problem.
3. Imagine you are hired by your local city to develop a new public transportation.
a. Define the problem.
b. List the criteria and constraint.
c. List the potential solution.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Imagine you are an engineer who is designing a portable sitting device; you need to
design a chair that will be portable that will fit in the trunk of the car which hold 100 kg
individual and will be easily produced. Create sketches using a four step process to this
design problem.
2. Imagine you are an engineer who develops method to automatically sort books at
college library. Develop possible sketches and list potential solution and give the tradeoff
matrix.
3. How can your research improve the design?
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. What details are able to show with the perspective drawing?
2. What is the difference between mockup and prototype?
3. List five different question engineers must ask about function of the design.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Select a product to analyze with respect to function, fit, aesthetics, safety and
environment impact. Write a summary on evaluation of the product. If you would like
make changes to the design list the changes.
2. What design components should be reconsidered in reverse engineering processes?
Why?
3. What are the benefits of reverse engineering?
Course Outcome 7 (CO7):
1. Explain ohms law and list the related formulas.
2. What role do you think the range selection plays in the accuracy of the measurements?
3. Why it is important for a civil engineer to study structural forces?
4. Describe the differences between fluids used in hydraulics and pneumatics.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 22 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Concept Map

Syllabus
What is Engineering: Engineering Requirement, Knowledge within Engineering disciplines,
Engineering advancements Engineering Design: Problem definition, idea generation
through brainstorming and researching, solution creation through evaluating and
communicating, text/analysis, final solution and design improvement. Defining problems
and Brainstorming: Researching design, sketching problem solving Communicating
solution: Dimensioning orthographic drawing, perspective drawing Modeling and Testing
final output: Product evaluation, reverse engineering, final project report. Civil
Engineering: Structural forces structural analysis, bridge design components, structural
design Mechanical Engineering: Types of motion, mechanical power system, mechanical
power formula, mechanical design. Electrical Engineering: Reading analog multimeter,
measuring current, voltage and resistance, electricity from chemicals, solar cells, magnets,
Ohms law and watts law, circuit identification and circuit calculation, resistor color code,
continuity Computer Engineering: Logic gates, algorithms, computer architecture, binary
code
Reference Books
1. Ryan A.Brown, Joshua W.Brown and Michael Berkihiser: “Engineering Fundamentals:
Design, Principles, and Careers”, Goodheart-Willcox Publisher, Second Edition, 2014.
2. Saeed Moaveni ,“Engineering Fundamentals: An Introduction to Engineering”, Cengage
learning, Fourth Edition, 2011.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
No. of
No. Topic
Lectures
1. What is Engineering

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 23 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

No. of
No. Topic
Lectures
1.1 Engineering Requirement 1
1.2 Knowledge within Engineering disciplines, 1
1.3 Engineering advancements 1
2 Engineering Design
2.1 Problem definition, 1
2.2 idea generation through brainstorming and researching 1
2.3 solution creation through evaluating and communicating, 1
2.4 text/analysis 1
2.5 final solution and design improvement 1
3 Defining problems and Brainstorming:
3.1 Researching design 1
3.2 sketching problem solving 2
4 Communicating solution
4.1 Dimensioning orthographic drawing 1
4.2 perspective drawing 1
5 Modeling and Testing final output
5.1 Product evaluation 1
5.2 reverse engineering 1
5.3 final project report 1
6 Civil Engineering
6.1 Structural forces structural analysis 2
6.2 bridge design components 2
6.3 structural design 1
7 Mechanical Engineering
7.1 Types of motion 2
7.2 mechanical power system 1
7.3 mechanical power formula 1
7.4 mechanical design 1
8 Electrical Engineering:
8.1 Reading analog multimeter, measuring current, voltage and 1
resistance
8.2 electricity from chemicals, solar cells, magnets, 1
8.3 Ohms law and watts law, circuit identification and circuit 1
calculation
8.4 resistor color code, continuity 2
9 Computer Engineering
9.1 Logic gates, algorithms, 1
9.2 computer architecture, 2
9.3 binary code 2
Total 36
Course Designers:
1. Dr.S.J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]
2. Dr. S.Baskar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 24 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18ME160 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
ES 3 0 2 4
Preamble
Engineering Graphics is referred as language of engineers. An engineer needs to
understand the physical geometry of any object through its orthographic or pictorial
projections. The knowledge on engineering graphics is essential in proposing new product
designs through drawings and in reading or understanding existing drawings. This course
covers orthographic and pictorial projections, sectional views, development of surfaces and
use of computer aided drafting tools.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Draw conic Sections such as ellipse, parabola, hyperbola and Apply
rectangular hyperbola.
CO2 Draw the orthographic projections (Elevation and Plan) of straight lines Apply
inclined to both reference planes.
CO3 Draw the orthographic projections (Elevation, Plan and End view) of Apply
plane surfaces inclined to both reference planes
CO4 Draw the orthographic projections (Elevation and Plan) of regular solids Apply
(Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone) with axis inclined to any one
reference plane.
CO5 Draw the orthographic projections (Elevation and Plan) of sectioned Apply
solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone) with axis perpendicular to
horizontal plane and true shape of the sections.
CO6 Draw the development of surfaces (base and lateral) of sectioned Apply
regular solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone).
CO7 Draw the isometric projections of regular solids and combined solids Apply
(Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder, Cone and sphere) and of solid parts from
the orthographic views.
CO8 Develop computer-aided 3D models for the given part drawing (2D/3D ) Apply
and draw orthographic views for the 3D model with appropriate
dimensioning using CAD package. (Continuous Assessment only)
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1. S M S M M _ _ _ M M _ _
CO2. S M S M M _ _ _ M M _ _
CO3. S M S M M _ _ _ M M _ _
CO4. S M S M M _ _ _ M M _ _
CO5. S M S M M _ _ _ M M _ _
CO6. S M S M M _ _ _ M M _ _
CO7. S M S M M _ _ _ M M _ _
CO8. S M S M S _ _ _ M M _ _

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 25 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Assessment Pattern

Bloom’s Category Continuous Assessment Test Terminal Examination

Remember 0 0
Understand 0 0
Apply 100 100
Analyse 0 0
Evaluate 0 0
Create 0 0
Course Level Assessment Questions
Course Outcome 1 (CO1)
1. Draw an ellipse if the distance of focus from the directrix is 70 mm and the
eccentricity is ¾.
2. Draw a parabola if the distance of focus from the directrix is 60 mm.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2)
2. One end “A” of a straight line AB 85 mm long is 10 mm above HP and 15 mm in front
of VP. The line is inclined to HP at 40° and inclined to VP at 30°. Draw the projections.
3. A line CD has its end “C” 20 mm above HP and 25 mm in front of VP. The other end
“D” is 45 mm above HP and 40 mm in front of VP. The distance between the end
projectors is 60 mm. Draw its projections and find its true length.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3)
1. A semi circular plate of 80 mm diameter has its straight edge on V.P and inclined at
30° to H.P. The surface of the plate is inclined at 45° to V.P. Draw the projections of
the plate.
2. A thin rectangular plate of 60 x 40 mm size has its shorter edge on H.P and inclined
30° to V.P. Draw the projections of the plate when its top view is a square of 40 mm
side.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4)
1. A hexagonal prism of side of base 35 mm and axis length 80 mm rests on HP on one
of its rectangular faces such that its axis is inclined to VP by 45°. Draw its elevation
and plan.
2. A square pyramid of base side 40 mm and axis 75 mm long is resting on one of its
base edges in such a way that one of its triangular faces is perpendicular to both HP
and VP. Draw its front view and top view.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5)
1. A cone of base 75 mm diameter and axis 80 mm long is resting on its base on H.P. It
is cut by a section plane perpendicular to VP, inclined at 45° to H.P and cutting the
axis at a point 35 mm from the apex. Draw the front view, sectional top view and true
shape of the section.
2. A hexagonal pyramid, base 30 mm side and axis 65 mm long is resting on its base
on HP with two edges of the base parallel to V.P. It is cut by a section plane
perpendicular to V.P and inclined 45° to H.P, intersecting the axis at a point 25 mm
above the base. Draw the front view, sectional top view and true shape of the
section.

Course Outcome 6 (CO6)

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 26 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

1. A cone of base diameter 60 mm and axis 70 mm long is resting on its base on H.P. A
section plane perpendicular to H.P and V.P cuts the cone at a distance of 10 mm
from the axis. Draw the development of the cut solid.
2. A pentagonal prism of base side 30 mm and axis height 75 mm is resting on its base
on HP such that rectangular face is parallel to V.P. It is cut by a cutting plane
perpendicular to V.P and 30° inclined to H.P. It meets the axis 15 mm below the top
base. Draw the development of the cut prism.
Course Outcome 7 (CO7)
1. Draw the isometric projection of hexagonal prism of base side 40 mm and height 60
mm with a right circular cone of base diameter 50 mm and altitude 50 mm resting on
its top such that the axes of both solids are collinear and vertical.
2. Draw the isometric view of the part with the following orthographic views.

Course Outcome 8 (CO8)

1. Develop a 2D model using CAD package for the given figure.

2. Develop a 3D model using CAD package for the given part drawing.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 27 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

2. Draw the orthographic views for the given 3D model with appropriate dimensioning
using CAD package.

Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 28 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Syllabus
Introduction- Significance of engineering graphics, Use of drawing instruments –Standards,
Lettering, numbering and dimensioning, Principles of orthographic projections, First angle
projection, Scales.
Conic Sections - Construction of ellipse, parabola, hyperbola (Eccentricity Method only)
and rectangular hyperbola.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of points located in all quadrants.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of straight lines inclined to both reference planes -
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method.
Projection (Elevation, Plan and End view) of planes inclined to both reference planes by
rotating object method.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of regular solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and cone)
by rotating object method when the axis is inclined to one of the reference planes.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of sectioned solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and
cone) and true shape of the sections, when the axis of the solid is perpendicular to horizontal
plane.
Development of surfaces (base and lateral) of sectioned regular solids (Prisms,
Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone).
Isometric projection – Principle, isometric scale, Isometric views and Isometric projections
of single solid and combined solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder, Cone and sphere) when the
axis is vertical. Conversion of orthographic projections (Elevation, Plan and End view) of
solid parts / engineering components into isometric view.
Computer Aided Drafting (For Continuous Assessment only):
Overview of Computer Graphics, list of computer technologies, impact on graphical
communication. Demonstrating knowledge of the theory of CAD software such as: The Menu
System, Toolbars (Standard, Object Properties, Draw, Modify and Dimension), Drawing Area
(Background, Crosshairs, Coordinate System), Dialog boxes and windows, Shortcut menus
(Button Bars), The Command Line (where applicable), The Status Bar, Different methods of
zoom as used in CAD, Select and erase objects. Setting up of units and drawing limits.
Drawing geometric entities such as lines, arcs and circles in isometric views. Development of
3D wire-frame and shaded models. Dimensioning – Guidelines – ISO and ANSI standards
for coordinate dimensioning - Defining local coordinate systems – Dimensioning in iso-metric
and orthographic views.
Text Book
1. Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. and Ingle P.R., (2014) “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar
Publishing House.

Reference Books
1. Natarajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers,
Chennai, 2009.
2. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008
3. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International
(P) Limited, 2008.
4. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Stores,
Bangalore, 2007.
5. Shah M.B, and Rana B.C (2008) “Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics”,
Pearson Education.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 29 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

6. (Corresponding set of) CAD Software Theory and User Manuals.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture Practice
Sl.No Topic
Hours Hours
Introduction- Significance of engineering graphics, Use of
drawing instruments –Standards, Lettering, numbering and
1 2 1
dimensioning, Principles of orthographic projections, First angle
projection, Scales.
Conic Sections - Construction of Ellipse, Parabola, hyperbola
2 2 3
and rectangular hyperbola (Eccentricity Method only).
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of points located in all
3 2 1
quadrants.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of straight lines inclined to
4 both reference planes - Determination of true lengths and true 4 2
inclinations by rotating line method.
Projection (Elevation, Plan and End view) of planes inclined
5 5 2
to both reference planes by rotating object method.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of regular solids (Prisms,
6 Pyramids, Cylinder and cone) by rotating object method when 5 3
the axis is inclined to one of the reference planes.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of sectioned solids (Prisms,
7 Pyramids, Cylinder and cone) and true shape of the sections, 4 2
when the axis of the solid is perpendicular to horizontal plane.
Development of surfaces (base and lateral) of sectioned
8 4 2
regular solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone).
Isometric projection – Principle, isometric scale, Isometric
views and Isometric projections of single solid and combined
solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder, Cone and sphere) when the
9 4 2
axis is vertical. Conversion of orthographic projections
(Elevation, Plan and End view) of solid parts / engineering
components into isometric view.
Computer Aided Drafting (For Continuous Assessment only):
10.1 Overview of Computer Graphics, list of computer
technologies, impact on graphical communication.
Demonstrating knowledge of the theory of CAD software such
as: The Menu System, Toolbars (Standard, Object Properties,
Draw, Modify and Dimension), Drawing Area (Background, 1 1
Crosshairs, Coordinate System), Dialog boxes and windows,
Shortcut menus (Button Bars), The Command Line (where
10 applicable), The Status Bar, Different methods of zoom as used
in CAD, Select and erase objects. Setting up of units and
drawing limits.
10.2 Drawing geometric entities such as lines, arcs and circles
in isometric views. Development of 3D wire-frame and shaded
models. Dimensioning – Guidelines – ISO and ANSI standards 3 5
for coordinate dimensioning - Defining local coordinate systems
– Dimensioning in iso-metric and orthographic views.
TOTAL 36 24

Question Pattern for Terminal Examination

Question Description Type Marks

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 30 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Number
1 Conic sections Either or type 10
2 Projection of lines Either or type 15
3 Projection of planes Either or type 15
4 Projection of solids Either or type 15
5 Section of solids Either or type 15
6 Development of surfaces Either or type 15
Isometric projections of combined solids
7 Or Either or type 15
Orthographic views to isometric view
Total 100

Marks Allocation for Continuous Assessment:

Sl. No Description Marks
1 Plates (Drawing sheets) submission 20
2 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) Exercises 15
3 Continuous Assessment Test (CAT) 15
Total 50
Note:
1. One test or two tests will be conducted locally by respective faculty-in- charge during
regular class hours to account for continuous assessment test (CAT) marks.
2. Terminal examination (3 hrs) will be conducted centrally by the office of
controller of examinations.
Course Designers

1. Dr. A.Samuel Raja [email protected]

2. Prof. M.Kannan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 31 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18EG170 ENGLISH LABORATORY
HSS 0 0 2 1
Preamble
This practical course enables the students to develop and evaluate their basic English
language skills in Language Lab, equipped with English Software, through individualized
learning process and immediate feedback, and facilitates students with the need-based
student-centric presentation sessions in a multi-media driven classroom environment.
Prerequisite
NIL

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Pronounce words intelligibly through listening and watching contents on
CO1 social, technical and day-to-day conversations and respond to Apply
questions related to them
Apply appropriate lexicon in various contexts, by differentiating
CO2 Apply
variations pertaining to spelling, pronunciation, meaning and grammar
Comprehend passages on various topics like general, business and
CO3 apply
science at various levels
Read texts in newspapers, magazines, and articles on a variety of
CO4 Apply
issues with clarity to understand and to be understood
Prepare and present on a topic to a group of audience with ICT and
CO5 Apply
other educational aids
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S S
CO2 S M
CO3 S S
CO4 S M
CO5 S S

Assessment Pattern
Internal: No Continuous Assessment Test will be conducted
Students’ performance will be assessed in the classroom as given below
• Spoken Task - General / Technical Presentation / BEC Speaking Tests II: 25 Marks
• Listening Task - Answering questions : 25 Marks
External: Tested on Phonetics, Grammar, and Vocabulary in the lab for 1 hour : 80 Marks
Submission of Students Record on Practical Tasks in the Class and Lab : 20 Marks

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 32 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

List of Experiments
S.No Topic Hours
LAB ACTIVITES
1 Listening 2
2 Vocabulary 2
3 Grammar 2
4 Phonetics 2
5 Reading Comprehension – I (General) 2
6 Reading Comprehension – II (BEC Vantage Level) 2
CLASSROOM ACTIVITIES
7 Reading Practice (Extensive Reading) 2
8 English through Audios & Videos (Note-Taking & answering questions) 2
9 Presentation -I
qquqquestionsQgqufgfggfgdgdquestions)Presentation -I 2
10 Presentation - II 2
11 Revision 2
12 Model Test 2
Total 24
Software Used:
1. Business English Certificate-Vantage- Practice Software
2. English Software
Extensive Reading: ( Not for Terminal Exam, Prescribed only for Spoken Tasks)
1. Khera, Shiv, You Can Win, Macmillan Books, New York, 2003.
Teaching Resources and Websites:
1. Oxford / Cambridge Online English Videos
2. Free Video Downloads from Youtube
3. https://learningenglish.voanews.com/
4. https://www.ted.com/talkshttp://
5. www.esl-galaxy.com/video.htm
Course Designers:
1 Dr. S. Rajaram [email protected]
2 Dr.A.Tamilselvi [email protected]
3 Mr. R. Vinoth [email protected]
4 Dr. R. K. Jaishree Karthiga [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 33 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18PH180 PHYSICS LABORATORY BS 0 0 2 1

Preamble
This course ensures that students learn to apply the basic physics concepts and carry out
the experiments to determine the various physical parameters related to the material
• Learn the necessary theory to understand the concept involved in the experiment.
• Acquire the skills to carry out the experiment.
• Tabulate the observed data and use the formula to evaluate the required quantities.
• Plot the data in a graph and use it for calculation.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Analyze mechanical ,electrical oscillations and determine their Apply
resonance frequency
CO2 Analyze the diffraction and interference patterns for characterization Apply
CO3 Determine the numerical aperture and bending loss in optical fiber Apply
CO4 Determine the Planck’s constant by using LEDs Apply
CO5 Plot the VI characteristics of solar cell Apply
CO6 Determine the time constant of an RC circuit Apply
CO7 Determine the reversibility of classical and quantum logic gates Apply
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S S S S - - - - - - - -
CO2 S S S S - - - - - - - -
CO3 S S S S - - - - - - - -
CO4 S S S S - - - - - - - -
CO5 S S S S - - - - - - - -
CO6 S S S S - - - - - - - -
CO7 S S S S - - - - - - - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
List of Experiments
OSCILLATIONS AND WAVES
1. Torsion pendulum- Determination of Moment of inertia of a disc
2. Compound pendulum –Determination of acceleration due to gravity
OPTICS
3. Spectrometer-Determination of Refractive index of the material of the prism.
4. Laser Diffraction – Determination of wavelength of Laser and particle size in a thin
film.
5. Air wedge –Determination of diameter of wire by interference principle.
6. Fiber optics-Determination of numerical aperture and bending losses.

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 34 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

QUANTUM MECHANICS
7. Photoelectric effect-Determination of Planck’s constant
8. Solar cell-Plotting and studying of V-I characteristic
9. Study of Classical and quantum Logic gates.

ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
10. RC circuit –Determination of time constant
11. LCR Circuit- Determination of resonant frequency
Course Designers:
1. Dr. R. Vasuki [email protected]
2. Dr. M.Mahendran [email protected]
3. Mr. V.Veeraganesh [email protected]
4. Dr. A.L.Subramaniyan [email protected]
5. Dr.D.Ravindran [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 35 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E/B.Tech Degree Programmes - First Semester 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18CH190 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
BS 0 0 2 1
Preamble
This course aims to provide the students, a basic practical knowledge in chemistry. The
objective of this course is to develop intellectual and psychomotor skills of the students by
providing hands on experience in quantitative, electrochemical and photo-chemical analysis.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Estimate the chemical water quality parameters of sample water Apply
CO2 Demonstrate the rate of corrosion of steel by weight loss method Apply
CO3 Estimate the strength of acidic solution and pH of soil by conductometric and Apply
pH metric titrations
CO4 Illustrate the strength of oxidisable materials present in given sample by Apply
potentiometric method
CO5 Adapt colorimetric method for determination of iron in water Apply
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S S M - - - L - L - - -
CO2 S S M - - - L - L - - -
CO3 S S M - - - L - M - - -
CO4 S M - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 S S M - - - L - - - - -
List of Experiments
A. Quantitative analysis
1. Estimation of Total hardness of water
2. Estimation of Ca2+ and Mg2+ individual hardness of water samples
3. Estimation of alkalinity of water sample
4. Estimation of COD of industrial effluent
5. Estimation of Chloride in a water sample
6. Estimation of rate of corrosion of steel by weight loss method
B. Electrochemical and photochemical analysis
1. Conductometry Titration (Strong acid vs Strong base)
2. Potentiometric redox Titration (K2Cr2O7 vs FAS, KMnO4 vs FAS)
3. Determination of pH of soil by pH metric titration
4. Estimation of iron content of water sample using colorimeter
Course Designers:
Dr. M. Kottaisamy [email protected]
Dr. K. Radha [email protected]
Dr. J. Shanmugapriya [email protected]
Dr. S. Rajkumar [email protected]
Dr. S. Balaji [email protected]
Dr. V. Velkannan [email protected]
Dr. S. Sivailango [email protected]
Dr. M. Velayudham [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies on 14.07.2018 - 36 - Approved in 56th Academic Council Meeting on 21.07.2018
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Second Semester

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

MATRICES AND ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL Category L T P Credit(s)

18MA210
EQUATIONS BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble
In engineering, particularly Solid Mechanics, Aerodynamics, Fluid Flow, Heat Flow and
Robotics have application that requires an understanding of Vector Calculus and Differential
Equations. Also, Mathematical tool Laplace Transforms is very much essential to solve
ordinary differential equations that occur in the above areas. Eigen values and Eigenvectors
are extremely important while creating engineering models in control systems, designing
bridges, communication systems and searching algorithms. The course is designed to impart
the knowledge and understanding of the above concepts to all Engineers and apply them in
their areas of specialization.
Prerequisite
• 18MA110 - Engineering Calculus
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Compute the Laplace transform and inverse Laplace 10
CO1
transform of different functions
CO2 Solve the given initial value problem using Laplace transform 15
Apply matrix algebra techniques for transformations of conic 25
CO3
sections into principle axes
Solve the model developed for the given system using 25
CO4
ordinary differential equation
CO5 Compute divergence and curl of vector functions 10
Apply the concepts of vector differentiation and vector 15
CO6
integration to fluid flow and heat transfer problems
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

Proficiency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale
CO1 TPS2 K2 A2 - 1.1
CO2 TPS3 K3 A3 - 1.1
CO3 TPS3 K3 A3 - 1.1
CO4 TPS3 K3 A3 - 1.1
CO5 TPS2 K2 A2 - 1.1
CO6 TPS3 K3 A3 - 1.1

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S M - - - - - - - -
CO2 S S S - - - - - M - - M
CO3 S S - S - - - - - - S
CO4 S S S S - - - - M - - M
CO5 S M - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 S S S - - - - - - - - -
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 37 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Cognitive Assignment Terminal
Assessment Tests
Levels Examination
1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 10 10 10 - - - 10
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 20
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 70
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1
1 
1. Show that Laplace transform of is .
t s
 s 2 +1 
2. Identify the inverse Laplace transform of log  .
2 
 ( s − 1) 
3. Discuss any three properties of Laplace transforms.
Course Outcome 2
 
1. Apply Laplace transform solve y ' '+9 y =   t −  , y (0) = 2, y ' (0) = 0 .
 2
2. By using Laplace transform, solve x' ' (t ) + 3x' (t ) + 2 x(t ) = 2(t 2 + t + 1) ; with
x(0) = 2, x' (0) = 0 .
3. Apply convolution theorem, Solve the Voltera integral equation of the second kind
t
y(t ) −  y( ) sin(t −  )d = t .
0
Course Outcome 3
1. An elastic membrane in the x1 x 2 plane with boundary circle x1 + x 2 = 1 is stretched
2 2

y 1 = 5 x1 + 3 x 2
so that a point P; ( x1 , x 2 ) goes over into the point Q; ( y1 , y 2 ) given by
y 2 = 3 x1 + 5 x 2
Find the principal directions that is the directions of the position vector X of P for
which the direction of the position vector Y of Q is the same or exactly opposite.
Predict the boundary circle take under this deformation?
2. Discover the type of conic section the following quadratic form represents and
transform it to principal axes: Q = 17 x1 − 30 x1 x2 + 17 x2 = 128 .
2 2

 6 0 0

3. Diagonalize the matrix 12 2 0

 
21 − 6 9
Course Outcome 4
1. Reduce to first order and solve y' '−y' = 0
2. Compute the general solution for y' '+ y '+( + 1 / 4) y = e sin x
2 −x / 2

3. Solve ( x D − 4 xD − 6) y = c
2 2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 38 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 5

1. Predict the value of div (curl F ) .
→
2. If 1 and  2 are scalar point functions and F is a vector point function such that
→ → →
1 F =  2 then identify F .curl F .
→
3. Estimate curl v , where v = e
→
 −z2
, e−x , e − y
2 2
.
Course Outcome 6
→
1. Predict the work done by the force F = [ y , − x ] acting on a particle in y = 4x from
2 2 2

(0,0) to (1,4).
2. Compute the amount of fluid that crosses the surface in a flow per unit time at any one instant,
⃗ = 𝒚𝒊⃗ + 𝒙𝒋 + 𝒛𝒌
if the velocity field is 𝒗 ⃗ over the boundary of the region enclosed by the
paraboloid z = 1- x2 - y2 and the plane z = 0.
→ → →

 F . r ' ds where F = [ y, xz ,− zy ] and C is circle

3 3
3. Apply Stokes theorem to compute
C

x + y = 4, z = −3 .
2 2

Concept Map

Syllabus

LAPLACE TRANSFROMS: Laplace transform, Linearity, First Shifting theorem –

Transforms of derivatives and integrals, ODEs – Unit step function, Second shifting theorem
– Short Impulses, Dirac’s delta function, partial fractions – Convolution, Integral Equations –
Differentiation and integration of transforms. MATRIX EIGEN VALUE PROBLEM: The Matrix
Eigen value Problem, Determining Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors – Some Applications of
Eigen value Problems – Symmetric, Skew symmetric and orthogonal matrices – Eigen bases,
Diagonalization, Quadratic forms. ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION: Homogeneous

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 39 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Linear ODEs of second order – Homogeneous Linear ODEs with constant coefficients – Euler
Cauchy Equation – Existence and uniqueness of solutions, Wronskian - Nonhomogeneous
ODE – Modelling: Electric Circuits- Solution by Variation of Parameters. VECTOR
CALCULUS: Divergence of a Vector Field- Curl of a Vector Field- Line Integrals- Path
independence of line integrals- Green’s Theorem in the plane- Surface Integrals- Triple
Integrals, Divergence Theorem of Gauss- Applications of the Divergence Theorem- Stoke’s
Theorem.

Learning Resources
1. Erwin Kreszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics",10th edition, Wiley, 2017.
a. Laplace transforms : [sections 6.1,6.2,6.3,6.4,6.5,6.6]
b. Matrix eigen value problem : [sections 8.1,8.2,8.3,8.4]
c. Ordinary differential equations : [sections 2.1,2.2,2.5,2.6,2.7,2.9,2.10]
d. Vector calculus : [sections 9.8.9.9,10.1,10.2,10.4,10.6, 10.7,10.8,10.9]
2. Peter V.O'Neil, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 7th edition, Cengage Learning,
2017.
3. Glyn James, “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2016.
4. Jain R.K. and Iyengar S.R.K., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa Publications,
New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2007.
5. Made Easy Team, Engineering Mathematics, Made Easy Publications, 2018.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1. LAPLACE TRANSFORMS
1.1 Laplace Transform. Linearity. First Shifting Theorem (s- 2 CO1
Shifting)
1.2 Transforms of Derivatives and Integrals. ODEs 2 CO2
1.3 Unit Step Function (Heaviside Function). 1 CO1
Second Shifting Theorem (t-Shifting)
1.4 Short Impulses. Dirac’s Delta Function. Partial Fractions 1 CO1
1.5 Convolution. Integral Equations 2 CO2
1.6 Differentiation and integration of transforms 1 CO1
2 MATRICES EIGEN VALUE PROBLEMS
2.1 Determining Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 2 CO3
2.2 Some Applications of Eigenvalue Problems 1 CO3
2.3 Symmetric, Skew-Symmetric, and Orthogonal Matrices 2 CO3
2.4 Eigenbases. Diagonalization. 2 CO3
2.5 Quadratic Forms 2 CO3
3 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
3.1 Homogeneous Linear ODEs of Second Order 2 CO4
3.2 Homogeneous Linear ODEs with Constant Coefficients 1 CO4
3.3 Euler–Cauchy Equations 1 CO4
3.4 Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions. Wronskian 1 CO4
3.5 Nonhomogeneous ODEs 2 CO4
3.6 Solution by Variation of Parameters 2 CO4
4 VECTOR CALCULUS

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 40 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

4.1 Divergence and Curl of a Vector Field 2 CO5

4.2 Line Integrals 2 CO6
4.3 Green’s Theorem in the Plane 1 CO6
4.4 Surface Integrals 1 CO6
4.5 Triple Integrals. Divergence Theorem of Gauss 1 CO6
4.6 Applications of the Divergence Theorem 1 CO6
4.7 Stoke’s Theorem 1 CO6
TOTAL No. of Hours 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.V.Gnanaraj [email protected]
2 Dr.S.Jeyabharathi [email protected]
3 Dr.G.Jothilakshmi [email protected]
4 Dr.C.S.Senthil kumar [email protected]
5 Dr.R.Suresh [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 41 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT220 ELECTRICAL MACHINES
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
In future, the machines play a vital role in transforming the manufacturing system into
automatic system. An electrical machine is the apparatus that converts energy in three
categories: generators which convert mechanical energy to electrical energy, motors which
convert electrical energy to mechanical energy, and transformers which changes
the voltage level of an alternating current. The academic study of electric machines has
become considerable importance in recent years for development of mechatronics in
industries. This course aims to provide knowledge on construction and working principle,
advantages, limitations and applications of various industrial machines
Prerequisite
• 18MA110 - Engineering Calculus
• 18PHA20 - Physics
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Integrate knowledge about machines and its principles in
CO1 5
real world application.
Explain the various types of Machines, principle and
CO2 10
operation.
Explain the Construction principle and control of different
CO3 20
types of Machines.
Explain the characteristics, Application of different types of
CO4 20
Machines.
Determine performance parameters of different machines
CO5 25
to solve the problems related to its application.
Select the suitable machine & working principle for a given
CO6 20
situation and application.
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level

CDIO Curricular Components
Numb Proficien
Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
er cy Scale
CO1 TPS1 Remember Receive Perception 1.1,1.2
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.
CO4 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism .3.1,2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.
4.6,2.5.4,3.1.5
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism .3.1,2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.
4.6,2.5.4,3.1.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 42 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S L L - - - M L - - - L M L
CO2 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO3 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO4 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO5 S S S S S L L - M M - S L S
CO6 S S S S S L L - M M - S L S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Cognitive Assignment Terminal
Assessment Tests
Levels Examination
1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 60 40 40 - - - 40
Apply 20 40 40 100 100 - 40
Analyse - - - - - 100 -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception Simulation of Machines Operation
Set -
Guided Response Assignments
Mechanism Mini projects, Flipped classroom, Quiz,
Active Learning Techniques.
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. State Faradays Law.
2. Define Double field revolving theory.
3. Draw speed torque characteristics diagram with equation.

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Explain briefly Variable Reluctance principle and how stepper motor works on that principle
with neat sketch.
2. Discuss in detail the difference between VRSM &PMSM.
3. Explain the principle operation of Solenoid with neat circuit diagram.

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Explain the construction of Transformer with neat sketches.
2. With neat sketch briefly explain the construction of Stepper motor.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 43 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Explain the principle and operations of Alternator and give their advantages, limitations
and specific applications.
2. With neat sketch, briefly explain the Principle operation of Permanent magnet stepper
motor and its limitations.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5)

1. A load has impedance 10 + j 5 and is fed by a voltage of 100V. Calculate the current and
power at the load.
2. A 4 pole lap winding DC shunt generator has a useful flux per pole of 0.6Wb.The armature
winding consist of 200turns, each turns having the resistance of 0.003ohm. Calculate the
terminal voltage running at 1000rpm if armature current is 45Amp.

Course Outcome 6(CO6):

1. Suggest suitable design procedure along with justification for manufacture of the following
Products:
(i). Position change application.
(ii). House pump
2. Select the appropriate special Machine and explain the construction and working principle
for Robotic application

Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 44 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus

Introduction: Overview and Introduction about Electrical systems and Electrical machines.

Solenoids: Types - Construction – Working principle – circuit diagram- characteristics -

Applications

DC Machines: Types - Constructional details – Principle & operation - Emf equation -Methods
of excitation of D.C.generators - Characteristics of series, shunt generator - Principle operation
of D.C. motor - Back emf and torque equation - Characteristics of series and shunt motors -
Starting of D.C. motors - Speed control of D.C. motors – Applications.

Transformer: Types - Construction - Working principle - Emf equation – Losses - Voltage

regulation - CT & PT - Applications.

AC Machines: Production of rotating magnetic field - Torque equation - Torque – Slip

characteristics - Power stages and efficiency - Principle and operation of single phase and
three phase Induction motors - methods of speed control – applications.

Special Machines: Stepper Motor: Constructional features – Step angle - Principle of

operation -Variable reluctance motor – Single and multi stack configurations – Characteristics
of stepper motor.
Servo Motor: types - Construction and Working principle of Servomotor-Types-Position, speed
control.
Permanent magnet DC motor, BLDC motor - Construction and working Principle.

Application: Application and case study of Special Machines in Mechatronics System.

Learning Resources
1. Stephen J Chapman, “Electrical machines fundamentals” 4th edition. Tata McGraw hill,
2005.
2. A.E.Filtgerald & Charles Kingsley jr, “Electric Machinery “6th edition,McGrow
science,2002.
3. J B Gupta, “Theory and Performances of Electrical Machines” 14th edition SK Kataria
& Sons 2010.
4. D P Kothari and I J Nagrath ,”Electric Machines” 4th Edition , McGraw Hill
Education,2010.
5. Takashi Kenjo, “Stepper motor & their microprocessor control” 2nd edition, Oxford
science publication 1995.
6. Vedam Subramanian,“Electric Drives", 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106071/
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106072/
9. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-685-
electric-machines-fall-2013/

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 45 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1. Introduction:
1.1 Overview and Introduction about Electrical systems 1 CO1
and Electrical machines
2. Solenoids:
2.1 Types - Construction – Working principle 1 CO1,CO2
2.2 Circuit diagram- characteristics - Applications 2 CO2,CO6
3. DC Machines:
3.1 Types - Constructional details – Principle & operation 2 CO1,CO2
3.2 Emf equation -Methods of excitation of 2 CO3,CO5
D.C.generators
3.3 Characteristics of series, shunt generator, and series 2 CO4
and shunt motors
3.4 Principle operation of D.C. motor - Back emf and 2 CO3,CO5
torque equation
3.5 Starting of D.C. motors - Speed control of D.C. motors 2 CO4,CO6
– Applications.
4. Transformer:
4.1 Types - Construction - Working principle 2 CO1,CO2
4.2 Emf equation - Voltage regulation- Losses 2 CO4,CO5
4.3 CT & PT - Applications. 2 CO5,CO6
5. AC Machines:
5.1 Types- Production of rotating magnetic field- Principle 2 CO1,CO2
and operation of single phase and Three phase
Induction motors
5.2 Torque equation - Torque – slip characteristics - 2 CO3,CO5
Power stages and efficiency
5.3 Methods of speed control – applications. 1 CO5,CO6
6. Special Machines:
6.1 Constructional features – Step angle -Principle of 2 CO1,CO2
operation -Variable reluctance motor
6.2 Single and multi stack configurations – Characteristics 2 CO2,CO4
of stepper motor.
6.3 Types - Construction and Working principle of 2 CO3,CO4
Servomotor-Types-Position, speed control.
6.4 Permanent magnet DC motor, Switched reluctance 2 CO2,CO3
motor, BLDC motor - Construction and working
Principle.
6.5 Application and case study of Special Machines in 3 CO6
Mechatronics System

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr H.Ramesh [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 46 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT230 ANALOG ELECTRONICS
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course provides engineering students with basic understanding of analog electronic
components and designs of circuits using them. The syllabus includes some basic circuit
theorems and circuit analysis; followed by different types of diodes, its characteristics and
uses. Then we cover some basic transistor components and its construction and different
circuit configurations. Then we have some of the Op-amp basics, its configurations and
different configurations for different applications
Prerequisite

Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
CO1 Study the electric circuit and its functions 20
Construct and solving circuit equations using network 20
CO2
theorems
CO3 Implementation of PN Diode Circuits and its applications 15
CO4 Give understanding of various types of amplifier circuits 20
CO5 Design op-amp based circuit and its applications 25
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE CDIO Curricular

CO Proficiency Learning Domain Level Components
Number Scale (X.Y.Z)
Cognitive Affective
Psychomotor
CO1 TPS1 Remember Perception 2.2.1,2.2.3
Receive
2.1.3,2.14,3.2.5,4.3.1,4.4.1,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.5.1
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond - 2.1.2,2.2.1,2.2.3
Guided
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value 2.3.1,3.2.5,4.3.1,4.4.1,4.5.1
Response
Guided
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value 2.3.1,3.2.5,4.3.1,4.4.1,4.5.1
Response
CO6 TPS1 Remember Receive Perception 2.2.1,2.2.3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S L - M L - - S - S S S L
CO2 M S S - L - - - - - M S S
CO3 S S S M M M - - - - S S S S
CO4 L M S M M M L - M - S L M S
CO5 - L S M - M L - M - S - L S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 47 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Cognitive Assignment Terminal
Assessment Tests
Levels Examination
1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 - 20 - - - 20
Understand 20 40 20 - - - 20
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception Assignment
Set Assignment
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. Define Kirchoffs current Law
2. Define ideal voltage and ideal current source
3. Explain how voltage source with source resistance can be converted into equivalent
current source

Course Outcome 2 (CO2):

1. Find the current through each branch

2. Using mesh analysis determine the current supplied by the battery in the circuit

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Write the expression of current in a diode
2. Define cut-in voltage or barrier potential of a diode
3. Differentiate between static and dynamic resistance of a diode

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 48 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Explain the functioning of MOSFET as a voltage controlled resistor.
2. Explain the need for biasing in a transistor.
3. Measurement of an npn BJT in a particular circuit shows the base current to be 14.46 μA,
the emitter current to be 1.460 mA, and the base-emitter voltage to be 0.7V. Calculate α,
β and Is for these conditions?
4. In the circuit shown in the figure VBE is adjusted to yield a dc collector current of 1 mA. Let
VCC = 15 V, RC = 10 kΩ, and β = 100. Find the voltage gain Vc/Bbe? If Vbe = 0.005 sin
ωt volts, find vC (t) and iB (t)?

a.
5. For the circuit shown in the figure select a value for RB so that the transistor saturates with
an overdrive factor of 10. The BJT is specified to have a minimum β of 30 and VCEsat =
0.2 V. What is the value of forced β achieved?

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Explain the reason for high CMRR in op-amp used in noisy environment..
2. Explain the functioning of Non inverting amplifier.
3. Define CMRR and slew rate in an op-amp?
4. For the non-inverting operational amplifier with input resistance 100 k ohm and feedback
resistance 900 k ohm. Find the effect on output voltage due to common mode voltage
when input voltage changes by 1V? Assume CMRR as 70 dB?
5. A PLL has the free running frequency of 500 kHz and bandwidth of the low pass filter is
10 kHz. Will the loop acquire lock for an input signal of 600 kHz? Justify your answer.
Assume that the phase detector produces sum and different frequency components.
6. Give the transfer function of a second-order band pass filter with centre frequency of
105rad/s, a centre-frequency gain of 10, and a 3-dB bandwidth of 103 rad/s?

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 49 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus

Basic Circuit analysis

Ohm’s Law – Kirchoffs laws – DC and AC Circuits – Resistors in series and parallel circuits –
Mesh current and node voltage method of analysis for D.C and A.C. circuits. Thevenins and
Novton & Theorem – Superposition Theorem – Maximum power transfer theorem.

PN-Junction Devices
PN junction diode-structure, operation and V-I characteristics, half wave and full wave
rectifiers, ,LED,LASER diode characteristics zener diode reverse characteristics and regulator

Transistors characteristics
BJT, JFET, MOSFET structure, biasing and operation. Thyristors and IGBT structure and
characteristics JFET, MOSFET Characteristics.

Operational amplifiers:
Basic information about op-amps – Ideal Operational Amplifier – General operational amplifier
stages. DC and AC performance characteristics, slew rate, Open and closed loop, Sign
Changer, Scale Changer, Voltage Follower, V-to-I and I-to-V converters, adder, subtractor,
Instrumentation amplifier, Integrator, Differentiator, Comparators, Schmitt trigger, Precision
rectifier, peak detector, Low-pass, high-pass and band-pass Butterworth filters.
Operation of the basic PLL, Closed loop analysis, Voltage controlled oscillator
Learning Resources
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits theory-Robert L.Boylestead, Louis Nashelsky ,11th
Edition ,2009,Pearson
2. Sedra and smith, “Microelectronic circuits”,7th Ed., Oxford University Press
3. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Milman,Christos C Halkias, Mcgraw Hill Education
4. Thomas L.Floyd, “Electronic devices” Conventional current version, Pearson prentice
hall, 10th Edition, 2017
5. David A. Bell ,”Electronic devices and circuits”, Oxford University higher education, 5th
edition 2008

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 50 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

6. Electronic Devices and Circuits ,S Salivahanan, N Suresh Kumar, A Vallvaraj, 5th

Edition ,MCGRAW HILL EDUCTION
7. Electronics Circuits and Application, Md H Rashid, Cengage 2014
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Lectures Outcome
1 Basic Circuit analysis
1.1 Ohm’s Law – Kirchoffs laws – DC and AC Circuits –
2 CO1
Resistors in series and parallel circuits
1.2 Mesh current and node voltage method of analysis
for D.C and A.C. circuits. Thevenins and Novton & 3 CO2
Theorem
1.3 Thevenins and Novton & Theorem – Superposition
4 CO2
Theorem – Maximum power transfer theorem
2 PN-Junction Devices
2.1 pn junction diode-structure, operation and V-I
1 CO3
characteristics
2.2 half wave and full wave rectifiers 1 CO3
2.3 LASER diode characteristics 1 CO3
2.4 zener diode reverse characteristics and regulator 2 CO3
3 Transistors characteristics
3.1 BJT,JFET,MOSFET structure 2 CO4
3.2 biasing and operation 3 CO4
3.3 Thyristors and IGBT structure and characteristics 2 CO4
4 Operational amplifiers
4.1 Basic information about op-amps – Ideal Operational
2 CO5
Amplifier – General operational amplifier stages
4.2 DC and AC performance characteristics, slew rate 2 CO5
4.3 Open and closed loop configurations 1 CO5
4.4 Sign Changer, Scale Changer, Voltage Follower, V-
to-I and I-to-V converters, adder, subtractor,
4 CO5
Instrumentation amplifier, Integrator, Differentiator,
Comparators, Schmitt trigger
4.5 Low-pass, high-pass and band-pass Butterworth
2 CO5
filters.
4.6 Operation of the basic PLL, Closed loop analysis,
4 CO5
Voltage controlled oscillator

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr. S. Parthasarathi [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 51 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT240 FREE BODY MECHANICS
ES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Mechanics is the branch of physics concerned with the behavior of physical bodies when
subjected to forces or displacements, and the subsequent effect of the bodies on their
environment. The course addresses the modeling and analysis of static equilibrium problems
with an emphasis on real world engineering applications and problem solving. For an engineer
the knowledge of engineering mechanics is very essential. It helps an engineer in planning,
designing, and construction of various types of structures and machines. If an engineer study
engineering mechanics in systematic and scientific manner than he can take up his job more
skillfully. The course covers a basic introduction to both statics and dynamics. Emphasis is
placed upon the gaining of real understanding of the laws and principles of mechanics.

Prerequisite

• 18MA110 - Engineering Calculus

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
CO1 Understand the laws and principles of mechanics 8
Analyse and solve simple problems using the concept of 12
CO2
static equilibrium
Find the centroid and moment of inertia of a 2D and 3D 20
CO3
components
CO4 Solve problems involving frictional phenomena in machines 20
Solve problems involving kinematics and kinetics of rigid 20
CO5
bodies in plane motion
CO6 Solve problems using D’Alembertz principles 20
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

CO
Proficiency Components
Number Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
Perception,
CO1 TPS1 Remember Receive 1.2,2.1.1
Set
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.2, 2.1.1,2.3.1, 2.4.3
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.1,2.3.1, 2.4.3
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.1,2.3.1, 2.4.3
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.1,2.3.1, 2.4.3
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.1,2.3.1, 2.4.3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 52 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 L - - - - - - - - - M - L L
CO2 S M M - - - - - - - M - L L
CO3 S M M - - - - - - - M - L L
CO4 S M M - - - - - - - M - L M
CO5 S M M - - - - - - - M - L M
CO6 S M M - - - - - - - M - L M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 20 20 20 50 50 50 20
Apply 60 60 60 50 50 50 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism Assignment
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Define equilibrium of mechanical system.
2. State law of friction.
3. Describe the dynamic equilibrium of a rigid boy in plane motion.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Determine the resultant of two force P and Q act on a bolt A

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 53 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. A barge is pulled by two tugboats. If the resultant of the forces exerted by the tugboats
is a 5000 N force directed along the axis if the barge, determine the a) the tension in
each of the ropes knowing that α = 45o b) the value of α for which the tension in rope
2 is minimum.

3. Four forces act on bolt A shown, Determine the resultant of the forces on the bolt,

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Define centroid of an area
2. State perpendicular axis theorem.
3. Determine the moment of inertia of the shaded are with respect to the x axis

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. A body of mass 4 kg lying on a rough horizontal plane is attached to one end of a
string. The string passes over a smooth pulley and carries at its other end, a body of
mass 10 kg which hangs freely vertically down. If the system starts from rest and
attains an acceleration of 6 m/s2, find the coefficient of friction.
2. Determine the horizontal force P required to raise the 200kg block. The coefficient of
friction for all surfaces is 0.40.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 54 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3. If the coefficient of friction between the steel wedge and the moist fibers of the newly
cut stump is 0.20, determine the maximum angle which the wedge may have and not
pop out of the wood after being driven by the sledge.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. A Stone is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of 40 m/sec. Find its position after
5 seconds.
2. A body of mass 4 kg lying on a rough horizontal plane is attached to one end of a
string. The string passes over a smooth pulley and carries at its other end, a body of
mass 10 kg which hangs freely vertically down. If the system starts from rest and
attains an acceleration of 6 m/s2 m, find the coefficient of friction.
3. A pulley weighing 12 N and having a radius of gyration of 8 cm is connected to two
blocks as shown. Assuming no axle friction, determine the angular acceleration of the
pulley and the acceleration of each block.
Course Outcome 6(CO6):

2. Find P required to accelerate the block shown in fig below at 2.5m/s2. Take coefficient
of friction =0.3

3. A pulley weighing 12 N and having a radius of gyration of 8 cm is connected to two

blocks as shown. Assuming no axle friction, determine the angular acceleration of the
pulley and the acceleration of each block.

4. For the drum and flywheel, I=10.5 kg-m2.The bearing friction is equivalent to a couple
of 60Nm .At the instant shown, the block is moving downward at 6 m /s. Determine the
velocity of the block after it has moved 4 m downward.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 55 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Static Equilibrium of Mechanical Systems: Equilibrium conditions-Two force body-Three
force body.
System of forces: Representation of Force, Moment and Couples-Reduction of system of
forces to one force and couple.
Distributed forces: Centroid of lines and areas-Centre of gravity of mass-Moment of inertia
of areas-Mass moment of inertia.
Objects with friction: Ladder friction-Wedge friction-Screw friction-Applications
Dynamic equilibrium: Particles in motion-Kinematics of particles-Rectilinear motion-
Curvilinear motion-Kinetics of particles-Newton's Law of motion-Work-energy principle-
Impulse-Momentum principle, D'Alembert's principle.
Rigid body motion: Kinematic Motion -Rotary motion of rigid bodies-Plane motion-Kinetic
motion.
Learning Resources
1. Beer F.P. and Johnston Jr. E.R., Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and
Dynamics, Twelfth student Edition, Tata McGraw Hill College, 2018
2. Hibbeler R.C., Engineering Mechanics – Statics & Dynamics, Fourteenth Edition,
Pearson Publisher, 2015
3. R.C Hibbeler, Irving H Shames, D.P Sharma., Engineering Mechanics, Pearson
Education 2011
4. Tayal A.K., Engineering Mechanics, Fourteenth Edition, Umesh Publications, 2010
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103108/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1. Introduction Static Equilibrium of mechanical systems 2 CO1
1.1 Fundamental laws, Free body diagram 1 CO1
1.2 Two force body, three force body 1 CO2
2. System of forces CO2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 56 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.1 Representation of Force, 1 CO2

2.2 Moment and Couples 1 CO2
2.3 Reduction of system of forces to one force and couple 1 CO2
3 Distributed forces CO3
3.1 Centroid of lines and areas 1 CO3
3.2 Centre of gravity of mass 2 CO3
3.3 Moment of inertia of areas 1 CO3
3.4 Tutorial Problems in Moment of Inertia 2 CO3
4. Objects with friction CO4
4.1 Ladder friction 2 CO4
4.2 Wedge friction 1 CO4
4.3 Screw friction 2 CO4
5. Dynamic equilibrium CO5
5.1 Particles in motion 1 CO5
5.2 Kinematics of particles 1 CO5
5.3 Rectilinear motion 1 CO5
5.4 Curvilinear motion 1 CO5
5.5 Kinetics of particles 1 CO5
5.6 Newton’s Law of motion 2 CO5
5.7 Work-energy principle 2 CO5
5.8 Impulse-Momentum principle , 2 CO5
5.9 Tutorial Problems 1 CO5
6. Rigid body motion CO6
6.1 General plane motion 1 CO6
6.2 Kinematic Motion –Rotary motion of Rigid bodies 1 CO6
6.3 Plane motion -D Alembert’s principle 1 CO6
6.4 Kinetic motion 1 CO6
6.5 Tutorial Problems 2 CO6

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. G. Kanagaraj [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 57 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT260 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
PC 2 0 2 3

Preamble
The basic processes used for manufacturing desired shape of a product are casting, forming,
machining, and joining processes. Casting is a manufacturing process by which a liquid
material is usually poured into a mould, which contains a hollow cavity of the desired shape,
and then allowed to solidify. The solidified part is also known as a casting, which is ejected or
broken out of the mould to complete the process.
Forming or metal forming, is the metalworking process of fashioning metal parts and objects
through mechanical deformation; the work piece is reshaped without adding or removing
material, and its mass remains unchanged.
Welding is a fabrication or sculptural process that joins materials, usually metals or
thermoplastics, by causing coalescence. This is in contrast with soldering and brazing, which
involve melting a lower-melting-point material between the work pieces to form a bond
between them, without melting the work pieces.
Machining is a term used to describe a variety of material removal processes in which a cutting
tool removes unwanted material from a work piece to produce the desired shape. The work
piece is typically cut from a larger piece of stock, which is available in a variety of standard
shapes, such as flat sheets, solid bars, hollow tubes, and shaped beams.
The first, second, third and fourth parts of this course aim to provide knowledge on the working
principles, basic operations and applications of various metal casting, forming, joining and
machining processes
Prerequisite

Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Explain the principle, process capabilities, types and
CO1 various operations of metal casting, metal forming, metal 15
joining, and machining processes.
Select the suitable metal casting and forming processes for
CO2 15
a given product or component.
Suggest the suitable joining methods for fabrication /
CO3 15
assembly of product.
CO4 Select a suitable process for machining of a given part. 15
Construct the mould using single and spilt piece pattern and
CO5 10
prepare for casting.
CO6 Perform Arc/MIG/Spot welding and Brazing /Soldering. 10
Perform various operations in lathe, milling, drilling and
CO7 20
grinding machines.
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 58 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level

CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficiency
Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 Guided
TPS2 Understand Respond 1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.5, 3.2.4, 4.1.1
Response
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.5, 3.2.4,4.3.2
CO3 Guided 1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.5, 3.2.4, 4.3.2
TPS2 Understand Respond
Response
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.5, 3.2.4, 4.3.2
CO5 1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.7,
TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
3.1.2, 3.2.5,4.2.3
CO6 1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.7,
TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
3.1.2, 3.2.5,4.2.3
CO7 1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.7,
TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
3.1.2, 3.2.5,4.2.3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 L - - - - - - - - - L - L L
CO2 L - - - - - - - - - M - M L
CO3 S M L - - - - - - - M - M M
CO4 S M L - - - M - - - M - M M
CO5 S L L L L L L L L L L L L M
CO6 S L S L L L L L L L L L L M
CO7 S S S L L L L L L L L L L M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assessment Assignment

Cognitive Tests
Terminal
Levels Model 1 2 3
1 2 Examination
Examination
Remember 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 40 40 - - - 40
Apply 40 40 100 40
Analyse - - - -
Evaluate - - - -
Create - - - -

Theory Cum Practical Courses:

There shall be three tests: the first two tests (Maximum 50 marks for each test) will be from
theory component and the third test (Maximum 50 Marks) will be for practical component. The
sum of marks of first two tests shall be reduced to 20 Marks and the third test mark shall be
reduced to 20 marks. Average mark awarded for viva – voce, conduct of experiments,
observation & results, record work in regular class works shall be reduced to 10 marks. The
sum of these 50 Marks would be rounded to the nearest integer.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 59 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response
Mechanism Practical Component
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):

1. Give the classification of welding processes.

2. Define impact extrusion.
3. Write down any four operations performed by a shaper.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):

1. Select a suitable pressure die casting process for low melting point materials.
2. Suggest suitable metal forming process along with justification for manufacture of the
following products:
i. (i). CAM shaft of IC Engine
ii. (ii). Threaded bolt
iii. (iii). Spur gears of Al
3. How is the following house hold articles produced? i) Can Tin and ii) Cups
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):

1. Suggest the suitable joining process for the manufacture of i) funnel made of MS sheet
of 22 Gauge thickness and ii) PCB used in electronic products.
2. Suggest the suitable welding process for the following: i) Cast iron; ii) Aluminium alloy.
3. Select a suitable process to weld air craft body and explain with necessary sketches.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. How do you select a grinding wheel for the following materials?

a. (i).Aluminium
b. (ii). Copper
c. (iii) Steels
2. The part shown in the accompanying figure is a power-transmitting shaft; it is to be
produced on a lathe. List the operations that are appropriate to make this part.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 60 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3. Sketch and describe the details of a broach used to machine an internal hole of Φ 10
mm diameter of specimen of size 250 x 150 x 25 mm.

Concept Map

Syllabus
(Working principles, Basic operations & Applications only)
Manufacturing Processes- Classification of Manufacturing Processes- Metal Casting-
Metal Forming- Machining Processes- Metal Joining Processes- Metal Finishing Processes.
Metal Casting Processes: Expendable mould Casting Processes -Sand Casting - Shell
moulding – Plaster Mould casting – Ceramic mould casting – Investment casting – Permanent
Mold casting Processes – Slush casting – Pressure casting - Die casting - Centrifugal casting.
Plastic forming Processes: Plastics, general properties and applications of thermo plastics
and thermosets, Extrusion, Injection Molding, Blow Molding, Rotational Molding,
Thermoforming, Compression Molding, Transfer molding.
Metal Forming Processes: Flat Rolling – Flat Rolling Practice –Rolling Mills – Shape Rolling
operations – Production of seamless tubing and pipe – Forging –Open die forging –
Impression Die and Closed die forging – Related forging operations – Extrusion - Hot extrusion
– Cold extrusion – Impact extrusion – Hydrostatic extrusion. Sheet metal forming
Processes: Shearing – Sheet Metal characteristics – Bending sheet and plate.
Metal Joining Processes: Fusion Welding Processes-Oxy Acetylene welding - Arc welding
processes: Consumable Electrode and Non-consumable Electrode – Electron Beam Welding
– Laser Beam Welding. Solid State Welding Processes: - Ultrasonic welding – Friction welding
– Resistance welding.
Brazing, Soldering: Introduction to Brazing and Soldering
Machining processes for producing Round shapes
Centre Lathe, Horizontal Boring Machine – Radial Drilling Machine.
Machining processes for producing various shape
Horizontal Milling machine – Shaper – Horizontal Broaching machine.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 61 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Abrasive machining and finishing processes

Abrasives – Bonded Abrasives (Grinding Wheels) – Cylindrical Grinding Machine - Surface
Grinding Machine - Lapping – Honing - Super finishing.

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

No of
S.No Exercises / Experiments Cos
Hours.
1 Preparation of Mould for sand casting using single piece pattern 2 CO5
2 Preparation of Mould for sand casting using split pattern 2 CO5
3 Preparation of Castings 2 CO5
Make a butt/lap/ corner/ Tee joint using the given metal strips in CO6
4 2
ARC welding
Make a butt/lap/ corner/ Tee joint using the given metal strips in CO6
5 2
MIG welding
Make a butt/lap/ corner/ Tee joint using the given metal strips in CO6
6 2
SPOT welding
7 Plain, Taper and Step turning in lathe 2 CO7
8 Grooving (UCD)and Thread (Left), and Thread (Right) in lathe 2 CO7
9 Spur / Helical Gear Cutting in Horizontal Milling Machine 2 CO7
10 Key Way Milling and Flat Milling in Vertical Milling Machine 2 CO7
11 Plain Grinding, Morse Taper Grinding in Grinding Machine 2 CO7
12 Drilling, Counter Boring and Tapping 2 CO7
13 Demonstration of 3D printing in RP Machine 2 CO5

NOTE:
• Minimum 12 Exercises are to be conducted.
• Students should be tested in any two exercises each 1½ hours duration in Continuous
Assessment Test 3.
• Students should be tested in any one exercise either in casting /welding and one
exercise in machining operation in lathe/milling/drilling/grinding.

Learning Resources
1. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R.Schmid, “Manufacturing Engineering and
Technology”, Sixth Edition, PHI, 2010.
2. Mikell P.Groover ”Fundamental of Modern Manufacturing”, Wiley India Edition, Third
Edition, Reprint, 2012.
3. E. Paul DeGarmo, J. T. Black and Ronald A. Kohser, “Degarmo's Materials and
Processes in Manufacturing ”, John Wiley & Sons, 11th Edition 2011.
4. Philip F. Oswald, and Jairo Munoz, “Manufacturing Process and systems”, John Wiley
India Edition, 9th Edition, Reprint 2008.
5. S. K. Hajra Choudhury, Nirjhar Roy, A. K. Hajra Choudhury, “Elements of Work shop
Technology”, Vol – II Manufacturing Processes, Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt.
Ltd, 2009.
6. P.N.Rao, “Manufacturing Technology”, Volume-2, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Third
Edition, 2011.
7. P.C. Sharma, “A Text Book of Production Technology (Manufacturing Processes)”, S.
Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, Seventh Reprint, 2012.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 62 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1. Manufacturing Processes
1.1 Classification of Manufacturing Processes- Metal Casting- Metal 1 CO1
Forming- Machining Processes- Metal Joining Processes- Metal
Finishing Processes.
1.2 Metal casting Processes Expendable mould Casting 1 CO1
Processes -Sand Casting Shell moulding – Plaster Mould
casting
1.3 Ceramic mould casting – Investment casting Permanent Mould 1 CO1
casting Processes – Slush casting
1.4 Pressure casting – Die casting – Centrifugal casting 1 CO1
1.5 Plastic forming Processes: Plastics, general properties and 1 CO1
applications of thermo plastics and thermosets, Extrusion,
Injection Molding, Blow Molding, Rotational Molding,
Thermoforming, Compression Molding, Transfer molding.
2 Metal Forming Processes
2.1 Production of seamless tubing and pipe 1 CO2
Forging –Open die forging, Impression Die and Closed die forging 1 CO2
2.2
and related forging operations
Extrusion- Hot extrusion – Cold extrusion, Impact extrusion – 1 CO2
2.3
Hydrostatic extrusion
Sheet metal forming Processes: Shearing, Sheet Metal 1 CO2
2.4
characteristics – Bending sheet and plate
3 Metal Joining Processes
3.1 Fusion Welding Processes-Oxy Acetylene welding 1 CO3
3.2 Arc welding processes: Consumable Electrode and Non 1 CO3
consumable Electrode
3.3 Electron Beam Welding – Laser Beam Welding. 1 CO3
3.4 Solid State Welding Processes:- Ultrasonic welding, Friction 1 CO3
welding – Resistance welding
3.5 Introduction to Brazing and Soldering 1 CO3
4 Machining Processes
Machining processes for producing Round shapes 1
4.1 CO4
Centre Lathe
4.1.1 Horizontal Boring Machine 1 CO4
4.1.2 Radial Drilling Machine 1 CO4
Machining processes for producing various shape 1
4.2 CO4
Horizontal Milling machine
4.2.1 Shaper 1 CO4
4.2.2 Horizontal Broaching machine. 1 CO4
Abrasive machining and Finishing processes 1
4.3 CO4
Abrasives – Bonded Abrasives (Grinding Wheels)
4.3.1 Cylindrical Grinding Machine - Surface Grinding Machine 1 CO4
4.3.2 Lapping – Honing - Super finishing 1 CO4

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 J. Umar Mohamed [email protected]
2 A. Prakash [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 63 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT270 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
The course is designed to provide students a widespread knowledge and understanding of
the basic Electrical machines concepts and provide basic knowledge about its working and
application. The indispensable and pervasive knowledge of electrical wiring and run the
machine to understand the characteristics will give the students an insight to their practical
approach in our daily life.
Prerequisite
• 18PHA20 - Physics
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Analyse the characteristics of no load and load condition of 10
CO1
various DC motors.
Analyse the characteristics of no load and load condition of 10
CO2
various AC motors.
Analyse no load and load condition of DC Generators and 20
CO3
practice the applications.
Formulate performance parameters of Electrical machines 20
CO4
in different conditions.
CO5 Study and practice the function of different motor starters. 20
Select the suitable special machines for given real time 20
CO6
application.
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE CDIO Curricular Components

CO Learning Domain Level
Profici (X.Y.Z)
Numb
ency
er Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.
CO4 TPS2 Apply Value Mechanism 1,2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.
5.4,3.1.5
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO5 TPS1 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1,2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.
5.4,3.1.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 64 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO2 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO3 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO4 S S S S S L L - M M - S S S
CO5 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO6 S S S S S L L - M M - S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember - -
Understand 20 20
Apply 20 20
Analyse 40 40
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response
Mechanism 20
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

No of
S.No Exercises / Experiments Cos
Hours.
No load and Load Characteristics of DC Separately exited 2
1 C03
generator.
2 Load test on DC Series Motors 2 CO1
3 Speed control of DC Shunt motor 2 CO1
4 Study of AC and DC Starters. 2 CO5
5 Load test on Single phase Transformer 2 CO2
6 OC/SC test on single phase Transformer 2 CO2
7 Load test on Single phase Induction motor 2 CO2
8 Load test on Three phase DOL start Induction motor. 2 CO2,CO5
9 Load test on Three phase Star Delta start Induction motor. 2 CO2,CO5
10 Speed control of Induction motor using VFD. 2 CO2
11 Load test on Alternator. 2 CO2
Position and Speed control of Lead Screw using Stepper 2
12 CO6
Motor.
13 Speed control of BLDC motor. 2 CO5,CO6
14 Study of Special machine characteristics. 2 CO6

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 65 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Learning Resources
1. Stephen J Chapman, “Electrical machines fundamentals” 4th edition. Tata McGraw
hill,2005
2. Department Laboratory Manual
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr H.Ramesh [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 66 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT271 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
Electric motors impact almost every aspect of modern living. Refrigerators, vacuum
cleaners, air conditioners, fans, computer hard drives, automatic car windows, and multitudes
of other appliances and devices all use electric motors to convert electrical energy into useful
mechanical energy. In addition to running the common place appliances that we use every
day, electric motors are also responsible for a very large portion of industrial processes.
Electric motors are used at some point in the manufacturing process of nearly every
conceivable product that is produced in modern factories.
The systems that controlled electric motors in the past suffered from very poor performance
and were very inefficient and expensive. In recent decades, the demand for greater
performance and precision in electric motors, combined with the development of better solid-
state electronics and cheap microprocessors has led to the creation of modern Adjustable
speed drives.
The course is designed to provide the students a hands-on experience to understand
the Characteristics of Electrical machines and its control which enables them to select the
suitable motor for the given application.
Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

Analyse the characteristics of no load and load condition of 10

CO1
various DC motors.
Analyse the characteristics of no load and load condition of 10
CO2
various AC motors.
Analyse no load and load characteristics of transformers and 20
CO3
study applications of CT and PT.
Formulate performance parameters of Electrical machines 20
CO4
in different conditions.
CO5 Study and practice the function of different motor starters. 20
Select the suitable special machines for given real time 20
CO6
application.
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE CDIO Curricular Components

CO Learning Domain Level
Proficiency (X.Y.Z)
Number
Scale Cognitive Affective
Psychomotor
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response ,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 67 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO4 TPS2 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.5.4,
3.1.5
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO5 TPS1 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.5.4,
3.1.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO2 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO3 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO4 S S S S S L L - M M - S S S
CO5 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO6 S S S S S L L - M M - S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception Cut view of machines

Set -
Guided Response Characteristic study through
experimentation.
Mechanism -
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

No of
S.No Exercises / Experiments Cos
Hours.
1 Load test on DC Series Motors 2 CO1
2 Speed control of DC Shunt motor 2 CO1
3 Study of DOL and Star-Delta starting of Induction motor. 2 CO5
4 Load test on Single phase Transformer 2 CO3,CO5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 68 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

5 OC/SC test on single phase Transformer 2 CO3,CO4

6 Characteristic study of CT and PT 2 CO3,CO4
7 Load test on Single phase Induction motor 2 CO2,CO5
8 Load test on Three phase Induction motor. 2 CO2,CO5
9 Speed control of Induction motor using VFD. 2 CO2
10 Position and Speed control of Stepper Motor. 2 CO6
11 Characteristics study of AC Servo motor 2 CO6
12 Speed control of BLDC motor. 2 CO5,CO6
13 Speed control of PMAC motor 2 CO6
Electrical control circuit Design using relay, timers, 2
14 CO5
Solenoid, OLR and motor contactors.
Learning Resources
1. Stephen J Chapman, “Electrical machines fundamentals” 4th edition. Tata McGraw
hill,2005
2. Department Laboratory Manual
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr H.Ramesh [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 69 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT280 WORKSHOP
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble

Workshop is a hands-on training practice to engineering students. The aim of this course is to
impart fundamental hands-on skill in carrying out experiments at higher semester practical
courses.

Prerequisite

Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
CO1 Select and use accurately various methods of wring. 20
CO2 Accurately discriminate and use fuses and Circuit breakers 10
CO3 Make different types of wooden joints/sheet metal
30
components
CO4 Select and make use of components in bread board and
20
soldering in the PCBs
CO5 Accurately use the AFO and CRO in electronic circuits 20
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

Number Proficiency (X.Y.Z)
Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale
CO1 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.2, 3.1, 4.4.2
CO2 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.2, 3.1, 4.4.2
CO3 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.2, 3.1, 4.4.2
CO4 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.2, 3.1, 4.4.2
CO5 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.2, 3.1, 4.4.2

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO2 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO3 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
CO4 S S S S S L L - M M - S S S
CO5 S M M M L L L - - - - L L M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 70 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember
Understand
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response
Mechanism Practical Component
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

No of
S.No Exercises / Experiments Cos
Hours.
Realization and selection of different fuses and Circuit
1 2 CO2
breakers.
2 Wiring practices and testing. (Electrical and Electronics) 4 CO1
3 Structure cabling. (LAN) 2 CO1
Functionalities of RPS/AFO/CRO using Simple Analog CO5
4 2
Circuit.
Preparation of wooden parts like Door frame/Office tray
5 Litre Cone/Dust pan (Straight, Taper)/Tray (Straight, 8 CO3
Taper)
Identifying electronic components and understanding
6 2 CO4
PCB glossary
Conversion of schematic into PCB layout and PCB
7 2 CO4
fabrication
8 Practicing of soldering and desoldering 2 CO4
Total 24

Learning Resources
1. John K.C “Mechanical Workshop”, Practice by Prentice Hall India Learning Private
Limited, Second edition, 2010.

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. H. Ramesh [email protected]
2 Mr. A. Prakash [email protected]
3 Mr. M.Karthic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 71 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18ES290 LATERAL THINKING
ES 0 0 2 1

Preamble
The purpose of thinking is to collect information and to make the best possible use of it. Vertical
thinking is concerned with proving or developing concept patterns. Lateral thinking is
concerned with restructuring such patterns (insight) and provoking new ones (creativity).
Lateral and vertical thinking are complementary. Skill in both is necessary. Although the
emphasis in education has always been exclusively on vertical thinking, the need for lateral
thinking arises from the limitations of the behaviour of mind as a self-maximizing memory
system. Lateral thinking can be learned, practised and used. It is possible to acquire skill in it
just as it is possible to acquire skill in mathematics. The course provides formal opportunities
to practise lateral thinking and also an explanation of the processes involved.

Prerequisite

• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Explain the concept of lateral thinking, distinguish it from
CO1 10
vertical thinking.
CO2 Use lateral thinking for problem solving 10
Generate Alternatives, challenge assumptions and suspend
CO3 20
judgment and Practice lateral thinking in design process
Apply the concept of factorization and reversal method for
CO4 20
restructuring
CO5 Organize brainstorming sessions 10
CO6 Use PO for innovation 10
Aware of limitation of established patterns and practice
CO7 20
lateral thinking in small projects
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

CO
Proficiency Components
Number Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 2.3.1, 3.2.6
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value - 2.4.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.3
- 2.4.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.3,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value
2.4.5, 2.4.6
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value - 2.3.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.3
- 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.2.1,
CO5 TPS4 Analyse Organize
3.2.2
- 2.1.4, 2.3.1, 2.4.1,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value
2.4.2, 2.4.3, 2.4.6
CO7 TPS5 Evaluate Characterize - 2.3.4, 4.5.1, 4.6.1

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 72 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - L
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - - L
CO3 S M L - - - - S L L - L
CO4 S M L - - - - S L L - L
CO5 S S M L - - - S S S - L
CO6 S M L - - - - L
CO7 S S S M - S - - S S - S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assessment
Worksheets (5) : 20 Marks
Case Studies (3) : 30 Marks
Terminal Examination
Ability Test : 50 Marks
Case Study (Best) Presentation and Viva Voce : 50 Marks
Syllabus
The way the mind works, Difference between lateral and vertical thinking, Attitudes towards
lateral thinking, Basic nature of lateral thinking, The use of lateral thinking Techniques, The
generation of alternatives, Challenging assumptions, Innovation, Suspended judgment,
Design, Dominant ideas and crucial factors, Fractionation, The reversal method,
Brainstorming, Analogies, Choice of entry point and attention area, Random stimulation,
Concepts/divisions/polarization, The new word PO, Blocked by openness,
Description/problem solving/design
Learning Resources
1. Edward de Bono, “Lateral Thinking: Creativity Step by Step”, Happer Collins Publisher,
1990.
2. Edward de Bono, “Six Thinking Hats”, Little Brown and Company Publisher, 1985.
3. Edward de Bono’s Thinking Course, Video Lecture, Weblink:
https://www.yputube.com/watch?v=AUq_AL2LNEw
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1. The way the mind works 1 CO1
1.1 Difference between lateral and vertical thinking 1 CO1
1.2 Attitudes towards lateral thinking 1 CO2
2. Basic nature of lateral thinking 1 CO2
2.1 The use of lateral thinking techniques 1 CO2
2.2 The generation of alternatives 1 CO3
2.3 Challenging assumptions 1 CO3
2.4 Innovation 1 CO3
2.5 Suspended judgment 1 CO3
3. Design 1 CO3
3.1 Dominant ideas and crucial factors 1 CO3
3.2 Fractionation 1 CO4
4. The reversal method 1 CO4
4.1 Brainstorming 1 CO5
4.2 Analogies 1 CO5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 73 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

4.3 Choice of entry point and attention area 1 CO5

4.4 Random stimulation 1 CO5
4.5 Concepts/divisions/polarization 1 CO5
4.6 The new word PO 2 CO6
5. Blocked by openness 2 CO7
5.1 Description/problem solving/design 2 CO7

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. S J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 74 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18CHAA0 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
AC 1 0 1 -

Preamble
The objective of this course is intended to make the students to understand the basic concepts
of environment, ecology and pollution of the current environmental issues and to participate
in various activities on conserving and protecting the environment.

Prerequisite

• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Describe the importance and progression of ecological 15
CO1
system
CO2 Explain the significance of natural resources 10
Demonstrate the effects of pollution on environment and 15
CO3
human beings
Practice the suitable management method during disaster 10
CO4
episode
CO5 Explain the ethics and values related to Environment 15
Describe the Traditional values and Impact of modernization 10
CO6
on Environment
CO7 Carry out group activities 25
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

CO Proficiency Components
Number Scale (X.Y.Z)
Cognitive Affective
Psychomotor
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1,2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.4
Response
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1,2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.4
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.1,4.1.2
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,2.4.1,2.4.7,4.1.1,4.1.2
Guided
CO5 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1,2.5.1,2.5.2,
Response
Guided
CO6 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1,2.4.7,2.5.4,
Response
Complex
3.1.1,3.1.2,3.1.3,3.1.4,4.1.1,
CO7 TPS4 Analyse Organise Overt
4.1.2
Responses

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 75 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M - - - - L S - - - - -
CO2 M - - - - L - L - - - -
CO3 M M - - L M S - - - - -
CO4 M - L L L M M - - - - -
CO5 L - - - - - - M - - - -
CO6 L L - - - - M - - - - -
CO7 S M M M M M - - S M M -
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment # Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination ***
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember - 20 -
Understand - 40 -
Apply - 40 - Presentation on
NA NA NA
Analyse - - - Case study report
Evaluate - - -
Create - - -
# Assignment: Marks will be given for the review I, II & III of case study presentation.
*** Case study presentation and evaluation
❖ Each group comprise of maximum three students
❖ Students will submit the case study report similar to final year project report
❖ Evaluation of case study presentation is based on the approved rubrics

Method of Evaluation

a)Internal assessment
S.No Description Max.marks Final
conversion
1 CAT -II 50 40
2 Assignment marks ( from Review I,II & III) 3 X 10 =30 10
Total 50

b) End semester examination – Case study presentation

Performance Index Marks per Individual
Originality of the work 20
Data collected 20
Suggestion to overcome for the identified issues 20
Final Presentation 40
Total 100

Model Titles for Case Study:

1. Environmental impacts of quarry industries in Melur Taluk.
2. A study on impacts of tanneries on ground water and soil quality in Dindigul district.
3. Effect of pharmaceutical industry on groundwater quality in poikaraipatty village, Alagar
Kovil.
4. Solid waste and waste water management in TCE hostel.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 76 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

5. Environmental effect of Kudankulam atomic power plant.

6. Case study on effect of Sterlite industry.
7. Effect on ground water and soil quality by dyeing industries in Tiruppur.
8. Effect of textile wastes in Karur District.
9. Segregation of waste and its recycling by Madurai Municipality at Vellakkal
10. Effect of fire work waste on atmosphere in Sivakasi region

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Describe the Universal Energy flow model in an Ecosystem.
2. Discuss the conversion of one ecosystem into another ecosystem with example.
3. Explain the multidisciplinary nature of the environment.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. Summarize the importance of Natural resources to animals and human beings.
2. Describe the role of an individual in the conservation of Natural resources.
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Demonstrate the effects and control measures of air pollution
2. Investigate the sources and management methods of e-waste.
Course Outcome 4(CO4):
1. Dramatize the mitigation methods adopted in severe cyclone affected areas.
2. Suggest the precautionary steps to prevent life from flood.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Discuss the need for public awareness on environmental protection.
2. Identify the requirement for the equitable utilization of natural resources.
Course Outcome 6(CO6):
1. Describe the traditional value systems of India.
2. Recall the environmental related points discussed in our Indian Vedas.
3. List out the impacts of modernization on environment
Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 77 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus
Environment and Ecosystem - Multidisciplinary nature of environment- Ecosystem- Energy
flow in ecosystem-Ecological succession-Over exploitation of Natural resources-Role of an
individual in conservation of natural resources. Environmental pollution and control -
Environmental pollution – types, causes, effects and control measures - Disaster management
strategies. Environmental Ethics and Values - Social issues and the environment -need for
public awareness, Environmental Ethics- need for equitable utilization of natural resources-
Traditional value systems in India, Impacts of modernization on Environment
Awareness and actual activities:
✓ Group meeting on water management, promotion of recycle use, reduction of waste,
✓ Plantation
✓ Cleanliness drive
✓ Drive on segregation of waste
✓ Energy saving
✓ Lectures by Environmentalist
✓ Slogan and poster making event
Learning Resources
1. Kaushik,A & Kaushik.C.P, Environmental Science and Engineering, 6th Edition, New
Age International, 2018.
2. Erach Bharucha, Text book of Environmental studies for Undergraduate courses, 2nd
Edtion, UGC, 2013.
3. Gilbert M.Masters, Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Sciences, 2nd Edition,
Pearson , 2004.
4. Garg S.K & Garg, Ecological and Environmental studies, Khanna Publishrers, 2006.
5. Wright &Nebel, Environmental science towards a sustainable future, 8th Editon,Prentice
Hall of Indial Ltd, 2002.
6. Documentary titled “HOME” by Yves Bertrand, Video Link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jqxENMKaeCU

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1.0 Environment and Ecosystem
1.1 Multidisciplinary nature of environment-Ecosystem 1 CO1
1.2 Energy flow in ecosystem – Universal energy flow 1
CO1
model
1.3 Ecological succession 1 CO1
1.4 Over exploitation of Natural resources 1 CO2
1.5 Role of individual in conservation of natural resources 1 CO2
2.0 Environmental pollution and control
2.1 Environmental pollution – types( Air, 2
CO3
Water,soil,Marine),
2.2 causes (gaseous, liquid, solid, plastic, e-waste, 2
CO3
biomedical waste and radiations),
2.3 Effects and control measures of Pollution 2 CO3
2.4 Disaster managements during cyclone, Tsunami, 2
CO4
flood, draught and earthquake
3.0 Environmental Ethics and Values
3.1 Social issues and the environment -need for public 1
CO5
awareness
3.2 Environmental Ethics- need for equitable utilization of 1
CO5
natural resources

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 78 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3.3 Traditional value systems in India, 1 CO6

3.4 Impacts of modernization on Environment 2 CO6
4.0 Awareness and actual activities
4.1 Group meeting on water management, promotion of 2
CO7
recycle use, reduction of waste
4.2 Plantation 1 CO7
4.3 Cleanliness drive 1 CO7
4.4 Drive on segregation of waste 1 CO7
4.5 Energy saving 1 CO7
4.6 Lectures by Environmentalist 1 CO7
4.7 Slogan and poster making event Through
CO7
online

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.M.Kottaisamy [email protected]
2 Dr.S.Rajkumar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 08.12.2018 - 79 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019
 B.E / B.Tech Programme, 2018-19

Category L T P Credit
18ES290 LATERAL THINKING
ES 0 0 2 1

Preamble
The purpose of thinking is to collect information and to make the best possible use of it.
Vertical thinking is concerned with proving or developing concept patterns. Lateral thinking is
concerned with restructuring such patterns (insight) and provoking new ones (creativity).
Lateral and vertical thinking are complementary. Skill in both is necessary. Although the
emphasis in education has always been exclusively on vertical thinking, the need for lateral
thinking arises from the limitations of the behaviour of mind as a self-maximizing memory
system. Lateral thinking can be learned, practised and used. It is possible to acquire skill in it
just as it is possible to acquire skill in mathematics. The course provides formal opportunities
to practise lateral thinking and also an explanation of the processes involved.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage
# in %
CO1 Explain the concept of lateral thinking, distinguish it from vertical 10
thinking.
CO2 Use lateral thinking for problem solving 10
CO3 Generate Alternatives, challenge assumptions and suspend judgment 20
and Practice lateral thinking in design process
CO4 Apply the concept of factorization and reversal method for restructuring 20
CO5 Organize brainstorming sessions 10
CO6 Use PO for innovation 10
CO7 Aware of limitation of established patterns and practice lateral thinking in 20
small projects
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework
CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular
# Proficiency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor Components
Scale (X.Y.Z)
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 2.3.1, 3.2.6
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value - 2.4.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.3
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value - 2.4.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.3, 2.4.5,
2.4.6
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value - 2.3.1, 2.4.2, 2.4.3
CO5 TPS4 Analyse Organize - 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value - 2.1.4, 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 2.4.2,
2.4.3, 2.4.6
CO7 TPS5 Evaluate Characterize - 2.3.4, 4.5.1, 4.6.1
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
CO # PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - L
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - - L
CO3 S M L - - - - S L L - L
CO4 S M L - - - - S L L - L
CO5 S S M L - - - S S S - L
CO6 S M L - - - - L
CO7 S S S M - S - - S S - S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Passed in BoS Meeting 08.12.2018 - 80 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting 05.01.2019
 B.E / B.Tech Programme, 2018-19

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assessment
Worksheets (5) : 20 Marks
Case Studies (3) : 30 Marks
Terminal Examination
Ability Test : 50 Marks
Case Study (Best) Presentation and Viva Voce : 50 Marks
Syllabus
The way the mind works, Difference between lateral and vertical thinking, Attitudes towards
lateral thinking, Basic nature of lateral thinking, The use of lateral thinking Techniques, The
generation of alternatives, Challenging assumptions, Innovation, Suspended judgment,
Design, Dominant ideas and crucial factors, Fractionation, The reversal method,
Brainstorming, Analogies, Choice of entry point and attention area, Random stimulation,
Concepts/divisions/polarization, The new word PO, Blocked by openness,
Description/problem solving/design
Learning Resources
1. Edward de Bono, “Lateral Thinking: Creativity Step by Step”, Happer Collins Publisher,
1990.
2. Edward de Bono, “Six Thinking Hats”, Little Brown and Company Publisher, 1985.
3. Edward de Bono’s Thinking Course, Video Lecture, Weblink:
https://www.yputube.com/watch?v=AUq_AL2LNEw
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module Topic No. of Course
No. Hours Outcome
1. The way the mind works 1 CO1
1.1 Difference between lateral and vertical thinking 1 CO1
1.2 Attitudes towards lateral thinking 1 CO2
2. Basic nature of lateral thinking 1 CO2
2.1 The use of lateral thinking techniques 1 CO2
2.2 The generation of alternatives 1 CO3
2.3 Challenging assumptions 1 CO3
2.4 Innovation 1 CO3
2.5 Suspended judgment 1 CO3
3. Design 1 CO3
3.1 Dominant ideas and crucial factors 1 CO3
3.2 Fractionation 1 CO4
4. The reversal method 1 CO4
4.1 Brainstorming 1 CO5
4.2 Analogies 1 CO5
4.3 Choice of entry point and attention area 1 CO5
4.4 Random stimulation 1 CO5
4.5 Concepts/divisions/polarization 1 CO5
4.6 The new word PO 2 CO6
5. Blocked by openness 2 CO7
5.1 Description/problem solving/design 2 CO7

Course Designers:
S J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 08.12.2018 - 81 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting 05.01.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Third Semester

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 82 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT310 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Many physical processes fundamental to science and engineering are governed by partial
differential equations (PDE) that is equations involving partial derivatives. The most familiar of
these processes are heat conduction and wave propagation. To describe such phenomena,
we make assumptions about gradient and we write down balance equations; PDE are those
produced in a natural way. The equations of fluid flow are PDE’s, and are widely used in
aeronautical engineering, acoustics, study of ground water flows in civil engineering,
development of fluid handling devices in mechanical engineering and investigating flame and
combustion processes in chemical engineering. Stress analysis is important in large area of
civil and mechanical engineering which requires a complicate set of PDE’s. The goal for this
course is to gain the skill of using Fourier series and learning to apply Fourier series to solve
PDE’s. More over we aim to gain the ability to form PDE and solve them. The emphasis is to
solve the heat equation and wave equation.
Prerequisite
• 18MA110 - Engineering Calculus
• 18MA210 - Matrices and ordinary differential equations
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***
Number in %
Understand the concept of periodic functions, Fourier
CO1 10%
series and half range series.
Obtain the periodic functions arising in the study of
CO2 engineering problems in terms of Sines and Cosines or 15%
complex exponentials by using Fourier series.
Formulate and Solve Partial Differential Equations (linear,
CO3 nonlinear, homogeneous and non-homogeneous) by 25%
various methods.
Understand the concept of hyperbolic, parabolic and
CO4 10%
elliptic type of partial differential equations.
Solve the boundary value problems arising in engineering
CO5 problems involving one dimensional vibration problems, 20%
one dimensional heat flow problems by Fourier series.
Solve the boundary value problems arising in engineering
CO6 problems represented by two dimensional heat flow 20%
problems by Fourier series.
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficien (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
CO1 TPS2 K2 A2 1.1
CO2 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1
CO3 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1
CO4 TPS2 K2 A2 1.1
CO5 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1, 2.1
CO6 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1, 2.1

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 83 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S S - - - - - - M - M L L
CO2 S S S - - - - - - M - M L L
CO3 S S S - - - - - - M - M L L
CO4 S S S - - - - - - M - M L L
CO5 S S S - - - - - - M - M L L
CO6 S S S - - - - - - M - M L L
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 10 10 10 - - - 10
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. Define root mean square value.
2. Write Parseval’s identity for half range sine and cosine series.

3. Find half range cosine and sine series for f ( x) = e , 0  x   .

ax

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Find the Complex form of the Fourier series for f ( x) = e ax , −   x   .
2. Compute the first three harmonics of f(x) from the following data.

x0 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330

Y=f(x) 1.8 1.1 0.3 0.16 0.5 1.3 2.16 1.25 1.3 1.52 1.76 2

3. Express f ( x) = x as a Fourier series of periodicity 2 in −   x   . Hence deduce

2

1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
that (i) + + + = , (ii) − + − = (iii)
12 2 2 32 6 12 2 2 32 12
1 1 1 2
+ + +  =
12 32 5 2 8

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

 xy 
1. Predict the PDE by eliminating arbitrary function from z = f  .
 z 
2. Identify the general solution for ( D + D  ) z = 0.
2 2

3. Solve: [ D − 7 DD  − 6 D  ]z = sinh( 2 x − 3 y ).
3 2 3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 84 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

2 y 1 2 y
1. Classify the PDE =
x 2  2 t 2
2 y 1 y
2. Classify the PDE = 2
x 2
 t
 y 2 y
2
3. Classify the PDE + =0
x 2 t 2

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. A taut string of length 2l,fastened at both ends ,is disturbed from its position of
equilibrium by imparting to each of its points an initial velocity of magnitude
k(2lx-x2).Find the displacement y(x,t).
2. A taut string of length 2l is fastened at both ends. The midpoint of the string is taken
to a height b and then released from the rest in that position. Find the displacement of
the string.
3. A rod 30 cm long has its ends A and B kept at 20oC and 80oC respectively, until steady
state conditions prevail. The temperature at each end is then suddenly reduced to 0oC
and kept so. Find the resulting temperature function u ( x, t ) .
Course Outcome 6(CO6):
1. A plate, in the form of a ring, is bounded by the lines r =2 and r=4. Its surfaces are
insulated and the temperature along the boundaries are given by u(2,θ) = 10 cos θ +
6 sin θ; u(4,θ) = 17cos θ + 15sin θ. Find the most general form of the temperature
distribution in the plate.
2. A rectangular plate of sides a and b has its faces and the edges y = 0 and y = b
insulated. If the edge x = 0 is kept at temperature zero, while the edge x = a is kept at
temperature k(2y – b), find the steady state temperature distribution in the plate.
3. An infinite long plate is bounded by two parallel edges and an end at right angles to
them. The breath is  . This end is maintained at a constant temperature u o at all points

and the other edges are at zero temperature. Find the steady state temperature at any
point of the plate

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 85 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Fourier Series: Conditions for Fourier expansion - Euler’s formula – Functions having points
of discontinuity - Change of interval - Odd and even function – Expansions of odd or even
periodic functions – Half range series – Fourier series of typical wave forms - Parseval’s
formula – Complex form of Fourier series – Harmonic analysis.

Partial differential equations(PDE): Formation of PDE – Solutions of PDE – Equations

solvable by direct integration – Linear equations of the first order – Non linear equations of the
first order – Homogeneous linear equations with constant coefficients – Rules for finding the
complementary functions - Rules for finding the particular integral - working procedure to
solve homogeneous and non homogeneous linear equations.

Boundary value problems: Method of separation of variables – Vibrations of a stretched

string – Wave equations – One dimensional heat flow problems – two dimensional heat flow
problems – Solution of Laplace equation in Cartesian coordinates – Laplace equations in polar
coordinates.

Learning Resources
1. Grewal. B.S, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 41st Edition, Khanna Publications,
Delhi, 2011.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2009.
3. Glyn James, Advanced modern engineering mathematics, fourth edition, Pearson
education limited, 2011.
4. T.Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2004.
5. B.V.Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 86 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No.of Course

No. Lectures Outcome
1 Fourier Series
Conditions for Fourier expansion, Euler’s formula, CO1
1.1 2
Functions having points of discontinuity
Change of interval, Odd and even function, CO2
1.2 2
Expansions of odd or even periodic functions
Half range series, Fourier series of typical wave CO1
1.3 2
forms, Parseval’s formula
1.4 Complex form of Fourier series 1 CO2
1.5 Harmonic analysis 2 CO2
2 Partial differential equations(PDE)
2.1 Formation of PDE, Solutions of PDE 2 CO3
Equations solvable by direct integration, Linear CO3
2.2 equations of the first order, Non linear equations 2
of the first order
Homogeneous linear equations with constant CO3
2.3 coefficients, Rules for finding the complementary 2
functions
2.4 Rules for finding the particular integral 2 CO3
working procedure to solve homogeneous and CO3
2.5 1
non homogeneous linear equations
3 Boundary value problems
3.1 Method of separation of variables 2 CO4
3.2 Vibrations of a stretched string, Wave equations 4 CO5
One dimensional heat flow problems with zero CO5
3.3 3
boundary conditions
One dimensional heat flow problems with non CO5
3.4 3
zero boundary conditions
Solution of Laplace equation Cartesian CO6
3.5 3
coordinates
3.6 Laplace equations in polar coordinates 3 CO6
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.R.Suresh [email protected]
2 Dr.C.S.Senthil kumar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 87 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS OF Category L T P Credit(s)

18MT320
MACHINERY PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Kinematics is a subject which deals with relative motion between the various parts of the
moving elements in a machinery. Machines are used to transform the available form of energy
into other form, which transmits both force and motion to produce the specific operation.
Kinematics of machines deals with the theoretical aspect such as the relative motion of the
various parts of the machine. Dynamics of machinery deals with the analysis of forces and
couples on the members of the machine due to external forces due to accelerations of
machine elements.

Prerequisite
• 18MA110 - Engineering Calculus
• 18MT240 - Free Body Mechanics
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Develop skills for design and analyze the linkages,
CO1 10
mechanism and its inversions
Determine the velocity and acceleration for simple
CO2 20
mechanism
CO3 Construct the turning moment diagram for flywheel 10
CO4 Develop the cam profile for three types of follower 25
Design gear and gear trains for a given input/output motion
CO5 25
or force relationship
Determine the natural frequency of longitudinal, transverse
CO6 10
and torsional vibrations
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficien (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Perception,
CO1 TPS1 Remember Receive 1.1,1.2,1.3,1.4,1.5,1.6,1.7
Set
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1.1, 2.2.1,3.1,3.2,3.3
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.1,4.2,4.3
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 5.1,5.2
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 6.1,6.2,6.3,6.4,6.5,6.6
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 7.1,7.2,7.3,7.4

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S L L - - - - - - - - S M
CO2 S M L L - - - - - - - - S M
CO3 M S L L - - - - - - - - S M
CO4 S M L L - - - - - - - - S M
CO5 S M L L - - - - - - - - S M
CO6 M M L L - - - - - - - - S M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 88 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Mini Project
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 20
Understand 20 20 20 20
100
Apply 60 60 60 60
Analyse - - - -
Evaluate - - - -
Create - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response
Mechanism MiniProject
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. Define Kinematic Link. Give examples for Kinematic links.
2. Define kinematic pair
3. Define Kinematic chain.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. The crank of a slider crank mechanism rotates clockwise at a constant speed of

300rpm. The crank is 15 cm and the connecting rod is 600 mm long. Determine (a)
linear velocity and acceleration of the midpoint of the connecting rod and (b) angular
velocity and angular acceleration of the connecting rod at crank angle of 45º from the
inner dead centre position.

2. In a four link mechanism, the dimensions of the links are AB=200 mm, BC=400mm,
CD=450 mm and AD=600mm. At the instant when DAB=90°, the link AB has angular
velocity of 36 rad/s in the clockwise direction. Determine (i) The velocity of point C, (ii)
The velocity of point E on the link BC When BE =200 mm (iii) the angular velocities of
links BC and CD, iv) acceleration of link BC.

3. The dimensions of the various links of a mechanism, as shown in fig. are as follows:
OA=300 mm; AB=1200; BC=450 mm and CD=450 mm. if the crank OA rotates at 20
r.p.m. in the anticlockwise direction and gives motion to the sliding blocks B and D,
find, for given configuration: (1) Velocity of sliding at B and D, (2) Angular velocity of
CD (3) Linear acceleration of D and (4) angular acceleration of CD.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 89 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. The areas above and below the mean torque line for an I.C engine are -25,+200,-
100,+150,-300,+150 and -75 mm2 taken in order. The scale for the turning moment
diagram is 1 mm vertical scale = 10Nm and 1 mm horizontal scale = 1.50. The mass
of the rotating parts are 45 kg with a radius of gyration of 150 mm. if the engine speed
is 1500 r.p.m, find the co-efficient of fluctuation of speed.

2. The turning moment diagram of an engine rotating at 200rpm is given by the relation
T(kN-m)= 15 + 8 sin2θ – 2 cos 2θ where θ is the crank angle. External resistance is
constant. A flywheel weighing 20kN is fitted on the engine shaft so that the total
fluctuation of speed does not exceed 1%.Determine the least value of moment of
inertia of the fly wheel and the radius of gyration.

3. The crank and connecting rod of a vertical single cylinder gas engine running at
1800rpm are 60mm and 240mm respectively. The diameter of the piston is 80mm and
the mass of the reciprocating parts is 1.2kg. At a point during the power stroke when
the piston has moved 20mm from the top dead centre position, the pressure on the
piston is 800kN/m2. Determine the
(i) Net force on the piston
(ii) Thrust in the connecting rod
(iii) Thrust on the sides of cylinder walls
(iv) Engine speed at which the above values are zero

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. A cam is used in a IC engine to operate the valves, is required to give a roller follower
the motion defined below:
a. Follower to move outwards through 40 mm during 120o of cam rotation
b. Follower to move dwell for next 60 o of cam rotation
c. Follower to return to its starting position during next 90o of cam rotation
d. Follower to dwell for the rest of the cam rotation.
The minimum radius of the cam is 50 mm and the diameter of the roller is 10mm. The
line of the stroke of the follower is off-set by 20 mm from the axis of the cam shaft. The
displacement of the follower takes place with uniform velocity. Create the cam profile
for the given configurations. Also determine the maximum acceleration and velocity
during ascent and decent when the cam rotates at 1000 r.p.m.

2. A cam is rotating clockwise at a uniform speed is required to give a roller follower the
motion defined below:
a. Follower to move outwards through 30 mm during 120o of cam rotation ,
b. Follower to move dwell for next 60 o of cam rotation ,
c. Follower to return to its starting position during next 90 o of cam rotation
d. Follower to dwell for the rest of the cam rotation.
The minimum radius of the cam is 45 mm and the diameter of the roller is 20mm. The
line of the stroke of the follower is off-set by 10 mm from the axis of the cam shaft. The
displacement of the follower is to take place with simple harmonic motion on both the
outward and return stroke. Create the cam profile for the given configurations. Also

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 90 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

determine the maximum acceleration and velocity during ascent and decent when the
cam rotates at 1500 r.p.m.

3. Draw the profile of a cam operating a roller reciprocating follower and with the following
data: Minimum radius of cam =25 mm; lift=30mm; Roller diameter= 15mm. The cam
lifts the follower for 120° with SHM, followed by a dwell period of 30°. Then the follower
lowers down during 150° of cam rotation with uniform acceleration and retardation
followed by a dwell period. If the cam rotates at a uniform speed of 150 RPM. Calculate
the maximum velocity and acceleration of follower during the descent period.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. A pair of spur gear with involute teeth is to give a gear ratio of 4:1. The arc of approach
is notbe less than the circular pitch and the smaller wheel is the driver. The angle of
pressure is 14.5. Determine
i) least number of teeth can be used on each wheel
ii)addendum of the wheel in terms of circular pitch

2. An epicyclic gear train, an arm carries two gears A and B having no of teeth 36 and 45
respectively. If the arm rotates at 150 rpm in the clockwise direction about the centre
of the gear A which is fixed, determine the speed of gear B. If the gear A instead of
being fixed makes 300 rpm in the clockwise direction, what will be the speed of gear B

3. A compound epicyclic gear is shown in figure. The gears A, D and E are free to rotate
on axis P. The compound gears B and C rotate together on the axis Q at the end of
arm F. All the gears have equal pitch. The number of external teeth on gears, A B and
C are 18, 45 and 21 respectively. The gears D and E are annulus gears. The gear A
rotates at 100 rpm in anticlockwise direction and the gear D rotates at 450 rpm
clockwise. Find the speed and direction of the arm and the gear E

Course Outcome 6(CO6):

1. A vertical shaft 100mm in diameter and 1m in length has its upper end fixed at the top
as shown in figure. At the other end it carries a disc of weight 500N.The Modulus of
elasticity of the material of the shaft is 2×105N/mm2. Neglecting the weight of the shaft,
determine the frequency of longitudinal vibrations and transverse vibrations.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 91 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. A Simply supported shaft of length 800mm carries a mass of 60kg placed 250mm from
one end. E=200GN/m2 and diameter of shaft is 50mm, then find the natural frequency
of transverse vibrartions.

3. A cantilever shaft 50mm diameter and 300 mm long has a disc of mass 100kg at its
free end. The young's modulus for the shaft material in 200 GN/m2. Determine the
frequency of longitudinal and transverse vibrations of the Shaft.

Concept Map

Syllabus

Elements of machines and mechanism: Introduction, Links-types, Kinematics pairs-

classification, Constraints-types, Degree of Freedom, Grubler’s equation, linkage
mechanisms, inversions of four bar linkage, slider crank chain and double slider crank chain.
Velocity in Mechanisms: Velocity diagram - Slider Crank and Four Bar mechanism, relative
velocity method
Acceleration in Mechanisms: Acceleration diagram, Slider Crank and Four Bar mechanism
Klein’s construction for Slider Crank mechanism
Force Analysis: Static force analysis of linkages, Equivalent offset inertia force, Dynamic
analysis of slider crank mechanism.
Turning moment diagrams: Fluctuation of energy and speed, coefficient of fluctuation of
energy and speed, Energy stored in a Flywheel, Dimensions of the flywheel rim.
Cams and followers: classification of cam & follower, pressure angle evaluation, cam profile
for constant velocity, SHM and constant acceleration and retardation motion with knife edge
and roller followers.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 92 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Gears & Gear trains: Classification, law of gearing, forms of tooth, interference, under cutting,
minimum number of teeth on gear and pinion to avoid interference, contact ratio, simple,
compound Epicyclic gear trains and Differential gears.
Vibrations: Introduction - Types of Vibration – Free and forced vibration, longitudinal,
transverse and torsional vibrations
Learning Resources
1. Gordon R. Pennock & Joseph E. Shigley John J. Uicker “Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms”, Fourth Edition, Oxford University Press, 2014.
2. Cho W.S. To, “Introduction to Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery (Synthesis
Lectures on Mechanical Engineering)” Morgan & Claypool Publishers (30
December 2017) ISBN-10: 1681731754
3. Rattan.S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi,
Fourth edition, 2017
4. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines”, CBS – Third Edition, 2010.
5. Singh, V.P., “Theory of Machines”, Dhanpat Rai & Co., (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
6. Sadhu Singh, “Theory of Machines”. Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
7. Ashok G.Ambekar,” Mechanism and Machine theory”,Prentice Hall of India , New
Delhi,2011.
8. Ballaney, P.L., “Theory of Machines”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.
9. Web resources :http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104121/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. of Course
S.No. Topics Outcome
Lectures
1 Elements of machines and mechanism
1.1 Kinematic link 1 CO1
1.2 Kinematic pairs CO1
1.3 Kinematic chains – Mechanism 1 CO1
1.4 Mobility of mechanism 1 CO1
1.5 Inversions of Four bar chain 1 CO1
1.6 Inversions of Single slider crank chain mechanisms 2 CO1
1.7 Inversions of double slider crank chain mechanisms 2 CO1
2 Velocity & Acceleration in Mechanisms:
2.1 Relative velocity method 1 CO2
Velocity and acceleration of four bar mechanisms CO2
2.1.1 2
and Single slider crank chain Mechanisms
2.2 Klein’s construction CO2
Velocity and acceleration of Single slider crank 1 CO2
2.2.1
chain Mechanisms
3 Force Analysis CO2
3.1 Static force analysis of linkages CO2
2
3.2 Equivalent offset inertia force CO2
Dynamic analysis of slider crank chain mechanism. CO2
3.3 2
Piston and Crank effort, Inertia, Torque,
4 Turning moment diagrams CO3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 93 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

No. of Course
S.No. Topics Outcome
Lectures
4.1 Turning moment diagrams 2 CO3
Fluctuation of energy and speed, coefficient of CO3
4.2 1
fluctuation of energy and speed
Energy stored in a Flywheel, Dimensions of the CO3
4.3 1
flywheel rim
5 Cams CO4
Types of cams and followers - Cam Nomenclature- CO4
Displacement, velocity and acceleration curves for
5.1 2
various types of motions of follower- pressure angle
evaluation in CAM profile
Construction of cam profiles- Knife edge followers - CO4
5.2 Roller follower - -Uniform Velocity Motion- Uniform 2
Acceleration And Retardation Motion
6 Gear and Gear trains CO5
General profiles of gears-Terminology of gears and CO5
6.1 1
types
6.2 law of gearing, forms of tooth CO5
2
6.3 Interference, under cutting CO5
Minimum number of teeth on gear and pinion to CO5
6.4 2
avoid interference, contact ratio
6.5 Simple, Compound Gear trains 1 CO5
6.6 Epicyclic gear trains- Differential gears 1 CO5
7 Vibrations
7.1 Types of Vibration 1 CO6
7.2 Free Vibration 2 CO6
7.3 Forced Vibration 1 CO6
7.4 Longitudinal, transverse and torsional vibrations 1 CO6
Total 36 Hours

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.G. Kanagaraj [email protected]
2 Mr.M.M.Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 94 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT330 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Digital systems encompass the circuits, that process signals by discrete bands of analog
levels, rather than by continuous ranges (as used in analog electronics). All levels within a
band represent the same signal state. Because of this discretization, relatively small changes
to the analog signal levels due to manufacturing tolerance, signal attenuation or parasitic noise
do not leave the discrete envelope, and as a result are ignored by signal state sensing circuitry.
In most cases the number of these states is two, and they are represented by two voltage
bands: one near a reference value typically termed as "ground", and the other a value near
the supply voltage. These correspond to the "false" ("0"), and "true" ("1"), values of the
Boolean domain, respectively, yielding binary code. Digital electronic circuits are usually made
from large assemblies of logic gates. Computer controlled digital systems can be controlled
by software, allowing new functions to be added without changing hardware
Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Explain the different number systems and coding schemes
CO1 10
and arithmetic operations on binary numbers
Explain the basic theorems and properties of Boolean
CO2 10
algebra
Utilize K- Map for gate level minimization of the given
CO3 10
Boolean function
Construct combinational logic circuits for the given
CO4 30
requirement
Construct synchronous and asynchronous sequential logic
CO5 40
circuits for the given requirement
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level

CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficien
Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.2,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.3
Response
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.2,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.3
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.3
1.2,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.3,4.4.4,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.5.2,4.5.5
1.2,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.3,4.4.4,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.5.2,4.5.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 95 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M M - - - - - - - - - M M L
CO2 M M - - - - - - - - - M M L
CO3 M M L - - - - - - - - M S L
CO4 S M S M M L - - - - - S S S
CO5 S M S M M L - - - - - S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 40 40 40 50 - - 40
Apply 20 40 40 50 100 100 40
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Assignment / Quiz
Mechanism Assignment
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. Convert the given BCD number to Decimal number and hexadecimal number.
1001 0011 1011
2. Perform the following binary operations:
10110110+10111000
11111000-10101010
3. Convert the given hexa-decimal numbers to binary numbers:
9BC2, FDA5

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Simplify the given logic expression using Demorgan’s theorem:
Y=(A+B+(AB)’+CD)’
2. Prove the commutative and distributive laws in Boolean algebra.
3. Simplify the given logic expression:
Y=ABC+AB’C+A’B’C’+AB’C’

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Simplify the logic function F(A,B,C,D)= Σm(0,1,2,5,6,8,)+d(3,4,7,14) using K-map in

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 96 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SOP form and implement it using NAND gates.

2. Construct a Karnaugh Map for the Boolean function Y= ABC+ABC’+A’B’C+A’BC and
simplify the function.
3. Minimize the given expression using K-map and realize it using NOR gates.
F(A,B,C,D) = ∏M(1,5,8,9,10,11)+d(0,4)
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Construct a 3x8 decoder by using 2x4 decoders and explain its operation.
2. Realise the Boolean function F(A,B,C,D)= Σm(1,2,5,7,8,11,13) using a 8x1
multiplexer.
3. Construct a two-bit multiplier circuit and write its truth table.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5)

1. Design Mod-5 synchronous up counter using J-K flipflops.
2. Design Mod-10 ripple down counter using T flipflops.
3. Explain the operation of 4-bit PISO shift resister with necessary sketches.

Concept Map

Syllabus

MINIMIZATION TECHNIQUES AND LOGIC GATES

Number systems, Basic digital circuits: Characteristics of Digital IC’s and Fan in -Fan out Logic
cricuits - universal building block construction using logic gates - Boolean Algebra-
Simplification of Boolean functions - special forms of Boolean functions minterm (SOP)
maxterm (POS) - K Map representation of logic functions - simplification of logic functions
using K Map – Don’t care conditions
COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 97 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Half and Full Adders-Half and Full Subtractors - Code converters - Encoder-Decoder -
Multiplexer- Demultiplexer - Binary/ BCD adders, subtractors - Carry look ahead adder- parity
checker-parity generators- Magnitude comparator

SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS
General model of sequential circuits - flip-flops - latches - level triggering, edge triggering -
master slave configuration - Mealy/Moore models - state diagram - state table - State
minimization State assignment Excitation table and maps

SEQUENTIAL MEMORIES
Shift registers, Recirculation shift registers Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) -
Programmable Logic Array (PLA) - Programmable Array Logic (PAL) Field Programmable
Gate Arrays (FPGA) - Implementation of combinational logic circuits using ROM, PLA, PAL

SYNCHRONOUS AND ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS

Design of synchronous sequential circuits – Counter - parity checker - sequence detector -
Asynchronous sequential logic: Race conditions and Cycles - Hazards in combinational
circuits.

Learning Resources
1. M. Morris Mano, Michel D. Ciletti, Digital Design, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Ronald J. Tocci Neal S. Widmer and Gregory L. Moss, Digital Systems: Principles and
Applications, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Anand Kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 2014.
4. Thomas L. Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Education Inc, New Delhi, 2003.
5. Donald P.Leach and Albert Paul Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications, Tata
McGraw- Hill Charles H.Roth. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Learning,
2003
6. Charles H.Roth. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Learning, 2003
7. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ee09/preview
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106086/

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1.1 Number systems 1 CO1
1.2 Characteristics of Digital IC’s - Logic cricuits - CO1
1
Universal building block construction using logic gates
1.3 Boolean Algebra- Simplification of Boolean functions CO2
- special forms of Boolean functions minterm (SOP) 2
maxterm (POS)
1.4 K Map representation of logic functions - simplification CO3
2
of logic functions using K Map
1.5 Don’t care conditions 1 CO3
2.1 Half and Full Adders-Half and Full Subtractors 2 CO4
2.2 Code converters 2 CO4
2.3 Encoder-Decoder 1 CO4
2.4 Multiplexer and Demultiplexer 1 CO4
2.5 Binary/ BCD adders, subtractors 2 CO4
2.6 Carry look ahead adder 1 CO4
2.7 Parity checker-parity generators 1 CO4
2.8 Magnitude comparator 1 CO4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 98 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3.1 General model of sequential circuits - flip-flops - - 1 CO5

3.2 Latches - level triggering, edge triggering 1 CO5
3.3 Master slave configuration 1 CO5
3.4 Mealy/Moore models 1 CO5
3.5 State diagram - state table - State minimization State CO5
2
assignment Excitation table and maps
4.1 Shift registers, Recirculation shift registers 1 CO5
4.2 Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) - Programmable CO5
2
Logic Array (PLA) - Programmable Array Logic (PAL)
4.3 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) 1 CO5
4.4 Implementation of combinational logic circuits using CO5
2
ROM, PLA, PAL
5.1 Design of synchronous sequential circuits - parity CO5
2
checker - sequence detector
5.2 Asynchronous sequential logic: 2 CO5
5.3 Race conditions and Cycles 1 CO5
5.4 Hazards in combinational circuits. 1 CO5
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr.A.Prakash [email protected]
2 Mr. S.Manikandan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 99 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT340 THERMAL FLUID ENGINEERING
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course aims at providing fundamental knowledge and applications in the field of thermal
engineering and Fluid mechanics. The basic concepts, laws and theorem relevant to the
working of thermal and fluid systems will be discussed.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Determine the properties and energy interaction in the
CO1 20
closed and open system.
Determine the efficiency of heat engine and COP of heat
CO2 20
pump and refrigerator and determine increase in entropy.
Calculate properties of fluids, pressure in fluids, velocity and
CO3 20
acceleration of fluid particles ,
Determine flow rates and head losses using Bernoulli
CO4 20
principle
Calculate heat transfer rates in conduction convection and
CO5 20
radiation
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Proficien (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.3.1,
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.3
1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.3.1,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.3
1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.3.1,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.3
1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.3.1,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.3
1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.3.1,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO2 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO3 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO4 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO5 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 100 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 20
Understand 30 30 30 30
Apply 50 50 50 100 100 100 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism Mini project
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. State Zeroth law of thermodynamics.
2. Define the properties: Pressure and Temperature.
3. Distinguish between flow and non-flow system.
4. Derive the steady flow energy equation .
5. A stationary mass of gas is compressed without friction from an initial state of 0.3 m3
and 0.105 MPa to a final state of 0.15m3 and 0.105 MPa, the pressure remaining
constant during the process. There is a heat transfer of 37.6 kJ of heat from the gas
during the process. How does the internal energy of the gas change?
6. 4 kg/s of steam enters a turbine. The inlet of the turbine is 2.5 m higher than the outlet.
The velocity is 132 m/s. Outlet velocity is 327 m/s and heat loss is 9.2 kJ/s. The
enthalpy per kg at inlet and outlet of the turbine are 3127.4 kJ/kg and 2512 kJ/kg
respectively. Determine the power output.

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Write Kelvin Planck's statement of second law of thermodynamics.
2. Define heat engine
3. Define COP.
4. A Carnot heat engine receives heat from a reservoir at 900°C at a rate of 800 kJ/min
and rejects the waste heat to the ambient air at 27°C. The entire work output of the
heat engine is used to drive a refrigerator that removes heat from the refrigerated
space at - 5°C and transfers it to the same ambient air at 27°C. Determine (a) the
maximum rate of heat removal from the refrigerated space and (b) the total rate of
heat rejection to the ambient air.
5. 1200 kJ of heat is supplied to an engine from a source of 20 C, the sink temperature
is 2 C. Which of the following cycle represents reversible, irreversible or impossible?

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 101 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

(i) 275 kJ of heat is rejected to sink, (ii) 825 kJ of heat is rejected and (iii) 350 kJ heat
is rejected.
6. Water flows through a turbine in which friction causes the water temperature to rise
from 350C to 370C. If there is no heat transfer, how much does the entropy of the water
change in passing through the turbine? (Water is incompressible and the process can
be taken to be at constant volume.) (Ans: ΔS = 0.0243 kJ/K)
7. (a) One kg of water at 273K is brought into contact with a heat reservoir at 373K. When
the water has reached 373K, find the entropy change of the water, of the heat reservoir,
and of the universe.
(b) If the water is heated from 273K to 373K by first bringing it in contact with a reservoir
at 323K and then with a reservoir at 373K, what will the entropy change of the universe
be?
(c) Explain how water might be heated from 273K to 373K with almost no change in
entropy of the universe. (Ans: (a) 1.305 kJ/K, -1.122 kJ/K, 0.183 kJ/K (b) 0.098 kJ/K.
8. One kg of ice at -50C is exposed to the atmosphere which is at 200C. The ice melts
and comes into thermal equilibrium with the atmosphere. (a) Determine the entropy
increase of the universe. (b) What is the minimum amount of work necessary to convert
the water back into ice at -50C? cp of ice is 2.093 kJ/kgK and latent heat of fusion of
ice is 333.3 kJ/kg. (Ans: 0.0949 kJ/K, 28.5 kJ)

Course Outcome 3 (CO3):

1. Define the term fluid.
2. Write Newton’s law of viscosity. What is non-Newtonian fluid?
3. Derive an expression for capillary rise or fall of a liquid.
4. Determine the density, specific gravity and mass of the air in a room whose
dimensions are 4 m x 5 m x 6 m at 100 kPa and 150C
5. A manometer is used to measure the pressure of a gas in a tank. The fluid used has
a specific gravity of 0.85, and the manometer column height is 55 cm. If the
atmospheric pressure is 96 kPa, determine the absolute pressure within the tank.
6. State and prove the Pascal’s law.

Course Outcome 4(CO4):

1. Define steady flow.
2. Derive an expression for 3D continuity equation.
3. Derive Euler equation and obtain the Bernoulli’s equation from it.
4. The following represent the two velocity components. Determine the third component
of velocity, such that they satisfy the continuity equation:
u = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 : v = xy 2 − yz 2 + xy
5. The water is flowing through a taper pipe of length 50 m having diameters 40 cm at
the upper end and 20 cm at the lower end, at the rate of 60 lps. The pipe has a slop of
1in 40. Find the pressure at the lower end if the pressure at the higher level is 24.525
N/cm2.
6. Given the velocity field: V = (6+2 xy+ t2) i – (xy2+10t) j +25 k. What is the acceleration
of a particle at (3,0,2) at time t = 1?

Course Outcome5 (CO5) :

1. A plane wall of a refrigerated van is made of 1.5 mm steel sheet (kS = 25 W/(m K)) at
the outer surface, 10 mm plywood (kP = 0.05 W/(m K)) at the inner surface and 20 mm
glass wool (kG = 0.01 W/(m K)) in between the outer and inner surfaces. The
temperature of the cold environment inside the van is –15°C, while the outside surface
is exposed to a surrounding ambient at 24°C. The average values of convective heat

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 102 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

transfer coefficients at the inner and outer surfaces of the wall are 12 W/mK and 20
W/mK respectively. The surface area of the wall is 0.75 m2. Determine:
(a) The individual components of the thermal resistance to heat flow.
(b) The rate of heat flow through the wall.
(c) The temperatures at (i) the outer surface of the wall, (ii) the interface between steel
sheet and glass wool, (iii) the interface between glass wool and plywood, and (iv) the
inner surface of the wall.
2. Consider a 20 mm thick plate with uniform heat generation of 80 MW/m3. The left and
right faces are kept at constant temperatures of 160°C and 120°C respectively. The
plate has a constant thermal conductivity of 200 W/m K. Determine (a) the expression
for temperature distribution in the plate, (b) the location and the value of maximum
temperature, and (c) the rate of heat transfer (i) at the left face (ii) at the right face and
(iii) at the plate centre.
3. A thin-walled copper tube of outside metal radius r = 0.01 m carries steam at 400 K. It
is inside a room where the surrounding air temperature is 300 K. The tube is insulated
with magnesia insulation of an approximate thermal conductivity of 0.07 W/(m K).
(a) What is the critical thickness of insulation for an external convective coefficient
h = 4.0 W/(m2 K)? (Assume negligible conduction resistance due to the wall of the
copper tube.)
(b) Under these conditions, determine the rate of heat transfer per metre of tube length
for
(i) a 0.002 m thick layer of insulation, (ii) the critical thickness of insulation, (iii) a 0.05
m thick layer of insulation.
4. An electrical resistance wire 2.5 mm in diameter and 0.5 m long has a measured
voltage drop of 25 V for a current flow of 40 A. The thermal conductivity of the wire
material is 24 W/(m K). Determine (a) the rate of generation of thermal energy per unit
volume within the wire and (b) the maximum temperature in the wire if the surface
temperature is kept at 650 K.
5. Air at a pressure of 6 kN/m2 and a temperature of 3000C flows with a velocity of 10 m/s
over a flat plate 0.5 m long. Estimate the cooling rate per unit width of the plate needed
to maintain it at a surface temperature of 270C.
6. Air at one atmospheric pressure and 75°C enters a tube of 4.0 mm internal diameter
with an average velocity of 2 m/s. The tube length is 1.0 m and a constant heat flux is
imposed by the tube surface on the air over the entire length. An exit bulk mean
temperature of air of 125°C is required. Determine (a) the heat transfer coefficient at
exit hL, (b) the constant surface heat flux qw, and (c) the exit tube surface temperature.
The properties of air at the average temperature of inlet and outlet bulk mean
temperatures, i.e. (75 + 125)/2 = 100°C are as follows: r = 0.95 kg/m3; cp = 1.01 kJ/(kg
K); m = 2.18 x 10–5 kg/(m s); k = 0.03 W/(m K); Pr = 0.70
7. A furnace cavity, which is in the form of a cylinder of 50-mm diameter and 150-mm
length, is open at one end to large surroundings that are at 270C. The bottom of the
cavity is heated independently, as are three annular sections that comprise the sides
of the cavity. All interior surfaces of the cavity may be approximated as blackbodies
and are maintained at 16500C. What is the required electrical power input to the bottom
surface of the cavity? What is the electrical power to the top, middle, and bottom
sections of the cavity sides? The backs of the electrically heated surfaces are well
insulated.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 103 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Basic Concepts: Thermodynamic system, properties, process, cycle – Zeroth law and
temperature measurement-Energy interactions: Types of work transfer and heat transfer

First Law of thermodynamics: Closed system undergoing a process and cycle- Internal
energy and specific heats. Open system - steady flow energy equation for nozzle, turbine,
compressor.

Second Law of thermodynamics: Kelvin Planck and Clausius Statement – Heat engine,
refrigerator, Heat pump – Carnot and Reversed Carnot Engine – Efficiency and COP
calculations.

Entropy: Concept of entropy, The increase of entropy principle, calculation of entropy

generation in heating with finite temperature difference

Basic Concepts of Fluid Mechanics: Concept of fluid- Properties of Fluids: Pressure,

Density, Specific Gravity, Viscosity, Surface Tension, Capillarity, Compressibility and Bulk
Modulus.

Fluid Statics: Pressure at a Point: Pascal’s Law – hydrostatic law –U- tube manometer

Fluid Kinematics: Types of flow – Velocity and Acceleration of a fluid particle - Continuity
Equation in Cartesian Co-ordinates.

Fluid Dynamics: Bernoulli’s Equation - Euler’s Equation for Motion - Applications of

Bernoulli’s Equation, Venturimeter and Orifice meter.

Basics of Heat transfer: Modes of heat transfer and the governing formulas, steady state
conduction through plane wall, hollow cylinder - Radiation Heat Transfer-emissivity,
absorptivity, reflectivity and transmissivity,-radiation heat transfer between black surfaces-
Convection – forced convection, natural convection, external flow, fully developed internal
flow.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 104 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Learning Resources
1. Yunus A. Cengel and Michael A. Boles, “Thermodynamics: An Engineering
Approach”, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2011.
2. Bruce R. Munson, Theodore H. Okiishi, Wade W. Huebsch, Rothmayer, “Fluid
Mechanics”, Seventh Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2015.
3. Yunus A Cengel , John M Cimbala, Robert H Turner “Fundamentals of thermal fluid
sciences”4th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2017
4. Rayner Joel, ‘Basic Engineering Thermodynamics in SI units’, ELBS, 1998.
5. Nag, P.K., ‘Engineering Thermodynamics’, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
6. Venkatesh, A., ‘Basic Engineering Thermodynamics’, University Press, 2007.
7. Richard E. Sonntag, Claus Borgnakke, Gordon J. Vanwylen, ‘Fundamental of
Thermodynamics’, Wiley, 2002.
8. S. K. Som, G. Biswas, SumanChakraborty, “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and
Fluid Machines”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Limited -
New Delhi, 2017.
9. Yunus A. Cengel, John M. Cimbala, “Fluid Mechanics: Fundamental and
Applications”, Third Edition, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2014.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of
Topic
No. Lectures
1.1 Basic Concepts: Thermodynamic system, properties, process, 2
cycle – Zeroth law of thermodynamics
1.2 Energy interactions: Types of work transfer and heat transfer 2
2.1 First Law of thermodynamics: Closed system undergoing a 2
process and cycle- Internal energy and specific heats.
2.2 Open system: steady flow energy equation for nozzle, turbine, 2
compressor, turbine and
3.1 Second Law of thermodynamics: Kelvin Planck and Clausius 2
Statement – Heat engine, refrigerator, Heat pump.
3.2 Carnot and Reversed Carnot Engine – Efficiency and COP 2
calculations-concept of irreversible process
4.1 Concept of entropy, The increase of entropy principle, 1
4.2 calculation of entropy generation in heating with finite 1
temperature
5.1 Basic Concepts of Fluid Mechanics: Concept of fluid - 2
Dimensions and Units- Properties of Fluids: Pressure, Density,
Specific Gravity, Viscosity
5.2 Surface Tension, Capillarity, Compressibility and Bulk 2
Modulus.
6.1 Fluid Statics: Pressure at a Point: Pascal’s Law – hydrostatic 2
law –U- tube manometer
8.1 Fluid Kinematics: Types of flow – Velocity and Acceleration of 2
a fluid particle
8.2 Continuity Equation in Cartesian Co-ordinates 1
9.1 Fluid Dynamics: Bernoulli’s Equation - Euler’s Equation for 1
Motion - Applications of Bernoulli’s Equation,
9.2 Venturimeter and Orifice meter 2
10.1 Basics of Heat transfer: Modes of heat transfer and the 1
governing formulas

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 105 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Module No. of
Topic
No. Lectures
10.2 Steady state conduction through plane wall, hollow cylinder 2
10.3 Radiation Heat Transfer-emissivity, absorptivity, reflectivity and 2
transmissivity,
10.4 Heat transfer between black surfaces 1
10.5 Convection – forced convection, natural convection – Flow over 2
a flat plate
10.6 Fully developed internal flow in circular tubes 2
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 G.Kumaraguruparan [email protected]
2 M.A.Ganesh [email protected]
3 M.M.Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 106 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT350 PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING
ES 2 0 0 2
Preamble
This course is intended for the candidate who desires to learn problem-solving techniques and
the design of computer solutions in a precise manner. This course emphasizes problem-
solving methodologies, algorithm designs and developments and computer programming
skills. The intention is to provide sufficient depth in these topics to enable candidates to
achieve better understanding of problem-solving using computers.
The modules in the course reflect solving general problems via programming solution. Thus,
modules collectively focus on programming concepts, strategies and techniques; and the
application of these toward the development of programming solutions.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Develop algorithms for solving simple mathematical and
CO1 15
engineering problems
Examine the suitability of appropriate repetition / selection /
CO2 iteration / modularization structures for given problems and 30
develop solution for the same
CO3 Solve problems related to Arrays & Matrix calculations 25
CO4 Solve problems related to searching, sorting 15
Organize files to perform text operations like editing, pattern
CO5 15
searching and string manipulation problems
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficienc
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
y Scale
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.3,
CO1 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.3,
CO2 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.3,
CO3 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.3,
CO4 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.3,
CO5 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
CO2 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
CO3 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
CO4 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
CO5 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 107 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 40 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 40 50 50 100 100 100 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component
Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Quiz
Mechanism Online Programming
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Recall the list of symbols used in flowcharts for various purposes
2. Develop an algorithm to convert decimal to binary of a given number

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Choose proper selection control structures to solve area of rectangle, triangle and
circle
2. Compare function call and recursive call

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Make use of arrays and functions to transpose an MxN matrix
2. Find the biggest number in the given array

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Explain the algorithm for linear pattern searching
2. Explain bubble sorting technique with an example
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Develop an algorithm for comparing two strings
2. Create a text file to store records of N employees and retrieve and display the records
with age > 40

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 108 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction to Computer Problem Solving: Introduction to Computer, Program Design,
Flowcharts, Developing an Algorithm, Fundamental Algorithms, Exchanging values of
variables, Counting

Factoring methods and Control structures: Selection Control Structures, Repetition

Control Structures, Algorithms Using Selection and Repetition. Factoring Methods –
Functions – Call by Value, reference

Array Processing and Techniques: Array Processing, Pointers, Modularization and

recursion, Merging, Sorting and Searching, Sorting by selection, Linear search, Binary search,
Simple Hash searching.

Text Processing and pattern searching: Text line editing, Keyword searching, Linear
pattern searching.

Learning Resources
1. How to solve it by Computer, R.G Dromey, Pearson education, Delhi, 2008
2. Simple Program Design, A Step-by-Step Approach, Lesley Anne Robertson, 5th
Edition, Thomson, 2007
3. E. Balagurusamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, IV Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Company, 2008
4. Let us C, Yashavant P. Kanetkar ,12th edition, BPB Publications, 2012
5. NPTEL Course: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs43/preview

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 109 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction to Computer Problem Solving
Introduction to Computer, Program Design,
1.1 Developing an Algorithm 1 CO1
1.2 Flowcharts 1 CO1
1.3 Fundamentals Algorithms, counting 1 CO1
2 Factoring methods and Control structures
Selection Control Structures, Repetition Control
2.1 1 CO2
Structures
2.1.1 Summation of set of numbers, Factorial computation 1 CO2
Fibonacci sequence generation, Reversing the digits
2.1.2 of an Integer 1 CO2
2.2.3 Base conversion, Character to number conversion 1 CO2
2.2 Factoring Methods
Finding square root of a number, The smallest divisor
2.2.1 of an integer 1 CO2
2.2.2 Generating Prime numbers 1 CO2
Generating Pseudo-random numbers, Computing nth
2.2.3 Fibonacci number 1 CO2
3 Array Processing and Techniques
3.1 Array Processing & Pointers 1 CO3
Finding the maximum number in a set, Finding kth
3.1.1 1 CO3
smallest number
Removal of duplicates from an ordered array,
3.1.2 1 CO3
Partitioning array
3.1.3 Longest Monotone subsequence 1 CO3
Matrix manipulations (arithmetic, transpose,
3.2 2 CO3
pattern generation)
3.3 Modularization and recursion, Sorting 2 CO4
Linear search, Binary search, Simple Hash
3.4 2 CO4
searching
4 Text Processing and pattern searching
4.1 String Manipulations 1 CO5
4.2 Text line editing 1 CO5
4.2.1 keyword searching 1 CO5
4.2.2 Linear pattern searching 1 CO5
TOTAL 24

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Sheik Masthan S.A.R [email protected]
2 Praveen Kumar B [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 110 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

PROGRAMMING AND CODING Category L T P Credit(s)

18MT360
LABORATORY ES 0 0 2 1

Preamble
This course is intended for the candidate who desires to learn problem-solving techniques and
the design of computer solutions in a precise manner. This course emphasizes problem-
solving methodologies, algorithm designs and developments and computer programming
skills. The intention is to provide sufficient depth in these topics to enable candidates to
achieve better understanding of problem-solving using computers. The examinations will test
the candidate’s ability to develop computer-programming solutions for a series of
programming tasks of varying complexity.
The modules in the course reflect solving general problems via programming solution. Thus,
modules collectively focus on programming concepts, strategies and techniques; and the
application of these toward the development of programming solutions.
Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Develop programs for solving simple mathematical and
CO1 engineering problems using appropriate repetition / 25
selection / iteration / modularization structures
Develop programs for problems related to Arrays & Matrix
CO2 30
calculations using pointers
Develop programs for problems related to merging,
CO3 25
searching, sorting
Develop program to perform text operations like editing,
CO4 20
pattern searching and string manipulation problems
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2,
CO1 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.4.3, 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2,
CO2 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.4.3, 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2,
CO3 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.4.3, 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 4.4.1, 4.4.2,
CO4 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.4.3, 4.5.1, 4.5.3, 4.5.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
CO2 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
CO3 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
CO4 S S S M M - - - - - - M L M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 111 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination
Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component
Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism Online / Offline Programming Test
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

List of Experiments / Activities with CO Mapping

Sl. No. of
Exercises / Experiments Cos
No. Hours
1 Introduction to C components 2 CO1
Fundamentals Algorithms using Control Structures
2 (Factorial computation, Fibonacci sequence generation, 4 CO1
Reversing the digits of an Integer, Base conversion, etc.)
Array techniques (Finding the maximum number in a set,
Finding kth smallest number, Removal of duplicates from
3 an ordered array, Partitioning array, Longest Monotone 4 CO2
subsequence)
Matrix Manipulation (Arithmetic, Inverse, Transpose,
4 4 CO2
Pattern generation)
Sorting & Searching Algorithms (Quick Sort, Bubble Sort,
5 6 CO3
Linear search, Binary search, etc.)
6 Problems on Strings 2 CO4
7 Problems related to File operations 2 CO4
TOTAL 24
Note: Students must be given data related to Mechatronics application such as automation,
measurements, data logging, etc. for solving the problems.
Learning Resources
1. E. Balagurusamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, IV Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Company, 2008
2. Let us C, Yashavant P. Kanetkar ,12th edition, BPB Publications, 2012
3. NPTEL Course: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs43/preview

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Sheik Masthan S.A.R [email protected]
2 Praveen Kumar B [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 112 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

THERMAL FLUID ENGINEERING Category L T P Credit(s)

18MT370
LABORATORY PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
The laboratory exercises aim at providing practical knowledge in thermal systems such as IC
engines, compressor, and refrigerator.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
CO1 Determine the performance of internal combustion engine. 20
CO2 Prepare heat balance sheet for internal combustion engine 20
CO3 Determine the performance of refrigerator, 20
CO4 Determine heat transfer parameters namely thermal
conductivity, heat transfer coefficient and radiation 20
properties
CO5 Determine the performance of the reciprocating compressor 10
CO6 Determine fluid properties namely viscosity, density, flow
10
rate and pressure of incompressible fluids
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

# Profic Components
iency (X.Y.Z)
Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Mechanism 1.1.1,1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,
CO1 TPS2 Apply Value 2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2,
4.3.3
Mechanism 1.1.1,1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,
CO2 TPS2 Apply Value 2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2,
4.3.3
Mechanism 1.1.1,1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value 2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2,
4.3.3
Mechanism 1.1.1,1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value 2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2,
4.3.3
Mechanism 1.1.1,1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value 2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2,
4.3.3
Mechanism 1.1.1,1.1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value 2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.3, 4.3.2,
4.3.3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 113 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO2 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO3 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO4 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO5 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
CO6 S M M - L - L - M - L M M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember - -
Understand
Apply 100 100
Analyse
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Lab Experiments
Mechanism
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

Minimum of 12 experiments are to be given

Ex.No Experiments/Exercise Hours COs

1 Performance test on single cylinder 4-stroke Diesel engine
2 1
at constant speed.
2 Determination of friction power of Diesel engine using
2 2
retardation test
3 Determination of friction power of 4-stroke constant speed
2 3
Diesel engine using Willan’s line method.
4 Determination of volumetric efficiency test on a 4-stroke
2 4
Diesel engine.
5 Energy balance test on Diesel engine using airflow
2 5
measurement method
6 Energy balance test on Diesel engine using exhaust gas
2 5
calorimeter measurement method
7 Performance test on vapour compression refrigeration test
2 5
rig.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 114 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

8 Determination of viscosity and density and pressure of

2 5
incompressible fluid
9 Determination of mass flow rate of air through an orifice
2 5
meter
10 Determination of power consumption by a reciprocating
2 5
compressor.
11 Determination of thermal conductivity of metal rod. 2 6
12 Determination of heat transfer coefficient in natural
2 6
convection
13 Determination of emissivity of given specimen 2 6
14 Performance analysis of electronics cooling fans 2 6
24 ( For 12
Total
experiments)

Learning Resources
1. Yunus A. Cengel and Michael A. Boles, “Thermodynamics: An Engineering
Approach”, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2011.
2. Bruce R. Munson, Theodore H. Okiishi, Wade W. Huebsch, Rothmayer, “Fluid
Mechanics”, Seventh Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2015.
3. Yunus A Cengel , John M Cimbala, Robert H Turner “Fundamentals of thermal fluid
sciences”4th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2017
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 G.Kumaraguruparan [email protected]
2 M.A.Ganesh [email protected]
3 M.M.Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 115 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT380 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble

To impart the knowledge about code conversion, Boolean algebra, logic gates, combinational
and sequential logic, and converters.
Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Design and implementation of combinational logic circuits
CO1 80
for the given requirement
Design and implementation of synchronous and
CO2 asynchronous sequential logic circuits for the given 20
requirement
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Profici (X.Y.Z)
ency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale
1.2,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.3,4.4.4,
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.5.2,4.5.5
1.2,2.1.1,2.1.5,2.4.3,4.4.4,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.5.2,4.5.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S M L - - - - L - - L M M
CO2 S S M L - - - - L - - L M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 116 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination
List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

No of
S.No Exercises / Experiments Cos
Hours.
1 Study of Logic gates 2 CO1
2 Design and Implementation of Half adder and Full adder 2 CO1
Design and Implementation of Half Subtractor and Full
3 2 CO1
subtractor
Design and implementation of code converters using logic
4 2 CO1
gates BCD to excess-3 code and vice versa
Design and implementation of code converters using logic
5 2 CO1
gates Binary to gray and vice-versa
Design and implementation of 4-bit binary adder/
6 2 CO1
subtractor
7 Design and implementation of BCD adder. 2 CO1
8 Design and implementation of Magnitude comparator. 2 CO1
9 Design and implement a multiplexer and de-multiplexer 2 CO1
10 Design and implement an encoder and decoder 2 CO1
11 Construction and verification of 4-bit ripple counter 2 CO2
12 Implementation of SISO, SIPO, PISO and PIPO shift
2 CO2
registers using Flip- flops
13 An automobile alarm circuit is used to detect certain
undesirable conditions. Three switches are used to
indicate the status of the door by the driver’s seat, the
ignition, and the headlights respectively. Design the logic
circuit with these three switches as inputs so that the alarm 2 CO2
will be activated whenever either of the following
conditions exists:
•The headlights are on while the ignition is off
•The door is open while ignition is on.
14 A simple security system for two doors consists of a card
reader and a keypad. A person may open a particular door
if he or she has a card containing the corresponding code
and enters an authorized code for that card. The output
from the card reader are as follows.
2 CO2
Action A B
No card inserted 0 0
Valid Code for Door 1 0 1
Valid Code for Door2 1 1
Invalid card code 1 0

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 117 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

To unlock a door, a person must hold down the proper

keys on the keypad and then insert the card in the reader.
The authorized keypad codes for door 1 are 101 and 110,
and the authorized keypad codes for door 2 are 101 and
011. If the card has an invalid code or if the wrong keypad
code is entered, the alarm will ring when card is inserted.
If the correct keypad code is entered, the corresponding
door will be unlocked when the card is inserted.
15 A shifter is a combinational network capable of shifting of
0’s and 1’s to the left or right, leaving vacancies, by a fixed
number of places as a result of control signal. For
example, assuming vacated positions are replaced by 0’s,
the string 0011 when shifted right by 1 bit position
becomes 0001 and when shifted left by 1 bit position
becomes 0110. A shifter to handle an n – bit string can be
readily designed with n multiplexers. Bits from the string
are applied to the data input lines. The control signals for
the various actions are applied to the select input lines.
The shifted string appears on the output lines. Design a 2 CO2
shifter for handling a 4 bit string where table indicates the
control signals and desired actions. Vacated positions
should be filled with 0’s

S1 S0 Action
0 0 No change
0 1 Shift right 1 bit position
1 0 Shift left 1 bit position
1 1 Clear data
Note : Minimum of 12 experiments are to be given for 24 Hours

Learning Resources
1. M. Morris Mano, Michel D. Ciletti, Digital Design, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Anand Kumar, Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 2014.
3. Thomas L. Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Pearson Education Inc, New Delhi, 2003.

Course Designers:

Sl. No. Name E-mail Id

1 Mr.A.Prakash [email protected]
2 Mr. S.Manikandan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 118 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 Category L T P Credit
18ES390 DESIGN THINKING
ES 1 - 2 2

Preamble
Design has been defined as a “systematic, intelligent process in which designers generate,
evaluate, and specify concepts for devices, systems, or processes whose form and function
achieve clients’ objectives or users’ needs while satisfying a specified set of constraints”.
Human-centered design is defined as a process and a set of techniques used to create new
solutions for the world. Solutions include products, services, environments, organizations,
and modes of interaction. The reason this process is called “human-centered” is because it
starts with the people we are designing for. This course facilitates the development of
students’ professional skills through their team engagement in developing conceptual
design for a local community problem.
Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage
Number in %
CO1 Identify a specific social need to be addressed 20
CO2 Identify stakeholder’s requirements for the societal project 20
CO3 Develop measurable criteria in which design concepts can be 10
evaluated
CO4 Develop prototypes of multiple concepts using user’s feedback 30
CO5 Select the best design solution among the potential solutions with its 20
functional decomposition

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficiency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.2, 2.5.1, 2.5.2,
3.1.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.6, 4.1.2
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.3, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2, 4.3.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.4, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2, 4.4.1
CO5 TPS5 Evaluate Organise Adaptation 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.5, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2, 4.4.1

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S M L - - M M M L M M S
CO2 S M L - - M M M L M M S
CO3 S M L - - M M M L M M S
CO4 S M L - M M M M L M M S
CO5 S S M L M M M M L M M S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting on 11.05.2019 Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
- 119 -
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Phases Deliverables Marks Course

Outcomes

Continuous Assessment

Review 1 – Problem Identification Technical Report 10 CO1 and CO2

Review 2 – Specification Development Technical Report 20 CO3
Review 3 -Conceptual Design Technical Report 20 CO4 and CO5

End-Semester Examination
Demonstration Prototype 60 CO1, CO2, CO3,
Poster Presentation Poster 40 CO4 and CO5

 Reports are to be submitted at each review. The report and presentation will be
evaluated based on Rubrics
 Demonstration and Poster presentation will be evaluated by two faculty members
nominated by their respective Head of the Department.

Concept Map

Syllabus
1.0 Project Identification: Needs Assessment, Stakeholder Identification, Stakeholder
Requirement Project Time Constraint.
2.0 Specification Development: Description Problem Environment, Creation of Stakeholder's
Profiles Development of Low-cost Prototypes, Development of Task-Analysis, Comparison
with Benchmark Products, Development of Customer Specification, Development of
Evaluation Criteria,
3.0 Conceptual Design: Conduct of Functional Decomposition, Brainstroming of possible
solutions, Creation of Prototypes for Multiple Concepts, Refinement of Design Specification on
users' feedback, Evaluation of Potential Solutions, Selection of best design
Learning Resources
1. Learning Material prepared by TCE faculty members
2. https://www.ideo.com/
3. https://engineering.purdue.edu/EPICS

Passed in BoS Meeting on 11.05.2019 - 120 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module Topic No. of Hours Course
No. In-Class Hands-on Outcome
1. Project Identification: Introduction to Human- 1 - CO1
Centered Design
1.1 Needs Assessment 1 2 CO1
1.2 Identification of Stakeholders 1 2 CO2
1.3 Identification of Stakeholder Requirements 2 CO2
1.4 Project Time Constraint 1 2 CO2
2. Specification Development
2.1 Description Problem Environment 1 2 CO3
2.2 Creation of Stakeholder's Profiles 2 CO3
2.3 Development of Low-cost Prototypes 1 2 CO3
2.4 Development of Task-Analysis 1 2 CO3
2.5 Comparison with Benchmark Products 1 2 CO3
2.6 Development of Customer Specification 2 CO3
2.7 Development of Evaluation Criteria 1 2 CO3
3. Conceptual Design
3.1 Conduct of Functional Decomposition 1 2 CO4
3.2 Brainstroming of possible solutions 1 2 CO5
3.3 Creation of Prototypes for Multiple Concepts 1 2 CO5
3.4 Refinement of design Specification on users' 2 CO6
feedback
3.5 Evaluation of Potential Solutions 1 2 CO6
3.6 Selection of best design 2 CO6
Total 12 34

Course Designers:
1. Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
2. Dr.S.Saravana Perumaal [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting on 11.05.2019 Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
- 121 -
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Fourth Semester

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 122 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT410 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Statistics, as a subject, is a science of learning from data and provides tools for making
decisions when conditions of uncertainty prevail. The mechatronics engineers play a
significant role in designing and developing new products and manufacturing systems and
processes, and they also improve existing systems. Statistical techniques are an important
tool in these activities because they provide the engineer with both descriptive and analytical
methods for dealing with the variability in observed data. The course is designed to impart the
knowledge and understanding of the statistical techniques to Mechatronics Engineers and
apply them in their areas of specialization.

Prerequisite
• 18MA110 - Engineering Calculus
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Apply conditional probability, Baye’s theorem to solve 20
CO1
engineering problems.
Compute probability, probability mass and density function, 10
CO2
cumulative distribution function for random variables
Apply probability distribution for solving engineering 15
CO3
problems.
Test the hypothesis on mean, proportion, variance of small 30
CO4
and large samples
CO5 Fit a curve for given data and draw a regression line for it 25
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Proficien (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
CO1 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1.1,2.1.4
CO2 TPS2 K2 A2 1.1.1,2.1.4
CO3 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1.1,2.1.4
CO4 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1.1,2.1.5,2.2.1,2.2.4
CO5 TPS3 K3 A3 1.1.1,,2.1.4

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S S S S L L
CO2 S S S S S L L
CO3 S S S S S L L
CO4 S S S S S L L
CO5 S S S S S L L
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 123 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 10 10 10 10
Understand 30 30 30 30
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. In a certain assembly plant, three machines, B1, B2, and B3, make 30%, 45%, and 25%,
respectively, of the products. It is known from past experience that 2%, 3%,and 2% of the
products made by each machine, respectively, are defective. Now, suppose that a finished
product is randomly selected. What is the probability that it is defective? And if a product
was chosen randomly and found to be defective, what is the probability that it was made
by machine B1, B2, and B3respectively?
2. The probability that a regularly scheduled flight departs on time is P(D) = 0.83; the
probability that it arrives on time is P(A) = 0.82; and the probability that itdeparts and arrives
on time is P(D ∩A) = 0.78. Find the probability that a plane(a) arrives on time, given that it
departed on time, and (b) departed on time, given that it has arrived on time.
3. Define conditional probability

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Identify the following as discrete or continuous random variables:

a. Total number gold medals won by India in Asian games 2018.
b. Height of the ocean’s tide at a kanyakumari.
c. Number of deer born per year in a state wildlife preserve
d. The amount water released from mettur dam this month
2. The weekly demand for propane gas (in 1000s of gallons) from a particular facility is
1
2 (1 − 𝑥 2 )
an rv X with pdf𝑓(𝑥) = { ,1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2
0, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
a) Compute the cdf of X.
b) Compute E(X) and V(X).
3. An electronics store sells a particular model of a laptop computer. There are only four
laptops in stock, and the manager wonders what today’s demand for this particular model
will be. She learns from the marketing department that the probability distribution for x, the
daily demand for the laptop, is as shown in the table.
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
p(x) .10 .40 . 20 .15 .10 .05
Find the mean, variance, and standard deviation of x. Is it likely that five or more customers
will want to buy the laptop today?

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. For a car travelling 30 miles per hour (mph), the distance required to brake to a stop is
normally distributed with a mean of 50 feet and a standard deviation of 8 feet. Suppose you

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 124 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

are travelling 30 mph in a residential area and a car moves abruptly into your path at a distance
of 60 feet.
a. If you apply your brakes, what is the probability that you will brake to a stop within 40 feet
or less? Within 50 feet or less?
b. If the only way to avoid a collision is to brake to a stop, what is the probability that you will
avoid the collision?
2. A company that produces fine crystal knows from experience that 10% of its goblets have
cosmetic flaws and must be classified as “seconds.”
a. Among six randomly selected goblets, how likely is it that only one is a second?
b. Among six randomly selected goblets, what is the probability that at least two are seconds?
c. If goblets are examined one by one, what is the probability that at most five must be selected
to find four that are not seconds?
3. An electronics store sells a particular model of a laptop computer. There are only four
laptops in stock, and the manager wonders what today’s demand for this particular model will
be. She learns from the marketing department that the probability distribution for x, the daily
demand for the laptop, is as shown in the table.
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
p(x) .10 .40 . 20 .15 .10 .05
Find the mean, variance, and standard deviation of x. Is it likely that five or more customers
will want to buy the laptop today?

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Define type 1 error.

2. The daily yield for a local chemical plant has averaged 880 tons for the last several years.
The quality control manager would like to know whether this average has changed in
recent months. She randomly selects 50 days from the computer database and computes
the average and standard deviation of the n =50 yields as 𝑥̅ = 871 tons and
s = 21 tons, respectively. Test the appropriate hypothesis using α = .05.

3..An experiment was performed to compare the abrasive wear of two different laminated
materials. Twelve pieces of material 1 were tested by exposing each piece to a machine
measuring wear. Ten pieces of material 2 were similarly tested. In each case, the depth of
wear was observed. The samples of material 1 gave an average (coded) wear of 85 units with
a sample standard deviation of 4, while the samples of material 2 gave an average of 81 with
a sample standard deviation of 5. Can we conclude at the 0.05 level of significance that the
abrasive wear of material 1exceeds that of material 2 by more than 2 units? Assume the
populations to be approximately normal with equal variances

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Define correlation coefficient.

2. Fit a least-squares line to the data of

using (a) х as independent variable, (b) x as dependent variable.

3.Find the coefficient of correlation for the data given in the above problem.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 125 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Probability Introduction to probability - Permutation and combination - conditional probability,
Independent events - Baye's theorem - Random Variables and Probability Distributions
Discrete random variables - probability mass function - continuous random variables -
probability density functions - cumulative distribution function - expected values for discrete
and continuous random variables - - The Binomial probability distribution - the normal
distribution Tests of Hypotheses - hypotheses and test procedures - tests concerning a
population mean - tests concerning a population proportion - z tests and confidence intervals
for a difference between two Population means - the two-sample t Test and confidence interval
- inferences concerning a difference between population proportion - inferences concerning
two population variances Curve fitting and regression analysis- Method of least squares:
fitting a straight line, parabola- Coefficient of correlation, Coefficient of correlation for bivariate
frequency distributions- rank correlation- Line of Regression.

Learning Resources
1. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences (English) 8th
Edition, Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
Module 1: chapter 2.1 to 2.5
Module 2: chapter 3.1 to 3.4,4.1 to 4.3
Module 3: chapter 8.1 to 8.3, 9.1 to 9.5
2. Grewal. B.S, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 42st Edition, Khanna Publications,
Delhi, 2012.
Module 4: 24.4,24.5,25.12,25.13, 25.14,25.16
3. Ronald E. Walpole, Sharon L. Myers, Keying Ye, Probability & Statistics for Engineers
& Scientists,9th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.
4. Mendenhall William, Introduction to Probability and Statistics,14th Edition, Duxbury
Press, New Delhi, 2012.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 126 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. Of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1 Probability
1.1 Introduction to probability 2 CO1
1.2 Permutation and combination 1 CO1
1.3 Conditional probability, Independent events 1 CO1
1.4 Baye’s theorem 2 CO1
2 Random Variables and Probability distributions
2.1 Discrete Random variables, probability mass function 2 CO2
2.2 Continuous random variables probability density 2 CO2
functions,
2.2 cumulative distribution for discrete and continuous 1 CO2
random variables
2.3 Expected values for discrete and continuous random 2 CO2
variables
2.4 The Binomial probability distribution 2 CO3
2.5 The Normal distribution 2 CO3
3 Tests of Hypotheses
3.1 Hypotheses and test procedures 2 CO4
3.2 Tests concerning a population mean 3 CO4
3.3 Tests Concerning a population proportion 1 CO4
3.4 z Tests and confidence intervals for a difference 2 CO4
between two population means
3.5 The two-Sample t Test and confidence interval 1 CO4
3.6 inferences concerning a difference between 1 CO4
population proportion
3.6 Inferences concerning two population variances 1 CO4
4 Curve fitting and regression analysis
4.1 Method of least squares: fitting a straight line, 2 CO5
parabola
4.2 Coefficient of correlation, Coefficient of correlation 3 CO5
for bivariate frequency distributions
4.3 Rank correlation 1
4.3 Line of Regression 2 CO5
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.R.Suresh [email protected]
2 Dr.C.S.Senthil kumar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 127 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT420 POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Power Electronics is a technology that deals with the conversion and control of electrical power
with high efficiency switching mode electronic devices. Around 40 percent of the world’s power
needs are currently met by electrical energy and that proportion is expected to rise as
countries cut carbon emissions and shift to renewable energy sources. As the trend towards
electrification and renewable energies increases, enabling technologies such as power
electronics are becoming ever more important. Electrification is opening up more applications
for power electronics such as drive trains for electric vehicles (EVs) and hybrids, as well as
DC fast-charging stations, which can charge EV batteries in a matter of 15-30 minutes,
compared with the many hours it takes using standard residential charging ports. The
traditional application area of power electronics is variable speed drives for electrical motors.
Power-electronics technologies are able to vary the speed of motor drives, making processes
more efficient and reducing the amount of energy consumed. Electrical drives are required in
large numbers in many industrial and domestic applications like transportation systems, rolling
mills, paper machines, machine tools, fans, pumps, robots etc. This course covers in detail
the basic and advanced control of power electronic converters that are used in electric drives.
Prerequisite
• 18MT220 - Electrical Machines
• 18MT230 - Analog Electronics
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Explain the operations of controlled converters for different
CO1 10
types of Loads.
Differentiate the characteristics and performance
CO2 10
Parameters of different power electronic converters.
Explain different power semiconductor switching circuits
CO3 20
used in Electrical drives.
Describe basic structure of position, speed, and torque
CO4 20
control in Electrical drives.
Choose appropriate converter technique to control different
CO5 20
drives in industrial applications.
Select and integrate suitable electrical drives for motion
CO6 control applications such as Machine tools and Industrial 20
robotics.
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Proficien (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
CO1 TPS1 Remember Receive Perception 1.1,1.2
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,2
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response .4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,2
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response .4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 128 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,2
CO4 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response .4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1,2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.
5.4,3.1.5
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1,2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.
5.4,3.1.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 L L L - - - M L - - - L L M
CO2 L M M M L L L - - - - L L L
CO3 M M M M L L L - - - - L L L
CO4 S M M M L L L - - - - L M M
CO5 M S S S S L L - M M - S S S
CO6 S S S S S L L - M M - S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 60 40 40 - - - 50
Apply 20 40 40 100 100 100 30
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception Animation of Machines Operation
Set Working Demonstration
Guided Response Active Learning Techniques
Mechanism Mini projects
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. List out the difference between Converter and Inverter with suitable examples.
2. Define chopper.
3. Explain the operation of three phase half wave-controlled converter with inductive load.
Sketch the associated waveforms.
4. With necessary circuit and waveforms, explain the principle of operation of three
phase-controlled bridge rectifier feeding R-L load and derive the expression for the
average output dc voltage

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 129 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Explain the effect of source inductance in the operation of three phase fully controlled
converter, indicating clearly the conduction of various thyristors during one cycle with
relevant waveforms.
2. Explain the effect of source inductance in the operation of single phase fully controlled
converter, indicating clearly the conduction of various thyristors during one cycle.
3. Explain the working of Buck-Boost chopper with circuit diagram and characteristic
waveforms.
4. Classify the various techniques adopted to vary the inverter gain and brief on
sinusoidal PWM.
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Describe the working principle of boost converter with necessary circuit and
waveforms.
2. Explain the operation of single-phase capacitor commutated CSI with R load.
3. Draw the circuit diagram of current source inverter and explain its operation with
relevant waveforms.
4. Describe the VSI fed induction motor and drives with relevant diagram

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Explain the structure of closed loop position control of DC drive.
2. Describe the speed control scheme of Induction motor Drive.
3. Explain the torque control of AC Drive.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Explain the function and applications of variable frequency drives.
2. Explain the direct vector-controlled Induction motor drive.
3. Explain the frequency-controlled Induction motor drive.

Course Outcome 6(CO6):

1. Select suitable drives used in CNC machines and explain in detail.
2. Select suitable Inverter driven AC Drive for machine tool applications.
3. Select and explain suitable drive for industrial robotics applications.

Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 130 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus
Introduction:
Power Devices-MOSFET, IGBT, SCR- Linear regulated vs Switched mode power supplies
Electrical drive system-Advantages-Types of Electric drives-Dynamic of Drives- selection of
electrical drives- Modes of operation of electrical drives- -closed loop control of Drives.

Controlled Rectifiers (Converters) fed DC drives: Single Phase Half wave / full wave half
controlled /fully controlled converters with R, RL and RLE loads, Continuous and
discontinuous current operations- Evaluation of performance parameters - Phase controlled
DC drives.

Chopper controlled DC Drives: principle of operation of chopper-Four Quadrant Chopper

Circuits- Buck and Boost Chopper fed DC machines.

Induction Motor Drives: Dynamic Modelling of Induction machines- Single phase bridge
inverters with R, RL and RLE loads -Phase controlled Induction motor drive-Frequency
controlled Induction motor drives-Variable frequency Drives Three phase 120 and 180 degree
mode Inverter fed AC machine –Vector controlled Induction motor drives –Direct and Indirect
vector control.

Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives: Synchronous

Machines with PMs-Vector control of PMSM-Permanent magnet brushless DC motor-Sensor
less control BLDC motor.

Learning Resources
1. R.Krishnan, “Electrical motor drives modelling, analysis and control” Pearson India, 2015.
2. Gopal K.Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electrical Drives” Narosa Publishing house, 2017.
3. P. S. Bimbhra, “Power Electronics“ KHANNA PUBLISHSERS-DELHI, 2012
4. Mohammed H Rashid, “Power electronics” Pearson Education India, 2009.
5. Bimal Bose, “Power electronics and driver circuits” Elseveir, 2006.
6. Bogdan M. Wilamowski, J. David Irwin,”Power Electronics and Motor Drives”CRC Press
,2011
7. Bimal K Bose, “Modern Power electronics and AC drives” Prentice hall, 2002.
8. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ee03
9. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/108105066/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Power Devices-MOSFET, IGBT, SCR 1 CO3
1.1 Electrical drive system-Advantages-Types of Electric CO4
1
drives-Dynamic of Drives
1.2 Modes of operation of electrical drives- -closed loop CO4
2
control of Drives.
2.0 Controlled Rectifiers (Converters) fed DC Motors:
2.1 Single Phase Half and Full wave converter with R, RL CO1
2
and RLE loads
2.2 Single phase Half controlled and Fully controlled CO1
converters with R, RL and RLE loads, Continuous and 2
discontinuous operations
2.3 Evaluation of performance parameters 1 CO2
2.4 Phase controlled DC drives. 2 CO5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 131 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3.0 Chopper controlled DC Drives

3.1 Principle of operation of chopper 1 CO2
3.2 Four Quadrant Chopper Circuits. 2 CO2
3.3 Buck and Boost Chopper fed DC machines 2 CO5
4.0 Induction Motor Drives
4.1 Dynamic Modelling of Induction machines 2 CO4
4.2 Single phase bridge inverters with R, RL and RLE CO1
2
loads
4.3 Phase controlled Induction motor drive 2 CO4
4.4 Frequency controlled Induction motor drives 2 CO2
4.5 Three phase 120 and 180 degree mode Inverter fed CO5
AC machine
4.6 Vector controlled Induction motor drives –Direct and CO6
3
Indirect vector control.
5.0 Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless
DC Motor Drives
5.1 Synchronous Machines with PMs. 1 CO5
5.2 Vector control of PMSM. 2 CO5
5.3 Permanent magnet brushless DC motor Control 2 CO6
5.4 Sensor less control BLDC motor 2 CO6
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr.H. Ramesh [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 132 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT430 MICROCONTROLLER
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Microcontrollers based embedded systems are involved in almost every facet of
modern life. Consumer gadgets, entertainments gadgets, medical devices and automobiles
all contain embedded Microcontroller. The tremendous number of applications for embedded
computing has given rise to high demand for engineers with experience in designing and
implementing embedded systems with microcontroller. This course is designed to provide an
introduction to microcontroller architecture, internal and external peripherals, assembly
language programming and embedded c programming. Students will be taught the basic use
of a programming environment and how to develop the basic C programming for embedded
application. This course highlights the general interfacing techniques and concepts through
peripheral’s data representation from input/output, and memory usage in the microcontroller
in embedded C.

Prerequisite
• 18MT330 - Digital Electronics
• 18MT380 - Digital Electronics laboratory
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
CO1 Explain the underlying Architecture of 8051 microcontroller 20
Develop about the Assembly language programming for
CO2 20
8051
Design and Develop about the programming in C and
CO3 20
Toolchains required for 8051 microcontroller Development.
Design an Embedded system using 8051 by interfacing
CO4 20
Different Peripherals
Explain about the Advanced 8-bit AVR architecture and
CO5 10
Programming
Develop knowledge on software framework and API for
CO6 10
Embedded systems using IDE’s
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Proficien (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2,1.3
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.1,2.2,2.3,4.5.1
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1,2.2,.2.3,4.4.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3,4.4,4.5.4
CO5 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2,1.3
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 133 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 L L M L L M
CO2 M S M M M M L M
CO3 S S S S L M
CO4 S S
CO5 S S M L L M
CO6 L L L L M S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember - - - - - - -
Understand 50 50 50 100 - - 50
Apply 50 50 50 - 100 100 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception Practical Component
Set Assignment
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. Distinguish between 8085 microprocessor and 8051 microcontrollers.
2. List the microcontrollers in intel.
3. Define the functionality of CPU in microprocessor and microcontroller.
4. Distinguish between 8 bit and 16-bit microcontroller.
5. Define the functionality of timer peripherals in a microcontroller.
6. List the internal peripherals present in 8051.
7. Define the functionality of a serial peripheral in 8051.
8. Show that how do you access the peripherals in 8051
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Demonstrate the timer peripheral in mode 1 operation.
2. Give an example for accessing serial peripheral in polling driven.
3. Describe the use of serial peripheral in asm programming.
4. Develop a C program for a described value of time delay
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Demonstrate the timer peripherals with mode 1 and mode 2
2. Give an example for accessing timer in asm and C program

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 134 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3. Describe the functionality of the GPIO hardware for accessing IO device

4. Distinguish between timer and counter in its modes of operation
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Illustrate the serials peripherals for transmitting the data in defined baud rate
2. Show the program for accessing a ADC and show it in LED display
3. Demonstrate the operation of keyboard interfacing with 8051 board
4. Construct the program for interfacing LCD module with 8051 board
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Compare AVR architecture with 8051 Architecture.
2. List out different 8-bit microcontrollers from Different manufacturers.
3. Define Toolchain.
4. What is make file and elaborate about the building a C-file.
Course Outcome 6(CO6):
1. Write in detail about the Arduino Framework.
2. Explain about Integrated Development Environment.
3. Explain about API and library management.
Concept Map

Syllabus
8051 Microcontroller Basics: Inside the Computer, Microcontrollers and Embedded
Processors, Block Diagram of 8051, PSW and Flag Bits, 8051 Register Banks and Stack,
Internal Memory Organization of 8051, IO Port Usage in 8051, Types of Special Function
Registers and their uses in 8051, Pins Of 8051. Memory Address Decoding, 8031/51
Interfacing with External ROM And RAM. 8051 Addressing Modes.

Assembly programming and instruction of 8051: Introduction to 8051 assembly

programming, Assembling and running an 8051 program, Data types and Assembler
directives, Arithmetic, logic instructions and programs, Jump, loop and call instructions, IO
port programming
8051 programming in C: Data types and time delay in 8051, IO programming in 8051, Logic
operations in 8051 , Data conversion program in 8051 , accessing code ROM space in 8051,
Data serialization using 8051, 8051 Timer programming , 8051 serial port programming
,8051 Interrupt programming , Interfacing with LCD, Keypad, ADC, DAC.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 135 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Microcontrollers: Introduction to other 8-bit Architecture, Port Design, Toolchain and

compilers, Arduino IDE Library Development, Arduino programming.
Learning Resources
1. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and C 2nd Edition,
Pearson, Muhammed Ali Mazidi. 2007
2. The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edition, Kenneth J. Ayala.2007, Cengage publications.
3. AVR Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C:using Arduino
uno and atmel studio, Muhammed Ali Mazidi, sepehr naimi and armad naimi, 2017.
4. PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using assembly and C for PIC 18, 1e,
MuhammedAli Mazidi 2008.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
8051 architecture
1.1 Internal Architecture of 8051 2 CO1
1.2 Memory organisation and addressing Modes 2 CO1
1.3 Assembler Directives and Data Types. 2 CO1
1.4 SFR and Memory Address Decoding 2 CO1
Assembly Language Programming
2.1 Instruction set of 8051 2 CO2
2.2 Timer programming 2 CO2
2.3 Interrupt Programming 2 CO2
2.4 IO Port Programming 2 CO2
C Programming
3.1 Cross Compilation and HEX file generation using Keil 2 CO3
3.2 Basics of Library Generation. 2 CO3
Interfacing With 8051
3.3 Interfacing With ADC 2 CO4
3.4 Interfacing with DAC 2 CO4
3.5 Interfacing with Keypad 2 CO4
3.6 Interfacing With LCD 2 CO4
3.7 Interfacing with Sensors 1 CO4
3.8 Design of a System using 8051 (Data Logger) 1 CO4
Architecture
4.1 Architecture of ATMEGA328P, PIC16F877A 2 CO5
4.2 Introduction to Toolchains and Compilers. 1 CO6
4.3 Using C++ for Library Development in 1 CO6
Microcontrollers.
4.4 Introduction to Arduino Environment 2 CO6
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Parthasarathi [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 136 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT440 SENSORS AND MEASUREMENTS
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
In today’s world, boundaries between different disciplines have become indistinct. In last two
decades multidisciplinary approach has grown. Mechatronics is a field of engineering which
deals with the integration of Mechanics and Electronics with intensive computer integration
using a multidisciplinary approach to product and manufacturing system design. Hence every
mechatronics engineer should understand the principle and functions of sensor and PlC based
systems. The outcome of this course is to help students to acquire knowledge in
understanding the sensor and PLC principles, functions and applications. Metrology is the
science of measurement. The ability to measure and to compare measurements between
laboratories is one of the cornerstones of the scientific method. Globalization of research,
development and manufacture has produced greatly increased attention to international
standards of measurement. It is no longer sufficient to achieve internal consistency in
measurements within a local laboratory or manufacturing facility.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
CO1 Explain the basic principles and characteristics sensors 20
Classify and explain the measurement of displacement, pressure and
CO2 20
temperature sensors
Classify and explain the measurement of velocity, acceleration and
CO3 20
optical sensors
CO4 Explain the importance of signal conditioning circuits 20
CO5 Explain the various data acquisition system and its components. 20
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficien (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Perception
CO1 TSP1 Remember Receive 1.1, 1.2
Set
CO2 TSP3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1.1, 2.1.3, 2.1.4, 2.2.3
CO3 TSP3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1.1, 2.1.3, 2.1.4, 2.2.3
CO4 TSP3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1.1, 2.1.3, 2.1.4, 2.2.3
CO5 TSP3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2.1, 2.4.6

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M - - - - - - - - - - L L
CO2 M L S - - - M - - - - - M L
CO3 M L S - - - M - - - - - M L
CO4 M L S - - - M - - - - - M L
CO5 S L - S M S - - - - S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 137 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 50 20
Understand 40 40 40 50 50 50 40
Apply 40 40 40 - 50 50 40
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception Quiz
Set Objective type Question
Guided Response Objective type Question
Mechanism Mini project
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. Explain the following terms
a. Sensitivity
b. Hysteresis error
c. Stability
d. Resolution
2. Define calibration.
3. Explain different types of error in measuring instrument.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Explain the construction and principle of working of a LVDT.
2. Describe the different modes of operation of piezo electric transducers.
3. Describe the different principles of working of capacitive dectector.
4. What is Strain gauge.
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Explain the function of a capacitive sensor in a robot end effector?
2. Explain the working principle of pirani gauge.
3. Select the suitable sensor used to measure the pressure.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Explain the role of amplifier in the measuring instrument.
2. Explain the working principle of Wheatstone bridge.
3. Select the suitable sensor to detect the human motion.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Discuss in detail about optical encoder.
2. Explain the generalized diagram of a digital data acquisition system?
3. Explain the component in analog data acquisition system.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 138 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus

Science of Measurement - Significance of Measurements and Methods, Characteristics of

Measurement systems, Errors in Measurements, Calibration, Primary and secondary
standards, Displacement, Pressure, Temperature sensors - Strain gauge, Gauge factor,
sensing elements, configuration, and unbounded strain gage, Inductive and Magnetic
Sensors, LVDT and RVDT, Hall Effect Sensors, Ultrasonic Sensors, Radar Sensors, Bellows,
Membranes, and Thin Plates, Piezoresistive Sensors, Pirani Gauge, Thermoresistive
Sensors, Resistance Temperature Detectors, Thermistors, Thermoelectric Contact Sensors,
Velocity, Acceleration and optical sensor - Capacitive Accelerometers, Piezoresistive
Accelerometers, Piezoelectric Accelerometers, Gyroscopes, Optical displacement sensors
and optical encoders, Optoelectronic Motion Detectors, Sensor Structures, Visible and Near-
Infrared Light Motion Detectors, Far-Infrared Motion Detectors, Signal conditioning circuits
- Functions of signal conditioning circuits, Preamplifiers, Concepts of passive filters,
Impedance matching circuits, AC and DC Bridges, wheat stone bridge, Kelvin, Maxwell, Hay,
Schering, Data acquisition systems - Components of an analog and digital data acquisition
system, Use of data acquisition system, Use of recorders in digital systems, Input conditioning
equipment.

Learning Resources
1. A.K.Sawhney, ―Electrical & Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation‖,10th
edition, DhanpatRai& Co, New Delhi, 19th Revised edition 2011, Reprint 2014.
2. John G. Webster, ―Medical Instrumentation Application and Design‖, 4th edition,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd,New Delhi, 2015.
3. Ernest O Doebelin and Dhanesh N Manik, Measurement systems, Application and
design, 6th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2012.
4. Khandpur R.S, ―Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation‖, 3rdedition,Tata McGraw-
Hill, New Delhi, 2014.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 139 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

5. Leslie Cromwell, ―Biomedical Instrumentation and measurement‖, 2nd edition,

Prentice hall of India, New Delhi, 2015.
6. Albert D.Helfrick and William D. Cooper. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and
Measurement Techniques‖, Prentice Hall of India, 1stedition, 2016
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1 Science of Measurement
1.1 Significance of Measurements and Methods 1 CO1
1.2 Characteristics of Measurement systems 1 CO1
1.3 Errors in Measurements 1 CO1
1.4 Calibration 1 CO1
1.5 Primary and secondary standards 1 CO1
2 Displacement, Pressure, Temperature sensors
2.1 Strain gauge CO2
Gauge factor, sensing elements, configuration, and CO2
2.1.2 1
unbounded strain gage
2.2 Inductive and Magnetic Sensors CO2
2.2.1 LVDT and RVDT 2 CO2
2.2.2 Hall Effect Sensors 1 CO2
2.3 Ultrasonic Sensors 1 CO2
2.4 Radar Sensors 1 CO2
2.5 Bellows, Membranes, and Thin Plates 1 CO2
2.6 Piezoresistive Sensors 1 CO2
2.7 Pirani Gauge 1 CO2
2.8 Thermoresistive Sensors CO2
2.8.1 Resistance Temperature Detectors 1 CO2
2.8.2 Thermistors 1 CO2
2.9 Thermoelectric Contact Sensors 1 CO2
3 Velocity, Acceleration and optical sensor
3.1 Capacitive Accelerometers 1 CO3
3.2 Piezoresistive Accelerometers 1 CO3
3.3 Piezoelectric Accelerometers 1 CO3
3.4 Gyroscopes 1 CO3
3.5 Optical displacement sensors and optical encoders 1 CO3
3.6 Optoelectronic Motion Detectors CO3
3.6.1 Sensor Structures 1 CO3
3.6.2 Visible and Near-Infrared Light Motion Detectors 1 CO3
3.6.3 Far-Infrared Motion Detectors 1 CO3
4 Signal conditioning circuits
4.1 Functions of signal conditioning circuits 1 CO4
4.2 Preamplifiers 1 CO4
4.3 Concepts of passive filters 1 CO4
4.4 Impedance matching circuits 1 CO4
4.5 AC and DC Bridges 1 CO4
4.5.1 wheat stone bridge 1 CO4
4.5.2 Kelvin, Maxwell 1 CO4
5 Data acquisition systems
5.1 Components of an analog & digital data acquisition system 1 CO5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 140 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

5.2 Use of data acquisition system 1 CO5

5.3 Use of recorders in digital systems 1 CO5
5.4 Input conditioning equipment. 1 CO5
Total 36
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr.M.Manimegalam [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 141 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18EG460 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
HSS 1 0 2 2

Preamble
This course helps the students to achieve effective language proficiency for their professional,
social and interpersonal communication skills, hence increasing their employability and career
skills.
Prerequisite
• Basic English Knowledge
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Listen, watch, understand and respond to talks,
conversations, etc by native and neutral speakers on
CO1 22%
science, general context, and from ETS test samples with
confidence.
Present ideas, express opinions/comments, practice
CO2 presentation, and converse in discussions on a variety of 39%
technical and non-technical domains without fear
Read and comprehend passages/texts from various topics
– general and reasoning, to respond precisely through
CO3 reading techniques, besides getting awareness on 17%
competitive exam lexicon/verbal exercises for career
prospects
Write journal abstracts/projects and business
CO4 correspondences with clarity, accuracy, intelligibility, and 22%
precision.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level

CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficien Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
(X.Y.Z)
cy Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.4.2, 2.4.6, 3.2.1, 3.2.2,
Response
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.3, 3.1.2, 3.2.4, 3.2.5,3.2.6
Guided
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.4.6, 2.4.5, 3.2.1,
Response
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.4.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.3, 3.2.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 L S M
CO2 S S M
CO3 M S M
CO4 M S M
CO5 L S M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 142 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern

Internal: No Continuous Assessment Test(CAT) will be conducted. Students’ performance

will be continuously assessed in various classroom activities in Listening, Speaking, Reading
and Writing for 50 marks as detailed below:
Listening Test - 10
Speaking Test (Group Discussion and Technical Presentation) - 20
Written Test(Objective/Descriptive to be tested for 40 marks and converted to 20 marks ) - 20
External (Practical):
Group Discussion - 20
Personal Interview / Situational Conversation (BEC speaking based) - 20
Listening Test - 20
Reading / Writing – Computerised or Paper-based Test / General Aptitude Test – Objective type - 40

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

S.No Activities Hours

CO Mapping
T P
1 Listening, Reading and Writing based on 2 CO1 CO3 CO4
2 Extensive Reading text
Listening exercises at lab - online resources 2 CO1
3 Developing Listening skills (BEC / IELTS / TOEIC 2 CO1
4 /GD/Mock
TOEFL) interview/Presentation Intro at lab 2 CO1
5 through onlineatresources
GD Practice classroom in groups 4 CO1 CO2
6 Presentation on Technical / general topics – from 1 4 CO2
7 dailiesinterview
Mock & media practice at classroom 1 4 CO1 CO2
8 Comprehension Descriptive and Reasoning 2 2 CO3
General Aptitude Practice – Vocabulary
9 3 2 CO3 CO4
Development / Sentence completion / Error
10 spotting
Business/Analogy / Reasoning
Correspondence - BEC Writing Task II 2 CO4
11 Basics of Technical Writing/ Project Reports 2 CO2
12 Preparation of Resume 1 CO4

Learning Resources
Reference Books:
1. Cappel, Annette and Sharp, Wendy, Cambridge English: Objective First, 4th Ed., CUP,
New Delhi, 2013.
2. Cusack, Barry. Improve Your IELTS Listening and Speaking Skills (With CD)
Paperback, Mcmillan, 2007.
3. Bates, Susan TOEFL iBT Exam Paperback – Oxford, 2012.
4. Hart, Guy Brook. Cambridge English Business Benchmark: 2 Ed., CUP 2014

Websites:
1. https://ielts-up.com (IELTS – LSRW – Practice Tests)
2. www.cambridgeenglish.org (BEC - LSRW)
3. www.etsglobal.org (TOEIC Preparation)
4. www.examenglish.com (Online Exams for international ESL Exams)
5. www.testpreppractice.net (GRE Tests -Vocabulary /Analogy / Sentence Completion / Reading)

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 143 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

6. https://www.freshersworld.com (Placement Papers)

Extensive Reading:
Coelho, Paulo. The Alchemist, Harper Publication, 2018.
Course Designers:
1. Dr.A.Tamilselvi , Convenor
2. Dr S.Rajaram
3. Mr.Vinoth.R
4. Dr.G.Jeya Jeevakani
5. Ms.R.Manibala

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 144 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT490 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
HSS 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Management in business and human organization activity is simply the act of getting people
together to accomplish desired goals. Qualified project managers are in high demand in this
competitive world. This course focuses on project management methodology that will increase
your ability to initiate and manage projects more efficiently and effectively. The Project
Management course discusses activities of planning, organizing, motivating, controlling
resources and leadership in theory and practice and the roles and responsibilities of the project
manager. It deals with approaches to achieve the project goals and to optimize the allocation
of necessary inputs and to integrate them.
Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
Explain the importance of project management and project 15
CO1
initiation.
Determine the project duration and time estimates by Gantt 35
CO2
Chart and Network techniques.
Optimize resources of projects using resource smoothing or 15
CO3
resource levelling techniques.
Crash the project to its bare minimum value and obtain the 20
CO4
optimum time – minimum cost relationships.
Describe about risk assessment process, project closure 15
CO5
and agile techniques.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level

CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficien Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
(X.Y.Z)
cy Scale
Guided 2.1.1,2.5.1,3.1.1,3.1.2,3.1.3,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 3.1.4
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.4.7,3.2.4,3.2.5,3.2.6,4.3.4
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.4.7,3.2.4,3.2.5,3.2.6,4.3.4
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.4.7,3.2.4,3.2.5,3.2.6,4.3.4
Guided 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.1.2,3.1.3,3.1.4,
CO5 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 3.1.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 L L L L L - - M S S S - M M
CO2 L L M L M - - L L M S - L L
CO3 L L M L M - - L L M S - L L
CO4 L L M L M - - L L M S - L L
CO5 L L L L L - - M S S S - M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 145 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 20 20 20 - - - 20
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. Define a project and draw its life cycle.
2. Suggest a suitable organisational structure for a Central Engineering Systems, Inc
3. Explain about Project charter

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Draw the Gantt chart/ Bar chart over calendar dates and determine the duration & date of
completion of the project using following logical relationships of activities.
i. M,N & Q start concurrently.
ii. O& P are concurrent & depend on completion of both M & N.
iii. R & S are concurrent and depend on completion of O.
iv. T depends on completion of P,Q,R
v. The project is complete when S & T are done.

Activity M N O P Q R S T
Duration
6 8 7 5 7 6 5 4
(days)
Assume six working days per week taking date of commencement of the project as
26th April 2019(Friday). Find the status of the project by 8th May 2019

2. Develop network diagram of the following project on A-O-A and A-O-N basis using
following logical relationships of activities. Also determine critical path using traditional
method.
a. S,T and R are the initial activities of the Project.
b. K follows S; N follows T; V follows R.
c. K precede C & W
d. N & V precede D

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 146 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

e. D also depends on W for its start. C & D are terminal activities of the project

Activity S T R K N V C W D
Duration(days) 5 4 5 3 6 2 4 3 2
3. Conduct acitivity oriented network analysis and determine following.
i. Time extimates for acitivities
ii. Floats
iii. Critical path and its duration
iv. Draw square network / time scaled version of the network.
Activity
10-20 10-30 30-40 20-40 20-50 20-60 20-70 40-60 50-60 60-70
i-j
Duration
5 4 5 3 6 2 4 3 2 1
(days)

4. Conduct PERT analysis for the following project & determine:

a. Average time its degree of variability for activities.
b. Earliest & Latest allowance occurrence times for events.
c. Slack for events and total float for activities.
d. Critical path, its duration & its degree of variability
e. Probability of completing the project 3 days earlier
f. Probability of completing the project 2 days later
g. Probability of not completing the project 3 days later
h. Date of completion which has 82% chance of being met.
i. % utilization of resources for critical & non critical activities.
Activity (i-j) 10-20 20-30 20-40 20-50 30-60 40-60 30-50 50-60
Optimistic time (𝒕𝒐 )
4 2 3 3 4 2 5 2
days
Most Likely time (𝒕𝒎 )
8 4 3 7 6 7 8 2
days
Pessimistic time (𝒕𝒑 )
12 6 3 11 13 9 12 2
days

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. The resource requirement for a project is given in the table. Balance the resource so as to
have a more uniform demand throughout the project.
Activity 10-20 10-30 10-40 10-60 20-50 30-40 40-50 50-60
Duration
2 4 2 4 3 2 3 1
(days)
Resource
req 4 6 7 5 7 5 2 2
Per day

2. Balance the resource demand of the project so as to meet its availability of 6men/day.

Activity 10-20 20-30 20-40 30-40 30-50 40-50

Duration (days) 3 2 3 2 4 2
Men Required/day 6 5 4 3 3 4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 147 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Explain the different types of cost.
2. Define cost slope.
3. Crash the project to its bare minimum value and obtain the optimum time – minimum cost
relationships with the given data.

Activity Normal Crash

(i-j) Time(days) Cost(Rs) Time(days) Cost(Rs)
1-2 5 5000 3 12000
1-3 4 2000 2 4500
1-4 3 3000 1 4800
2-3 4 1550 2 3030
3-5 6 4000 4 8000
4-5 7 2000 3 2850
Assume the indirect cost to vary at Rs.1000/day. Also draw the least cost network.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Explain about risk management process.

2. State risk severity matrix.
3. Describe about agile project management technique.

Concept Map

Syllabus
Overview of Project Management
Definition - Project Life Cycle- Objectives of Project management-Project knowledge areas-
organization structure-roles of project management group-project management office and its
role- ISO 21500:2012 : Guidance on project management.
Project Initiation: Generation and Screening of PM ideas- Triple Constraint – Time, Cost and
Scope - TOR/ Project Charter/ SOW (Statement of Work)-Project Presentation & Approval-
Technology transfer: PPP – case study

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 148 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Time Management: Work break down structure- Gantt Charts, Milestone chart - Project
Network- Fulkerson’s rules – Activity-On-Arrow and Activity- On -Node networks - Critical path
method (CPM) - Project updating and monitoring- Program Evaluation & Review Technique
(PERT)-case study
Resource Management: Types of resources- Balancing of resource- Resource Smoothing
technique-Resource levelling technique-case study
Cost Management: Types of cost –Cost Slope- Variation of Cost with time- Crash time and
crash cost- Optimize project cost for time and resource- case study
Risk Management and Agile: Risk Identification-Risk management process – Failure modes-
FMEA - Project Closure- Project Report- Agile Project management- case study

Learning Resources
1. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge ( PMBOK® Guide )—Fifth
Edition, Project Management Institute.
2. Punmia B. C. and Khandelwal K.K., “Project Planning and Control with PERT/CPM”,
Laxmi publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Erik W. Larson, Clifford F. Gray, “Project Management The Managerial Process”,
McGraw-Hill/Irwin, Fifth Edition, 2011.
4. NPTEL – Online course on Project Management
5. https://www.pmi.org
6. https://www.iso.org/standard

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No. Hours Outcome
1. Overview of Project Management
1.1 Definition - Project Life Cycle- Objectives of Project 1 CO1
management
1.2 Project knowledge areas- 1 CO1
1.3 organization structure-roles of project management 1 CO1
group-project management office and its role
1.4 ISO 21500:2012 : Guidance on project management 1 CO1
2. Project Initiation
2.1 Generation and Screening of PM ideas- Triple 1 CO1
Constraint – Time, Cost and Scope -
2.2 TOR/ Project Charter/ SOW (Statement of Work) 1 CO1
2.3 Project Presentation & Approval –transfer: PPP , 1 CO1
Case Study
3. Time Management
3.1 Work break down structure 2 CO2
3.2 Gantt Charts, Milestone chart 2 CO2
3.3 Project Network- Fulkerson’s rules 1 CO2
3.4 Activity-On-Arrow and Activity- On -Node networks 2 CO2
3.5 Critical path method (CPM) 3 CO2
3.6 Project updating and monitoring 1 CO2
3.7 Program Evaluation & Review Technique (PERT) 2 CO2
4. Resource Management
4.1 Types of resource- Balancing of resource- 2 CO3
4.2 Resource Smoothing technique 2 CO3
4.3 Resource levelling technique 2 CO3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 149 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

5. Cost Optimization
5.1 Types of cost – Cost slope 1 CO4
5.2 Variation of Cost with time- Crash time and crash cost 1 CO4
5.3 Optimize project cost for time and resource 4 CO4
6. Risk Management, Agile
6.1 Risk Identification,Risk management process 1 CO5
6.2 Failure modes, FMEA 1 CO5
6.3 Project Closure, Project Report 1 CO5
6.4 Agile Project management, Case study 1 CO5
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. B.Praveen Kumar [email protected]
2 Mr.A.Prakash [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 150 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SENSORS AND MEASUREMENTS Category L T P Credit(s)

18MT470
LABORATORY PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
Metrology and Measurements lab helps to impart hands on practice on Metrology &
measurement techniques. This course is also used to impart knowledge and skill in the field of
metrology equipment’s and instruments used in the industries and to increase the level of
confidence of students by working individually in various machine like CMM, Profile projector,
Auto collimator machine.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
CO1 Check and measure the error produced in temperature 20
measurement
CO2 Interface and measurement of distance using sensors 20
CO3 Measure Linear, angular, thread elements, 2D & 3D profiles, 20
surface roughness, flatness and straightness
CO4 Check and calibrate different dimensions for given 20
components
CO5 Measure and Verify displacement, force, level, torque, 20
strain, speed temperature.
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Profici (X.Y.Z)
ency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.3
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.3
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.3, 2.2.4
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.3, 2.2.4
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.3, 2.2.4

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S L - S - - - - - - - S S
CO2 S S L - S - - - - - - - S S
CO3 S S L - S - - - - - - - S M
CO4 S S L - M - - - - - - - M M
CO5 S S L - M - - - - - - - M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 151 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response
Mechanism
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

S.No Exercises / Experiments No of Hrs Cos

CYCLE I SENSORS
1. Error measurement in temperature using thermocouple 2 CO1
2. Error measurement in thermistor using thermistor 2 CO1
3. Load effect in potentiometer 2 CO2
4. Modifying and interfering inputs measurements 2 CO2
5. Distance measurement using ultrasonic sensor 2 CO2
6. Proximity and Magnetic sensing 2 CO2
CYCLE II MEASUREMENTS
7. Profile measurement of linear, angular and thread elements using 2 CO3
Profile Projector.
8. Measurement of Surface Roughness using portable surface 2 CO3
roughness tester.
9. Checking of OD and ID using comparators– Pneumatic, electronic 2 CO4
and mechanical.
10. Calibration of micrometre / Vernier calliper using Standard slip 2 CO4
gauge
11. Speed measurement of DC servo motor using Optical encoder 2 CO5
12. LABVIEW based displacement measurement and data logging 2 CO5
using LVDT.

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr.M.Manimegalam [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 152 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT480 MICRO CONTROLLER LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble

Microcontrollers based embedded systems are involved in almost every facet of

modern life. Consumer gadgets, entertainments gadgets, medical devices and automobiles
all contain embedded Microcontroller. The tremendous number of applications for embedded
computing has given rise to high demand for engineers with experience in designing and
implementing embedded systems with microcontroller. This course is designed to provide an
introduction to microcontroller architecture, internal and external peripherals, assembly
language programming and embedded c programming. Students will be taught the basic use
of a programming environment and how to develop the basic C programming for embedded
application. This course highlights the general interfacing techniques and concepts through
peripheral’s data representation from input/output, and memory usage in the microcontroller
in embedded C.

Prerequisite
• 18MT330- Digital Electronics
• 18MT380 – Digital Electronics laboratory

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage***

Number in %
CO1 Explain about the basics of Assembly language and 25
Assembler for 8051
CO2 Develop knowledge about the C- Compiler and Building 25
tools for 8051
CO3 Design an Embedded system using the different interfacing 20
techniques with different peripherals.
CO4 Develop Knowledge about the integrated peripherals of 15
other 8-bit Microcontroller architecture.
CO5 Design and Development software Framework using IDE 15
*** Weightage depends on Bloom’s Level, number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Profici (X.Y.Z)
ency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.1,2.2,2.3,4.5.1,3.1,3.2,3.3
Response
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.1,2.2,.2.3,4.4.1, 3.1,3.2,3.3
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3,4.4,4.5.4, 3.1,3.2,3.3
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,1.3, 3.1,3.2,3.3
Complex
CO5 TPS4 Analyse Organise Overt 4.3, 3.1,3.2,3.3
Responses

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 153 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 L L M L L M
CO2 M S M M M M L M
CO3 S S S S L M
CO4 S S
CO5 S S M L L M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember - -
Understand 50 50
Apply 50 50
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Miniproject /Assignment/Practical Component

Perception Practical component
Set Practical component
Guided Response Mini Project
Mechanism Assignment
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping

No of
S.No Exercises / Experiments Cos
Hours.
Assembly Language Programming in 8051
1 Single Precision operations using Assembly 2 CO1
2 Double Precision operations using Assembly 2 CO1
Searching, sorting and memory operations using CO1
3 2
Assembly
C-programming in 8051
Introduction to Keil toolchain, compiling and building C CO2
4 2
Program with Timers
5 Port operations in 8051 using C. (input and output) 2 CO2
6 Serial Communication using 8051 with PC 2 CO2
Interfacing with 8051
7 Interfacing ADC with 8051 2 CO3
8 Interfacing LCD with 8051 2 CO3
9 Design of Temperature Logging system using 8051 2 CO3
AVR programming
10 Introduction to Arduino with ATMEGA328P 2 CO4
11 ADC programming using ATMEGA328P 2 CO4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 154 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

12 PWM programming using ATMEGA328P 2 CO4

13 Serial communication between Two Microcontroller. 2 CO5
14 Study on I2C protocol and SPI. 2 CO5

Learning Resources
1. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and C 2nd Edition,
Pearson, Muhammed Ali Mazidi. 2007
2. The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edition, Kenneth J. Ayala.2007, Cengage publications.
3. AVR Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using Assembly and C:using Arduino
uno and atmel studio, Muhammed Ali Mazidi, sepehr naimi and Armad naimi, 2017.
4. PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems: Using assembly and C for PIC 18, 1e,
Muhammed Ali Mazidi 2008

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Parthasarathi [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 03.05.2019 - 155 - Approved in 58th Academic Council Meeting on 15.06.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit
18CHAB0 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
AC 2 0 0 0

Preamble
On the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to explain the basic
features and fundamental principles of Constitution of India. The Constitution of India is the
supreme law of India. Parliament of India cannot make any law which violates the
Fundamental Rights enumerated under the Part III of the Constitution. The Parliament of
India has been empowered to amend the Constitution under Article 368, however, it cannot
use this power to change the “basic structure” of the constitution, which has been ruled and
explained by the Supreme Court of India in its historical judgments. The Constitution of India
reflects the idea of “Constitutionalism” – a modern and progressive concept historically
developed by the thinkers of “liberalism” – an ideology which has been recognized as one of
the most popular political ideology and result of historical struggles against arbitrary use of
sovereign power by state. The historic revolutions in France, England, America and
particularly European Renaissance and Reformation movement have resulted into
progressive legal reforms in the form of “constitutionalism” in many countries. The
Constitution of India was made by borrowing models and principles from many countries
including United Kingdom and America.
The Constitution of India is not only a legal document but it also reflects social, political and
economic perspectives of the Indian Society. It reflects India’s legacy of “diversity”. It has
been said that Indian constitution reflects ideals of its freedom movement; however, few
critics have argued that it does not truly incorporate our own AICTE Model Curriculum for
Mandatory Courses & Activities (Non-Credit) for Undergraduate Degree in Engineering &
Technology ancient legal heritage and cultural values. No law can be “static” and therefore
the Constitution of India has also been amended more than one hundred times. These
amendments reflect political, social and economic developments since the year 1950. The
Indian judiciary and particularly the Supreme Court of India has played an historic role as the
guardian of people. It has been protecting not only basic ideals of the Constitution but also
strengthened the same through progressive interpretations of the text of the Constitution.
The judicial activism of the Supreme Court of India and its historic contributions has been
recognized throughout the world and it gradually made it “as one of the strongest court in the
world”
Course Outcome:
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO1 Explain the meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism and Understand
Historical perspective of the Constitution of India
CO2 Explain the salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of Understand
India, scheme of the fundamental rights and the scheme of the
Fundamental Duties and its legal status
CO3 Explain the Directive Principles of State Policy, Federal structure and Understand
distribution of legislative and financial powers between the Union and
the States, and Parliamentary Form of Government in India
CO4 Explain the amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure, Understand
the historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India,
and Emergency Provisions.
CO5 Explain the Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India, Understand
Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality,
CO6 Explain the scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom Understand
under Article 19, and Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty
under Article 21

- 156 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019

 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M L - - - M - M - L - -
CO2 M L - - - M - M - L - -
CO3 M L - - - M - M - L - -
CO4 M L - - - M - M - L - -
CO5 M L - - - M - M - L - -
CO6 M L - - - M - M - L - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Syllabus
1. Meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism
2. Historical perspective of the Constitution of India
3. Salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of India
4. Scheme of the fundamental rights
5. The scheme of the Fundamental Duties and its legal status
6. The Directive Principles of State Policy – Its importance and implementation
7. Federal structure and distribution of legislative and financial powers between the
Union and the States
8. Parliamentary Form of Government in India – The constitution powers and status of
the President of India
9. Amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure
10. The historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India
11. Emergency Provisions : National Emergency, President Rule, Financial Emergency
12. Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India
13. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality
14. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom under Article 19
15. Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty under Article 21
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment
Seminar
Bloom’s category Tests
1 2 -
Remember 40 40 0
Understand 60 60 100
Apply 0 0 0
Analyze 0 0 0
Evaluate 0 0 0
Create 0 0 0
References
1. Durga Das Basu, ‘Introduction to The Constitution of India’, LexisNexis Butterworths
Wadhwa, 20th Edition, Reprint 2011.
2. Constitution of India, National Portal of India, Web link: https://www.india.gov.in/my-
government/constitution-india
Course Designers:

1. Adapted from AICTE Model Curriculum for Undergraduate Degree Courses in

Engineering & Technology, Volume-II, January 2018.

- 157 - Approved in 57th Academic Council Meeting on 05.01.2019

 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Fifth Semester

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 158 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT510 CONTROL SYSTEM
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
A Control system consists of interconnected components to achieve desired objective. It is an
interconnection of components forming a system configuration that will provide a desired
system response. The basis for analysis of a system is the foundation provided by linear
system theory, which assumes a cause-effect relationship for the components of a system.
The input-output relationship represents the cause-and-effect relationship of the process,
which in turn represents a processing of the input signal to provide an output signal variable,
often with a power amplification.

A closed-loop control system utilizes an additional measure of the actual output to compare
the actual output with the desired output response. Time domain and frequency domain
performance specifications are studied in this course. Compensator design using Lag, Lead,
and Lead Lag is studied. Design of PID controller and its Digital implementation is also studied
in this course. The aim of this course is to provide basic knowledge about the fundamentals
of control system and digital control.
Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Develop a Mathematical model for physical Systems 20

Investigate the Performance Specification of Control
CO2 30
system using Time domain techniques
Investigate the Performance Specification of Control
CO3 30
system using Frequency domain techniques
Select the suitable compensator to improve the performance
CO4 10
of control systems
CO5 Design a PID controller using Z-N Tuning technique. 5
Determine the system Observability and controllability using
CO6 5
state space approach
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

CO
Proficiency Components
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2,
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.4.3, 2.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 4.3.3, 4.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 4.3.3, 4.4.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 159 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,

CO4 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 4.3.3, 4.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO6 TPS2 Understand Respond -
2.4.4

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M - - - - - - - - - S S
CO2 S M M - M - - - M M - - S S
CO3 S M M - M - - - M M - - S S
CO4 S M M - - - - - - - - - S S
CO5 S M M - M - - - M M - - S S
CO6 M L L - - - - - - - - - S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 20 20 20 - - - 20
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment I & II
Mechanism Assignment III - PID controller tuning using MATLAB
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Compare Open loop System and Closed Loop system
2. Derive the Transfer function for DC Motor
3. Determine the overall transfer function for the system shown below.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 160 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Draw root locus for the following system G(s)=k/s2(.5s+1).

2. Determine the time domain specifications for the damping ratio = 0.6 and natural
frequency = 5 rad/sec.
3. Construct the Routh array and determine the stability of the system whose
characteristic
equation is s6 + 2 s5 + 8s4 + 12 s3 + 20 s2 + 16 s + 16 = 0. Also determine the number
of roots lying on right half of s-plane.
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Increased track densities for computer disk drives necessitate careful design of the
head positioning control. The transfer function is . Plot the polar plot for this system
when k=4. Calculate the phase and magnitude at ω=0.5, 1, 2.
2. Determine the phase margin and gain margin for the same. Sketch the bode plot of
the transfer function and determine the system gain K for the gain cross over frequency
to be 5 rad/sec G(s) = K/(1+0.2s) (1+0.02s).
3. List the frequency domain specifications.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. State the need for Compensation.
2. Consider the unity feedback system whose open loop transfer function is
K
G( S ) =
S (S + 3)(S + 6)
Design a Lag-Lead Compensator to meet the following specifications
i. Velocity error constant Kv = 80
ii. Phase Margin >= 35 Degree
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Explain about Ziegler Nichols tuning of PID controller.
2. State the Ziegler Nichols rule.
3. Write the methodology to implement PID controller.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Define Controllability and Observability
2. Compare the Transfer function methods and State space method
3. Explain the procedure for state space to transfer function
Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 161 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus
Systems representation: Basic elements in control systems - open loop and closed loop
– introduction to nonlinear system - introduction to Laplace transform - Transfer functions
of mechanical, electrical and analogous systems - Block diagram reduction - signal flow
graphs.

Time response analysis: Time response - Time domain specifications -Types of test
inputs, First and Second order system response -Steady state error, error constants,
generalized error coefficient - Stability concept and definition - Characteristic equation -
Location of poles - Routh Hurwitz criterion - Root locus techniques: construction.

Frequency domain analysis: Frequency response methods -Bode plots - Polar plot -
Nyquist stability criterion.

Compensator and controller design: Design of lag, lead, lag lead series compensator
(using Bode plot), PID Controller design: Effect of Kp, Ki, Kd- Ziegler Nichols Tuning.

State space analysis: State equation – Solutions, Realization, Controllability,

Observability - State space to transfer function conversion, transfer function to state space
conversion, Pole placement.

Learning Resources
1. Norman S. Nise, “Control System Engineering”, 6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2018
2. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, New Age International
Publisher, New Delhi, 2018
3. Nagoor Kani A, “Control systems”, RBA Publications, 2017
4. M. Gopal, Digital “Control and State Variable Methods”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017
5. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, 4th Edition, Pearson Edition, 2010
6. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H. Bishop, “Modern Control Systems” 13th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2017.
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108107115/
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102043/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Systems representation
Basic elements and open loop and closed loop
1.1 systems - introduction to nonlinear system and Laplace 1 CO1
transform
1.2 Transfer functions of mechanical systems 1 CO1
1.3 Transfer functions of electrical systems 1 CO1
1.4 Transfer functions of analogous systems 2 CO1
1.5 Block diagram reduction technique 2 CO1
1.6 signal flow graphs technique 2 CO1
2 Time response analysis
2.1 Time domain specifications 1 CO2
2.2 Types of Test input, First order system response 1 CO2
2.3 Second order system response 1 CO2
Steady state error, error constants, generalized error
2.4 1 CO2
coefficient

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 162 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.5 Stability, Characteristic equation 1 CO2

2.6 Routh Hurwitz criterion 2 CO2
2.7 Root locus techniques 2 CO2
3 Frequency domain analysis:
3.1 Bode plots 2 CO3
3.2 Polar plot 2 CO3
3.3 Nyquist stability criterion. 2 CO3
4 Compensator and controller design
4.1 Lag Compensator design 2 CO4
4.2 Lead Compensator design 2 CO4
4.3 Lag Lead Compensator Design 2 CO4
4.4 Effect of Kp, Ki, Kd- Ziegler Nichols Tuning 2 CO5
5 State space analysis
5.1 State equation – Solutions 1 CO6
5.2 Controllability, Observability 1 CO6
5.3 transfer function to State space conversion 1 CO6
State space to transfer function conversion Pole
5.4 1 CO6
placement
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. S. Manikandan [email protected]
2 Mr. A. Prakash [email protected]
3 Mr M.A Ganesh [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 163 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT520 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Today’s highly increasing competitiveness over the industry demands high quality and most
consistent products with a competitive price. To address this challenge number of industries
considering various new product designs and integrated manufacturing techniques in parallel
with the use of automated devices. One of the remarkable and influential moves for getting
the solutions of above mentioned challenge is the industrial automation. Industrial automation
facilitates to increase the product quality, reliability and production rate while reducing
production and design cost by adopting new, innovative and integrated technologies and
services. Industrial Automation is the replacement with computers and machines to that of
human thinking. Industrial automation deals with the set of technologies and automatic control
devices that results the automatic operation and control of industrial processes and machines
without significant human intervention and achieving superior performance than manual
control. These automation devices include PLCs, HMI, SCADA etc. and technologies include
various industrial communication systems.

Prerequisite
• 18MT220 - Electrical Machines
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Interpret the selection and programming methods of
CO1 different automation components like PLC, SCADA, DCS 20
and communication buses.
Illustrate the construction, working and control strategies of
CO2 20
different industrial drives and valves.
Design pneumatic and Electro pneumatic circuits for given
CO3 20
industrial applications.
Design Hydraulic and proportional hydraulic circuits for
CO4 10
given industrial applications.
Construct a program using PLC and communication
CO5 20
protocols to solve problems relate to industry 4.0.
Select suitable automation system for given Industrial
CO6 10
application.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficienc
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
y Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1,1.2
Response
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 164 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3.1,2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,
2.4.6,2.5.4
2.1.1,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - L L - - - - - - - - L L -
CO2 - L L - - - - - - - - L L -
CO3 S S S M S - - - - - - M M M
CO4 S S M S S - - - - - - M S M
CO5 M M M M S - - - - - - M S S
CO6 L S S M S - - - - - - S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 60 40 20 - - - 40
Apply 20 40 60 100 100 100 40
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception Simulation of Machines Operation
Set Working Demonstration
Guided Response Flipped classroom, Active Learning
Techniques.
Mechanism Mini projects
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Explain parts of PLC with neat diagram.
2. Define I/O Modules of PLC.
3. Explain the components of SCADA System.
4. Explain the I/O Interfacing Method of PLC.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Explain the use of pressure control valve in hydraulic circuits.
2. List the types of directional control valves available in fluidic systems.
3. Explain the V/F method of speed control in Induction motor drive.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 165 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

4. Explain the elements of Servo control.

Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Design a sequential circuit using two cylinders with a sequence A+A-B+B-
2. Design a cascading circuit with a sequence A+B+B-A-
3. Design a proportional control system to control the cylinder position from 0 to 100mm
with a gradient of 5 mm.
4. Design a electro hydraulic circuit using double acting cylinder for a large drilling
machine.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Design a ladder and hardware connection diagram for forward-reverse running of 3-
phase Induction Motor with mutual interlock.
2. Write a PLC program to alternatively switch on and off a pump with a time delay of 5
sec. Also provide indication to show the on- off status of a pump.
3. Write a PLC program to start a second conveyor after a count of 10 pallets from first
conveyor.
4. Write a PLC program to control the speed of the induction motor using PLC and VFD
drive.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Design a hydraulic sequence circuit for controlling two cylinders with a logic of A+B+A-
B- using PLC.
2. Design a automated work cell to control two servo Motors in master/Slave mode using
PLC and Servo drive.
3. Design pneumatic cascade circuit for controlling two cylinders with logic of A+B+B-A-
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Select and explain the communication protocol for interconnecting pick and place
robot, CNC controller, ASRS system and conveyor in an automated work cell.
2. Select suitable sensors, controller and actuator for Automated Drain water purifying
system.
3. Illustrate the role of mobile hydraulics and proportional valves in Industrial 4.0
application
Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 166 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus

PLC Basics: Basics of Electrical control- Principles of Operation –Advantages and

Disadvantages of PLC - PLC Size and Application- The I/O Section -Discrete I/O Modules-
Analog I/O Modules-Special I/O Modules –I/O Specifications-Scanning cycle of PLC-The
CPU-Memory Design-Memory Types-Processor Memory Organization-I/O Interfacing.

Programming PLC: PLC Programming Languages-PLC Modes of Operation- Relay-Type

Instructions- Instruction Addressing-Branch Instructions Internal Relay Instructions
Programming EXAMINE IF CLOSED and EXAMINE IF OPEN Instructions- Designing a
Ladder Diagram for large process–Programming Timers-Programming counters-High Speed
Counter-Subroutine and Interrupt - Developing a PLC program for Machine, Process and
Motion control.

HMI and SCADA: HMI programming-Interfacing PLC with HMI. Basics of SCADA system-
SCADA key features - Remote terminal units (RTUs)-Typical requirements for an RTU system
- PLCs used as RTUs-Consideration and benefits of SCADA system-SCADA software
package-Selection of Profibus, Profinet, Sercos and OPC/UA.

Fluidic Power Automation: Fundamentals of Relays and Solenoids, Basics of hydraulic,

pneumatic drives and servo drives- benefits of fluidic drives-components of fluidic drive
systems-Actuators-Control valves Classification- Directional, Pressure, Flow, Proportional
and servo valves- Electro pneumatic circuit –Proportional Hydraulic circuits- Fluidic sequential
circuit design using classical, cascade and step counter methods.

Industrial Applications: Role of PLC in Industry 4.0 application, Applications of AC, DC and
servo drives in industrial automation, Application of Wireless Networks for Industrial
automation, Application of Pneumatic, Hydraulic circuits in Industrial automation.

Learning Resources
1. Frank D Petruzella, Programmable logic controllers, Fourth edition, McGraw Hill
higher education ,2016
2. Steve Mackay ,Edwin Wright MIPENZ, Deon Reynders, John Park“Practical
Industrial Data Networks -Design, Installation, trouble shooting”,IDC Technologies,
Australia.
3. Frank D petruzella, Electrical Motor and control systems, McGraw Hill higher education
,2010
4. Antony Esposito ,Fluid power with applications, Pearson publications,2017.
5. Rajesh Mehra, Vikrant Vij, PLCs & SCADA: Theory and Practice, Laxmi Publications-
2016.
6. Krishna Kant -Computer Based Industrial Control, EEE-PHI, 2nd edition, 2010.
7. Garry Dunning-Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers, 2nd edition, Thomson,
ISBN: 981-240-625-5.
8. W.Bolton- Programmable Logic Controllers, Sixth Edition (Paperback) ISBN-13: 978-
0128029299, 2012.
9. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102011/

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 167 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

CO’s No. of
No Topic
Lectures
1.0 PLC Basics
1.1 Basics of Electrical control-Parts of PLC, Principles of CO1 1
Operation, Advantages and Disadvantages of PLC.
1.2 PLC Size and Application- The I/O Section -Discrete I/O CO1 1
Modules
1.3 Analog I/O Modules-Special I/O Modules –I/O CO1 1
Specifications
1.4 Scanning cycle of PLC-The CPU-Memory Design-Memory CO2 1
Types- Processor Memory Organization, I/O interfacing.
2.0 Programming PLC
2.1 Processor Memory Organization- PLC Programming CO1
1
Languages- PLC Modes of Operation
2.2 Relay-Type Instructions- Instruction Addressing-Branch CO1
1
Instructions Internal Relay Instructions
2.3 Programming EXAMINE IF CLOSED and EXAMINE IF CO3
1
OPEN Instructions
2.4 Designing a ladder diagram for Large Process CO3 1
2.5 Programming Timers CO3 1
2.6 Subroutine and Interrupt Concepts CO3 1
2.6 Programming Counters-High speed counter. CO3 1
2.7 Developing a PLC program for Machine, Process and CO3 1
Motion control.
3.0 HMI and SCADA
3.1 HMI programming CO5 1
3.2 Interfacing PLC with HMI CO5 1
3.3 Basics of SCADA system-SCADA key features CO5 1
3.4 Remote terminal units (RTUs)-Typical requirements for an CO5
1
RTU
3.5 PLCs used as RTUs-Consideration and benefits of SCADA CO5
1
system
3.6 SCADA software package CO5 1
3.7 SCADA software package. Selection of Profibus, Profinet, CO5
1
Sercos and OPC/UA.
4.0 Fluidic Power Automation
4.1 Fundamentals of hydraulic and pneumatic drives CO2 1

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 168 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

CO’s No. of
No Topic
Lectures
4.2 Basic definitions and principles-benefits of fluidic drives CO2 1
4.3 Components of fluidic drive systems CO2 1
4.4 Control valves Classification-Pressure, Flow, Directional, CO2 2
Proportional and servo valves.
4.5 Fluidic actuators-Motors and Cylinders CO2 2
4.6 Basic Fluidic Circuits CO3,CO4 1
4.7 Electro pneumatic circuit CO2 2
4.8 Fluidic speed control circuits – Proportional Hydraulic CO4 2
circuits
4.9 Sequential circuit-manual, electro and proportional, CO3,CO4 2
Cascading circuit-manual and electrical control
5.0 Industrial Applications
5.1 Role of PLC in Industry 4.0 application CO6 1
5.2 Application of Wireless Networks for Industrial automation CO6 1
5.3 Application of Pneumatic, Hydraulic circuits in Industrial CO6 1
automation.
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 H. Ramesh [email protected]
2 S.Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 169 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT530 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Design of machine elements is the process of deriving a system, component or process to

meet desired needs. It is a decision-making process, in which the basic sciences, mathematics
and engineering sciences are applied to convert resources optimally to meet a stated
objective. Among the fundamental elements of the design process are the establishment or
objectives and criterion, synthesis, analysis, construction, testing and evaluation. Machine
Elements Design deals with the creation of machine element that goes into the making of a
machine as a product.

Prerequisite
• 18MT240 - Free Body Mechanics

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Compute the static and fatigue strength of mechanical

CO1 20
components.
CO2 Design the shafts for different loading conditions. 15
Design the Brake parametrically for different loading
CO3 5
conditions.
Select a suitable flat belt, V-belt and chain drive for given
CO4 20
loading condition
CO5 Select a suitable spur gear for given loading condition 10
Select a rolling contact bearing and sliding contact bearing
CO6 10
for given power transmission application.
CO7 Design of Bolts and power screw. 20
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

CO
Proficiency Components
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond -
2.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 4.3.3, 4.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 4.3.3, 4.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 4.3.3, 4.4.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 170 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,

CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO7 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M M L - - - - - S - - - M M
CO2 S S S - - - - - S - - - S S
CO3 S S M - - - - - S - - - S S
CO4 S S M - - - - - S - - - S S
CO5 S S M - - - - - S - - - S S
CO6 S S M - - - - - S - - - S S
CO7 S S M - - - - - S - - - S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 50 50 50 100 100 100 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism -
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. The load on a bolt consists of an axial pull of 10 kN together with a transverse shear
force of 5 kN. Find the diameter of bolt required according to
a. Maximum principal stress theory.
b. Maximum shear stress theory.
c. Maximum principal strain theory.
d. Maximum strain energy theory.
e. Maximum distortion energy theory.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 171 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Determine the diameter of a circular rod made of ductile material with a fatigue strength
(complete stress reversal), σ-1= 265 MPa and a tensile yield strength of 350 MPa. The
member is subjected to a varying axial load from Wmin = 300 × 103 N to Wmax = 700 ×
103 N and has a stress concentration factor = 1.8. Use factor of safety as 2.0.

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. A solid circular shaft is subjected to a bending moment of 3000 N-m and a torque of
10000 N-m. The shaft is made of 45C8 steel having ultimate tensile stress of 700 MPa
and a ultimate shear stress of 500 MPa. Assuming a factor of safety as 6, determine
the diameter of the shaft.
2. Design the rectangular key for a shaft of 50mm diameter. The shearing and crushing
stresses for the key material are 42MPa and 70MPa.

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Design a bushed-pin type flexible coupling for connecting a motor shaft to a pump shaft
for the following service conditions: Power to be transmitted = 40 kW ; speed of the
motor shaft = 1000 r.p.m.; diameter of the motor shaft = 50 mm ; diameter of the pump
shaft = 45 mm. The bearing pressure in the rubber bush and allowable stress in the
pins are to be limited to 0.45 N/mm2 and 25 MPa respectively.

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Design a fabric belt to transmit 15kW at 480rpm, from an engine to a line shaft at
1200rpm. The diameter of engine pulley is 600mm and centre distance between the
pulley is 2m.

2. Design a V-belt drive and calculate the actual belt tension and average stress for the
following data. Driven pulley diameter, D= 500 mm, driver pulley diameter, d=150 mm,
center distance c=925 mm, speed n1 = 1000 rpm, n2 = 300 rpm and power, P = 7.5
kW.

3. Designs a chain drive to actuate a compressor from a 12 kW electric motor at 900 rpm,
the compressor begin 250 rpm. Minimum centre distance should be 500 mm; the chain
tension may be adjusted by shifting the motor on rails. The compressor is to work 8
hour/day te the need for Compensation.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. A motor shaft rotating at 1500 rpm has to transmit 15kW to a low speed shaft with a
speed reduction of 3:1. Assume starting torque to be 25% higher than the running
torque. The teeth are 20°involutes with 25 teeth on the pinion. Both the pinion and gear
are made of C45 steel. Design a spur gear drive to suit the above conditions and check
for compressive and bending stresses and plastic deformations. Also sketch the spur
gear drive.

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Design a journal bearing for a centrifugal pump from the following data: Load on the
journal = 20 000 N; Speed of the journal = 900 r.p.m. Type of oil is SAE 10, for which
the absolute viscosity at 55°C = 0.017 kg / m-s; Ambient temperature of oil = 15.5°C;
Maximum bearing pressure for the pump = 1.5 N / mm2.Calculate also mass of the
lubricating oil required for artificial cooling, if rise of temperature of oil be limited to
10°C. Heat dissipation coefficient = 1232 W/m2/°C.

2. A full journal bearing of 50 mm diameter and 100 mm long has a bearing pressure of
1.4 N/mm2. The speed of the journal is 900 r.p.m. and the ratio of journal diameter to

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 172 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

the diametral clearance is 1000. The bearing is lubricated with oil whose absolute
viscosity at the operating temperature of 75°C may be taken as 0.011 kg/m-s. The
room temperature is 35°C. Find 1. The amount of artificial cooling required, and 2.The
mass of the lubricating oil required, if the difference between the outlet and inlet
temperature of the oil is 10°C. Take specific heat of the oil as 1850 J / kg / °C.

Course Outcome 7 (CO7):

1. A double threaded power screw, with ISO metric trapezoidal threads is used to raise a
load of 300 kN. The nominal diameter is 100 mm and the pitch is 12mm. The coefficient
of friction at the screw threads is 0.15. Neglecting collar friction, calculate
(i) torque required to raise the load
(ii) torque required to lower the load and
(iii) efficiency of the screw

2. Determine the diameter of ball in a linear motion guide way of length 60mm consisting
of 12balls, when the maximum pressure acting on guide way is 5000N/mm2.Assume
K=0.6N/mm2.

Concept Map

Syllabus
Machine Design Concepts: Machine Elements, Procedure for design of machine
elements, Basic requirements of machine elements, Preferred Numbers, Engineering
materials-its properties and selection, Stress, Strain, Torsion, Bending, Variable stress,
Factor of safety, Theories of failure.
Design of Rotating elements and Brakes: Shafts, Shafts subjected to twisting moment,
combined Bending and twisting moment with axial loads. Design of Keys for shafts.
Design of brake.
Design of Mechanical drives: Drives classification, selection of Flat belt drive, selection
of V belt Drive, Design of chain drive, Design of Spur gear.
Design of Bearings: Introduction, Classification, select of sliding contact bearing and
rolling contact bearing.
Design of Linear motion elements: Introduction, Design of bolts and power screws,

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 173 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Design of guide ways.

Learning Resources
1. V.B. Bhandari, “Design of machine elements”, Fourth edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2017.
2. Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Misucke, “ Mechanical Engineering Design”,
Tenth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
3. Robert L. Norton, “Machine Design: An integrated Approach”, Third edition, Prentice
Hall,2005.
4. Sundarajamoorthy T.V. and Shanmugam. N, “Machine Design”, Anuradha
Publications, 2003.
5. K. Ganesh Babu, K.Srithar, “Design of machine Elements”, MCGraw Hill Education,
2009.
6. Hall, Holowenko and Laughin, “Theory and Problems of Machine Design”, Tata
McGraw Hill Company, 2002.
7. Sharma P. C, and Agarwal D.K, “Machine design”, S.K. Kataria and Sons, New
Delhi, 2000.
8. M. F. Spotts, T. E. Shoup, “Design of Machine Elements”, Eighth Edition, Pearson
9. Education Asia, 2006.
10. Amit U Pawar, Apurav A Wagh and D U Patil, ”Design of Linear Motion Guideways”,
International journal of Engineering Research and Science & Technology, Vol.2, No.
4, 2015.
11. PSG, “Design Data Book”, 2015.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Machine design Concepts
1.1 Machine elements 1 CO1
1.2 Procedure for design of machine elements 1 CO1
Basic requirements of machine elements, Preferred
1.3 1 CO1
numbers
1.4 Engineering materials- Its properties and selection 1 CO1
1.5 Stress, Strain, Torsion 1 CO1
1.6 Bending, variable stress, Factor of safety 1 CO1
1.7 Theories of failure 2 CO1
2 Rotating Elements and Brakes
Shafts, Shafts subjected to Twisting moment and
2.1 1 CO2
Combined Bending and Twisting moment
Shafts subjected to Combined Bending and Twisting
2.2 moment with axial loads 2 CO2
2.3 Design of Keys for shafts 2 CO2
2.4 Design of Brake 2 CO3
3 Design of Mechanical drives
3.1 Drives introduction and its classification 1 CO4
3.2 Selection of Flat belt drive 2 CO4
3.3 Selection of V belt drive 2 CO4
3.4 Design of chain drive 2 CO4
3.5 Design of spur gear 3 CO5
4 Design of Bearings
4.1 Introduction and classification 2 CO6

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 174 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

select of sliding contact bearing and rolling contact

4.2 2 CO6
bearing.
5 Design of Linear motion elements
5.1 Introduction 1 CO7
5.2 Design of bolts 2 CO7
5.3 Design of power screws 2 CO7
5.4 Design of Guide ways 2 CO7
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. M. Palaninatha Raja [email protected]
2 Dr. G. Kanagaraj [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 175 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT560 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
HSS 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Engineering profession involves lots of decision making. The decisions may range from
operation to non-operation. For taking decisions of these kinds an engineer needs among
other things data about the organization’s routine operations and non-routine operations.
Accounting is a science which provides all the data by recording, classifying, summarizing and
interpreting the various transactions taking place in an organization and thereby helps an
engineer in taking vital decisions in an effective manner. Finance is an allied but a separate
field relying on accounting, and enables engineers in taking useful financial and cost related
decisions by providing well defined concepts, tools and techniques.

Prerequisite
• NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

Prepare financial statements and analyze them with

CO1 common size statements, comparative statements and 15
trend percentage methods.
Prepare apportionment of overheads and cost sheet for the
CO2 15
given direct and indirect costs.
Calculate various functional budgets and cash budget for
CO3 20
manufacturing applications.
Calculate material, labour and overhead cost variance by
CO4 15
identify the reasons for the variances.
Calculate the break even points and margin of safety from
CO5 15
the given statement.
Compute the capital budgeting decisions by using pay back,
CO6 accounting rate of return, net present value and internal rate 20
of return methods.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
1.1.1, 2.1.1,2.1.2,2.4.4,4.2.2,
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.4.5,4.5.5
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.1.1,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.4.4,4.5.5, 4.5.6
1.1.1, 2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.4,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.1.5,2.4.4,4.2.2, 4.5.5 ,4.5.6
1.1.1,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.4,2.1.5,2.4.4,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.2.2, 4.5.5 ,4.5.6

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 176 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.1.1,1.2.7,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.4,2.1.5
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
,2.4.4,4.2.2, 4.5.5 ,4.5.6
1.1.1,1.2.7,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.4.4,4.2.2, 4.5.5 ,4.5.6

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M S L - - - - - - - S - - -
CO2 M S L - - - - - - - S - - -
CO3 M S L - - - - - - - S M - -
CO4 M S L - - - - - - - S - - -
CO5 M S L - - - - - - - S M - -
CO6 M S L - - - - - - - S M - -
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 50 50 50 100 100 100* 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

* Software analysis based Assignment.

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Assignment / Quiz / Software

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment I & II
Mechanism QUIZ/ Software Analysis/DPR presentation
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):

1. Define Accounting?
2. Give the financing functions?
3. From the following Trial balance of Excellent & co on 31st March 2005 you are required
to prepare the trading and profit and loss account and a balance sheet as on that date.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 177 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Ledger Balances Amount in Ledger balances Amount in

Rs. Rs.
Opening stock 500 Commission received 200
Bills receivable 2250 Purchases returns 250
Purchases 19500 Trade expenses 100
Wages 1400 Office fixtures 500
Insurance 550 Cash in hand 250
Sundry debtors 15000 Cash at bank 2375
Carriage inward 400 Rent and taxes 550
Commission paid 400 Carriage outward 725
Interest on capital 350 Sales 25000
Stationery 225 Bills payable 1500
Sales return 650 Sundry creditors 9825
Capital 8950
The closing stock was valued at Rs.12,500.

Course Outcome 2 (CO2):

1. Explain the various elements of cost.

2. From the following details prepare a cost sheet for the production of 5000 units for the
month of Jan 2005.
Cost particulars Amount
in Rs
Stock of raw-materials on 1.01.2005 10,000
Stock of finished goods on 31.01.2005 12,000
Materials purchased 25,000
Carriage inwards 1500
Direct expenses 700
Factory Rent 1000
Office rent 2000
Depreciation : factory 900
Office 600
Repairs and maintenance: factory 900
Office 600
Lighting : Factory 450
Office 750
Manager’s salary 3500
Printing and stationery 1000
Telephone charges 1250
General expenses 800
Salesmen commission 650
Advertising 1250
Opening stock of work-in-process (1.01.2005) 2000
Opening stock of finished goods (1.01.2005) 3000
Closing stock of work-in-process (31.01.2005) 4000
Closing stock of finished goods (31.01.2005) 5000

Course Outcome 3 (CO3):

1. Explain the various types of budgets

2. Explain the procedure for preparing cash budget
3. Prepare cash budget for the months of March, April, May and June for the following
information with the opening balance on March 1st being Rs.25, 000

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 178 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Months Sales Purchases Wages Office Selling R&D

Exp. Exp. exp.
Jan 120000 80000 1200 2500 1800 1600
Feb 125000 82000 1300 2600 2000 1720
March 120000 78000 1400 2750 2100 1640
April 130000 85000 1400 2750 1900 1680
May 140000 90000 1300 2600 2000 1760
June 135000 86000 1350 2700 2000 1800

Second Call money on shares to be received in May Rs.20000

Expected income from investments Rs.5000 in March
Dividends of Rs.3000 to be received in April
Machinery expected to sell for Rs. 10000 for cash in April
Dividend to be paid in May for Rs.6000
Delay in paying….. wages, office expenses one month
Selling expenses 1 / 4 month
R &d expenses 1/8 month
Credit allowed by suppliers one month
Credit allowed for customers 20% on sales immediately and remaining in two equal
installments in subsequent months
Machinery purchased in May for Rs.2, 00,000.

Course Outcome 4(CO4):

1. Explain the standard costing.

2. From the following identify the Material cost, Price and Usage variances for an input of
100kgs of raw material, standard output expected was 75 units. Quantity of materials
purchased during the period was 3003 Kgs for Rs.9000. Standard rate per unit is Rs.2.80.
Opening stock of raw materials is 201Kgs and stock at the end was 400 Kgs. Actual output
during the period was 2100 units (Stock of materials assumed at Rs.4).
Course Outcome 5(CO5):

1. Define marginal cost.

2. Explain the marginal cost statement.
3. For the given cost, identify the BEP in units, BEP in values, Margin of safety and profit of
a given system.
Variable cost = Rs.100 per unit, Sales for the year 2018 = Rs.150 per unit and fixed cost =
Rs.50000.
Course Outcome 6(CO6):
1. Explain capital budgeting.
2. Compare IRR and ARR.
3. PSG mills Ltd., is considering two mutually exclusive proposals A and B.

Particulars Year Proposal A (in Rs.) Proposal B (in Rs.)

Expected cash outlay 0 2,25,000 3,75,000
Expected cash flows 1 1,50,000 2,50,000
2 1,00,000 2,00,000
3 75,000 1,25,000

Assuming a discount rate of 10% suggest which proposal can be accepted?

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 179 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Financial Accounting - Introduction and Definition -Functions of accounting -Concepts and
conventions of accounting -Financial statements and their analysis
Cost Accounting - Meaning and importance -Cost-Elements of cost-Cost classification -
Overheads –Allocation and apportionment of overheads - Preparation of Cost sheet-
Conventional Vs activity based costing -Cost drivers and their impact on costs of production
Budget and Budgetary control- Introduction-Meaning -objectives of budgetary control -
Preliminaries for operation of budgetary control-Budget-Types of budgets and their
preparation -Standard costing-Meaning and definition-Importance -Variance analysis-
calculation of material, labour and overhead variances.
Profit Volume Analysis – Cost – Volume ratio analysis - Marginal cost, Marginal cost
statement and total cost -Break Even Analysis - Margin of Safety - Applications of Break Even
Analysis.
Finance -Introduction and Definition-Objectives of financing-Profit maximization vs wealth
maximization -Functions of finance-Capital Budgeting - Introduction-Meaning and Definition-
Importance –process of capital budgeting - Appraisal of capital budgeting decisions
Working capital - Meaning and definition-Importance-Factors influencing working capital-
components of working capital -Estimation of working capital requirements
Accounting software for balance sheet, Budgeting, Break even Analysis(only for hands on).

Learning Resources
1. M.C.Shukla, T.S.Grewal, S.C.Gupta: “Advanced Accounts-volume-I”, Reprint, S.Chand&
Company Ltd. 2017.
2. S.N.Maheswari, “Financial Management,principles and practices”, Sultan Chand &
Company Ltd. 2013.
3. P.S.BoopathiManickam, “Financial and Management Accounting” PSG Publications, 2009.
4. Prasanna Chandra, “Financial Management-Theory and Practice”. Sixth Reprint, Tata
McGraw-Hill publishing company Limited, 2015.
5. RamachandraAryasri, A, RamanaMoorthy, V.V, “Engineering Economics and financial
Accounting”, Tata McGraw hill, 2007.
6. S.N.Maheswari, “Advanced accountancy” Vikas publishing, 2007.
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/101/110101132/
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/101/110101131/
9. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107127/

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 180 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1.0 Financial Accounting
1.1 Introduction and Definition 1 CO1
1.2 Functions of accounting 1 CO1
1.3 Concepts and conventions of accounting 1 CO1
1.4 Financial statements CO1
1.4.1 Comparative statement 2 CO1
1.4.2 Common size statement 1 CO1
1.4.3 Trend percentage 1 CO1
2.0 Cost Accounting
2.1 Meaning and importance 1 CO2
2.2 Cost-Elements of cost-Cost classification 1 CO2
2.3 Overheads – Allocation and apportionment of overheads 1 CO2
2.4 Preparation of Cost sheet 2 CO2
2.5 Conventional Vs Activity based costing 1 CO2
2.6 Cost drivers and their impact on costs of production 1 CO2
2.7 Budget and Budgetary control CO3
2.7.1 Introduction-Meaning -objectives of budgetary control 1 CO3
2.7.2 Preliminaries for operation of budgetary control 1 CO3
2.7.3 Budget-Types of budgets and their preparation 2 CO3
2.8 Standard costing CO3
2.8.1 Meaning and definition-Importance 1 CO3
2.8.2 Variance analysis-calculation of material, labour and 1
CO4
overhead variances.
2.8.3 Calculation of material, labour and overhead variances. 1 CO4
3.0 Profit Volume Analysis
3.1 Marginal cost, Marginal cost statement and total cost 1 CO5
3.2 Break Even Analysis 1 CO5
3.3 Margin of Safety 1 CO5
3.4 Applications of Break Even Analysis 1 CO5
4.0 Finance
4.1 Introduction and Definition 1 CO6
4.2 Objectives of financial management 1 CO6
4.3 Functions of finance 1 CO6
4.4 Capital Budgeting CO6
4.4.1 Introduction-Meaning and Definition-Importance 1 CO6
4.4.2 Appraisal of capital budgeting decisions 1 CO6
4.4.3 Payback Period, ARR 2 CO6
4.4.4 NPV, IRR and PI methods 2 CO6
5 Accounting software for balance sheet, Budgeting, Break 2
CO6
even Analysis.
5.1 DPR Presentation (only for Assignment) 1 CO6
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 H.Ramesh [email protected]
2 M.M.Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 181 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT570 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble

Industrial automation is the use of computer and machinery aided systems to operate
the various industrial operations in a well-controlled manner. Depends on the operations
involved, the industrial automation systems are majorly classified into two types, namely
process plant automation and manufacturing automation. Earlier the purpose of automation
was to increase productivity and to reduce the cost associated with human operators.
However, today, the focus of automation has shifted to increasing quality and flexibility in a
manufacturing process.
In industrial automation control, a wide number of process variables such as
temperature, flow, pressure, distance, and liquid levels can be sensed simultaneously. All
these variables are acquired, processed and controlled by complex microprocessor systems
or PC based data processing controllers. The automated system needs special dedicated
hardware and software products for implementing control and monitoring systems. In recent
years, the number of such products has been developed from various vendors which providing
their specializing software and hardware products. This course provides the practical skills on
automation technologies which enable the students to design and develop the automated
systems to meet out the requirements of digital manufacturing.

Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Design and Verify the function of hydraulic and pneumatic

CO1 25
circuits.
Build programmable logic control for mechanical, hydraulic,
CO2 45
pneumatic and electrical systems.
CO3 Develop algorithm for Motion control applications 10
Develop graphical user interface for industrial applications
CO4 5
using HMI.
Develop graphical user interface for industrial applications
CO5 5
using SCADA.
CO6 Program PLC for robot and Numerical Control. 10
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 182 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE CDIO Curricular Components

Learning Domain Level
CO Proficie (X.Y.Z)
# ncy
Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.4.5,2.5.3,3.1.1,
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.5,3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.4.1,4.4.2,4.
51,4.5.3,4.5.4
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.4.5,2.5.3,3.1.1,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.5,3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.4.1,4.4.2,4.
51,4.5.3,4.5.4
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.4.5,2.5.3,3.1.1,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.5,3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.4.1,4.4.2,4.
51,4.5.3,4.5.4
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.4.5,2.5.3,3.1.1,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.5,3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.4.1,4.4.2,4.
51,4.5.3,4.5.4
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.4.5,2.5.3,3.1.1,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.5,3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.4.1,4.4.2,4.
51,4.5.3,4.5.4
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.4.5,2.5.3,3.1.1,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.5,3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.4.1,4.4.2,4.
51,4.5.3,4.5.4

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M - - - - - L - - M S -
CO2 S M M - - - - - L - - M S -
CO3 S M M - M M - - M - - M S M
CO4 S M M - M M - - M M - S S M
CO5 S M M - M M - - S M - S S M
CO6 S M M - M M - - S M M S S M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination

Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical

Component
Perception Simulator to physically understand functions of
devices.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 183 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Set --
Guided Response Exercises for programming all automation
devices
Mechanism Mini project –Solving real time industrial issues
using automation technologies.
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

List of Experiments / Activities with CO Mapping

Sl. No. of
Exercises / Experiments Cos
No. Hours
Design, Simulation and Implementation of Hydraulic
Circuits
a. Design and Simulation of Manual and Electro
Hydraulics circuits.
1 b. Design and Implementation of Manual and Electro 4 CO1,CO2
Hydraulics circuits with Trainer kit.
c. Design and Implementation of Proportional hydraulics
circuits using trainer kit.
d. Implementation of hydraulics circuits using PLC.
(4 exercises)
Design, Simulation and Implementation of Pneumatic
Circuits
a. Design and Simulation of Manual and Electro
2 pneumatic circuits. 2 CO1,CO2
b. Design and Implementation of Manual and Electro
pneumatic circuits with Trainer kit.
(2 exercises)
Exercises using PLC Bit logic Functions
3 2 CO2
(2 Exercises)
Exercises using PLC Timer functions
4 2 CO2
(2 Exercises)
Exercises using PLC Counter Functions
5 2 CO2
(2 Exercises)
Exercises using PLC Move Function and arithmetic
6 function 2 CO2
(2 Exercises)
PLC Functions and Function blocks
7 2 CO2
(1 Exercise)
8 Programming PLC Analog module 1 CO2
9 Programming with HMI and SCADA 2 CO4,CO5
10 Programming PLC-IOT module 1 CO2
Motion control programming for Industrial Robot
11 2 CO3,CO6
applications
12 PLC program for Numerical control applications. 2 CO2,CO3,CO6
13 Industrial automation Mini Project. - CO1 to CO6
TOTAL 24

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 184 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Learning Resources

1. “Indra Works 14VRS PLC Programming System Indra Logic 2G” published by
Bosch Rexroth Edition7- Application Description -R911343571,2019.
2. “Learn-/Training Document –S71200”, Siemens TIA Portal Module 011-001, Edition
09/2017 | Digital Factory, DF FA.
3. S7-1500 Getting Started manual, Siemens 05/2014, A5E03981761-AC.
4. KARL-HEINZ JOHN, Programming Industrial automation systems, Springer, 1995.
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 H Ramesh [email protected]
2 S Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 185 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT580 DYNAMICS AND CONTROL LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble

Dynamic response of a system is often a key factor in system’s overall performance. The
design of modern, quiet and efficient engineering systems requires a good understanding of
dynamic response. Dynamics is the field of engineering concerned with predicting, measuring
and analysing the behaviour responses such as force, torque, speed, mass, velocity and
acceleration.
Control engineering concerns the design of automatic systems to control the behaviour of
machines and processes. Effective control system design is critical in achieving optimal
performance from machines and processes, and is dependent on a good understanding of the
dynamics of the system that is to be controlled. Therefore, understanding the natural link
between the fields of dynamics and control plays a vital role in modern engineering systems.

Prerequisite
• 18MT320 - Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Infer the force, torque and gyroscope effect in rotating
CO1 10
machinery
Test and observe the longitudinal, transverse and torsional
CO2 20
vibrations so as to avoid resonance
Interpret the effect of unbalanced reciprocating and rotating
CO3 20
masses
Compare the Responses of First order and second order
CO4 10
systems
Compare the effect of Compensation, addition of poles,
CO5 10
addition of zeros to the closed loop transfer function
CO6 Design a controller for the physical systems 30
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE CDIO Curricular Components

CO Learning Domain Level
Proficiency (X.Y.Z)
#
Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.2.1,
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.4.7, 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.5,
Response
3.2.3, 3.3.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.5
1.1, 1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4.7, 3.1.1,
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.2.3, 3.3.1,
Response
4.3.2, 4.5.5
1.1, 1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4.7, 3.1.1,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.2.3, 3.3.1,
4.3.2, 4.5.5
1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.2.1,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.7, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 4.5.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 186 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.2.1,

CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.7, 3.2.3, 3.3.1
1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.5,
Complex
2.2.1, 2.2.4, 2.4.5, 2.4.7,
CO6 TPS4 Analyse Organise Overt
3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.2.3,
Responses
3.2.6, 3.3.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M - L - - - - M L - - L M
CO2 S M - L - - - - M L - - L M
CO3 S M L L - - - - M L - - L M
CO4 S M L L M - - - L L - - M M
CO5 S M L L M - - - L L - - M M
CO6 S S M M M - - - M S L L M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination
Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mini Project:
Mechanism 1. Mechanism for Simple application
2. Arduino based control system design
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -
List of Experiments / Activities with CO Mapping

Sl. No. of
Exercises / Experiments Cos
No. Hours
Governors - Determination of sensitivity, effort, etc. for
1 2 CO1
watt, porter, proell, Hartnell governors
Cam - Study of jump phenomenon and drawing profile of CO1
2 2
the cam.
Motorized Gyroscope-Determination of Gyroscopic CO2
3 2
couple Verification of Laws.
Turn table-Determination of Moment of Inertia of Disc and CO2
4 2
Ring.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 187 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Balancing of rotating masses (Static and Dynamic CO3

5 2
Balancing)
6 Balancing of reciprocating masses. 2 CO3
7 Whirling of Shaft – Determination of Critical Speed 2 CO3
CYCLE 2 - CONTROL LAB
Determination of a Step & Impulse response for a first
8 2 CO4
order, second order, Type 0, Type 1 and Type 2 systems
Design a suitable compensator to obtain the open loop
9 2 CO5
specifications using root locus and bode plot techniques.
Compare the effect of addition of poles, addition of zeros
10 to the forward path transfer function of a closed loop 2 CO5
system
Derive the simulation model for Open loop and closed loop
systems, plot the step response, Study the effect of P, Pi,
11 2 CO6
PD, PID control, and tune the controller using ZN Tuning
rule.
Design a controller for DC Motor speed control and verify
12 2 CO6
its performance
Design a controller for Inverted pendulum and verify its
13 2 CO6
performance
14 Design a controller for process control application. 2 CO6
TOTAL 24

Learning Resources
1. John Joseph Uicker, Gordon Pennock, Joselph E.Shigley, “Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms”, Fourth Edition, Oxford University Press, 2014.
2. Rao and Dukkipati, R.V, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, Second edition New
Age International (P) Ltd., 2010.
3. Rattan.S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Co.,
New Delhi,2018
4. Norman S. Nise, “Control System Engineering”, Eigthth Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2019
5. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, New Age International
Publisher, Sixth Edition, New Delhi, 2018
6. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Fifth Edition, Pearson Edition, 2009.

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.G.Kanagaraj [email protected]
2 Mr. S. Manikandan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 188 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18ES590 SYSTEM THINKING
ES 1 - 2 2

Preamble
Systems thinking is the integrated paradigm for systems science and system approaches to
practice. It is concerned with understanding or intervening in problem situations, based on
the principles and concepts of the system model. It can help to provide a common language
and an intellectual foundation and make practical system concepts, principles, patterns and
tools accessible to systems engineering. System thinking considers the similarities between
systems from different domains in terms of a set of common systems concepts, principles,
and patterns. The scope of systems thinking is a starting point for dealing with real-world
situations using a set of related systems concept. The system thinking is viewed as both a
set of founding ideas for the development of systems theories and practices and also as a
pervasive way of thinking need by those developing and applying them. This systems
approach is a way of tackling real-world problems and making use of the concepts, principle,
patterns of systems thinking to enable the systems to be engineered and used.

Prerequisite
• NIL

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage
Number in %
CO1 Explain the concepts of systems thinking, System engineering 10
and Systems Life Cycle
CO2 Identify system elements, interactions, boundary and 10
environment for the given system descriptions
CO3 Develop a functional architecture with appropriate primary 15
function(s) and sub-functions of the identified system
CO4 Develop a physical architecture with appropriate sub-systems 15
and components of the identified system
CO5 Prepare a system requirement specification review documents 20
for the various stages of acquisition phase of the identified
system
CO6 Develop a system model with logical and physical architecture 30
using system modelling tool like SysML

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficiency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS2 Understan Respond - 1.1, 2.3.1, 2.3.2
d
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.1, 2.1.1, 2.3.1,2.3.2, 2.3.3,
2.3.4, 2.4.4, 4.3.1,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 2.1.1, 2.3.1,2.3.2, 2.3.3,
2.3.4, 2.4.4, 3.1.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4,
3.2.5, 3.2.6, 4.3.1, 4.3.2, 4.3.3,
4.4.5, 4.5.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 2.1.1, 2.3.1,2.3.2, 2.3.3,
2.3.4, 2.4.4, 3.1.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4,

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 189 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components

# Proficiency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
3.2.5, 3.2.6, 4.3.1, 4.3.2, 4.3.3,
4.4.5, 4.5.1
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 2.1.1, 2.3.1,2.3.2, 2.3.3,
2.3.4, 2.4.4, 3.1.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4,
3.2.5, 3.2.6, 4.3.1, 4.3.2, 4.3.3,
4.4.5, 4.5.1

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 S M L - - L L L L L - M
CO3 S M L - - M M M L M M S
CO4 S M L - - M M M L M M S
CO5 S M L - - M M M L M M S
CO6 S M L - S M M M L M M S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Continuous Assessment Test -2

Remember 20
Understand 40
Apply 40
Analyse -
Evaluate -
Create -

Deliverables Course
Phases Marks
Outcomes
Continuous Assessment
Continuous Assessment Test-1 10 CO1 and CO2
Review 1 – Functional & Technical Report 25 CO3, CO4 and
Physical Architecture and CO5
System Requirement
Specification
Review 2 – Systems Modelling Technical Report 15 CO6
End-Semester Examination
Demonstration Virtual Prototype 60 CO1, CO2, CO3,
with simulation CO4 CO5 and
Poster Presentation Poster 40 CO6

• Reports are to be submitted at each review. The report and presentation will be
evaluated based on Rubrics.
• Demonstration of Virtual Prototype with simulation and Poster presentation will be
evaluated by two faculty members nominated by their respective Head of the
Department.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 190 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
1.0 Systems Fundamentals: System - Definition, System Elements, Interactions, System
Boundary, - Types of Systems: Closed-Open, Natural-Human-Made-Human-Modified,
Physical-Conceptual and Precedented-Unprecedented. Systems science - Systems
approaches. Systems Thinking: Concepts, principles and pattens. System of Interest - Systems
of System. Systems Engineering: Product, Service, Enterprise. System Life Cycle: Pre-
acquisition phase, Acquisition Phase, Utilization Phase and Retirement Phase.
2.0 Acquisition Phase: Conceptual Design: Business needs and requirements, Stakeholder
needs and requirements, System Requirement Specification, Functional Base Line, System
Requirement Review – Functional Architecture. Preliminary Design: Configuration items,
Allocated Baseline, Preliminary Design Review – Physical Architecture. Detailed Design and
Development: System Modeling, Product Base Line, Critical Design Review.
Construction/Production: Formal Qualification Review, Acceptance Test and Evaluation.
3.0 Systems Modeling: System Model - Types of models – System Modeling Concepts –
Modeling Standards. System Architecture: Logical Architecture Model – Physical Architecture
Model. Systems Life Cycle Process Model: Vee model.
Learning Resources
1. A Guide to Guide to the Systems Engineering Body of Knowledge (SEBoK), version 2.2,
INCOSE Systems Engineering Research Center and IEEE Computer Society, Released
31 October 2019 – https://www.sebokwiki.org/w/images/sebokwiki-
farm!w/8/8b/SEBoK_v2.1.pdf
2. Systems Engineering Handbook, A Guide for Systems Life Cycle Processes and
Activities, 4th Edition, INCOSE-TP-2003-002-04, 2015.
3. R. Ian Faulconbridge, Michael Ryan, “Systems Engineering Practice”, Argos Argos
Press, 2014.
4. Jon Holt and Simon Perry, “SysML for Systems Engineering”, The Institution of
Engineering and Technology, London, United Kingdom, 2008.
5. Sanford Friedenthal, Alan Moore and Rick Steiner, “A Practical Guide To SysML: The
Systems Modeling Language, Third edition, Morgan Kaufmann, an imprint of Elsevier,
2015
6. Coursera course on Introduction to Systems Engineering - R. Ian
Faulconbridge, Michael Ryan of The University of New South Wales, Sydney.
7. NPTEL Course: Systems Engineering Theory and Practice – IIT Kanpur – Prof. Deepu
Philip (Last offered in 2019) - https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104074/

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 191 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Hours Course
No. In- Hands-on Outcome
Class
1. Systems Fundamentals: System - Definition, 1 - CO1
System Elements, Interactions, System Boundary
1.1 Types of Systems: Closed-Open, Natural- 1 2 CO1
Human-Made-Human-Modified, Physical-
Conceptual and Precedented-Unprecedented.
1.2 Systems science - Systems approaches. 1 - CO1
1.3 Systems Thinking: Concepts, principles and 1 - CO1
pattens.
1.4 System of Interest - Systems of System. Systems 2 2 CO2
Engineering: Product, Service, Enterprise System
Life Cycle: Pre-acquisition phase, Acquisition
Phase, Utilization Phase and Retirement Phase.
2. Acquisition Phase
2.1 Conceptual Design: Business needs and 1 4 CO3
requirements, Stakeholder needs and
requirements, System Requirement Specification,
Functional Base Line, System Requirement
Review – Functional Architecture.
2.2 Preliminary Design: Configuration items, 1 4 CO3
Allocated Baseline, Preliminary Design Review –
Physical Architecture.
2.3 Detailed Design and Development: System 1 4 CO4
Modeling, Product Base Line, Critical Design
Review.
2.4 Construction/Production: Formal Qualification 1 4 CO5
Review, Acceptance Test and Evaluation.
3. Systems Modeling
3.1 System Model - Types of models – System 1 2 CO6
Modeling Concepts – Modeling Standards.
3.2 System Architecture: Logical Architecture Model 1 4 CO6
– Physical Architecture Model.
3.3 Systems Life Cycle Process Model: Vee model. 1 2 CO6
Total 14 28
Course Designers:
1. Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
2. Dr.S.Saravana Perumaal [email protected]
3. Dr.C.Jeyamala [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 192 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 Category L T P Credit
18CHAC0 ESSENCE OF INDIAN KNOWLEDGE
AC 2 0 0 0

Preamble
On the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to explain the concept
of Indian Traditional Knowledge along with Indian Modern Knowledge. Traditional
Knowledge Systems or Indigenous Knowledge Systems are a body of knowledge, which is
very ancient and deep rooted. They have their origins in the remote past. Their
systematisation and canonisation gave rise to the elite (the Greater Tradition) science. The
nature of Traditional Knowledge System is diverse. It covers, among other things, literary,
artistic and scientific works; songs, dances, medical treatments and practices; manufacturing
and industry; and agricultural technologies and techniques. There is a dramatically growing
national and international interest in incorporating Traditional Knowledge Systems, including
Traditional Ecological Knowledge, into truly participatory approaches to development.
Course Outcome:
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO1 Explain the concept of Traditional Knowledge and Modern knowledge Understand
of India.
CO2 Explain the need and importance of protecting Traditional Knowledge, Understand
Knowledge sharing, and Intellectual property rights over Traditional
Knowledge.
CO3 Explain about the use of Traditional Knowledge to meet the basic Understand
needs of human being.
CO4 Explain the rich biodiversity materials and knowledge preserved for Understand
practicing traditional lifestyle.
CO5 Explain the use of Traditional Knowledge in Manufacturing and Understand
Industry.
CO6 Explain about the cultural expression and modern applications of Understand
Traditional Knowledge
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO2 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO3 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO4 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO5 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO6 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Syllabus
Traditional and Modern Knowledge: Two Worlds of Knowledge - Phase of Explorers, Sir
Arthur Cotton and Irrigation, Smallpox Vaccination, Late Nineteenth Century, Voelcker,
Howard and Agriculture, Havell and Indian Art; Indians at the Encounter - Gaekwad of
Baroda and Technical Education, Science Education and Modern Industries, Hakim Ajmal
Khan and Ayurveda, R. N. Chopra and Indigenous Drugs, Gauhar Jaan and Indian Classical
Music; Linking Science and the Rural - Tagore’s Sriniketan Experiment, Marthandam, the
YMCA Model, Gandhi’s Thoughts on Development, Nehru’s View of Growth; Post-
Independence Era - Modernization and Traditional Knowledge, Social Roots of Traditional
Knowledge Activism, Global Recognition for Traditional Knowledge. Global Mechanisms of
Protection and Sharing: For Recognition and Protection - United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), World Health Organization (WHO),
International Labour Organization (ILO), UN Working Group on Indigenous Populations,
Evolution of Other Organizations; Norms of Sharing - United Nations Environment
Programme (UNEP), World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), World Trade

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 193 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 Organization (WTO); IPR and Traditional Knowledge - Theoretical Background, Positive
Protections of TK, Defensive Strategies, IPR Facilitation for TK. Traditional Knowledge for
Basic Needs: Indian Midwifery Tradition—The Dai System, Surface Flow Irrigation Tanks,
Housing - A Human Right, Changing Priorities—Niyamgiri. Biodiversity and Genetic
Resources: Jeevani - The Wonder Herb of Kanis, A Holistic Approach - FRLHT, Basmati -
In the New Millennium, AYUSH-Based Cosmetics. Traditional Knowledge in
Manufacturing and Industry: Drug Discovery, A Sweetener of Bengal, The Sacred Ring of
Payyanur, Channapatna Toys. Traditional Cultural Expressions: Banarasi Saree, Music,
Built and Tangible Heritage, Modern Yoga, Sanskrit and Artificial Intelligence, Climate
Change and Traditional Knowledge.
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment
Seminar
Bloom’s category Tests
1 2 -
Remember 40 40 0
Understand 60 60 100
Apply 0 0 0
Analyze 0 0 0
Evaluate 0 0 0
Create 0 0 0
Learning Resources:
1. Nirmal Sengupta “Traditional Knowledge in Modern India Preservation, Promotion,
Ethical Access and Benefit Sharing Mechanisms” Springer, 2019.
2. Amit Jha,”Traditional Knowledge System in India”, Atlantic Publishers and Distributors
Pvt Ltd, 2009.
3. Basanta Kumar Mohanta, Vipin Kumar Singh “Traditional Knowledge System and
Technology in India”, Pratibha Prakashan, 2012.
4. Kapil Kapoor, Michel Danino "Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India", Central
Board of Secondary Education, 2012.
5. NPTEL video lecture on “Ayurvedic Inheritance of India”, Video link:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106003/#.
6. Youtube video on “Introduction to Indian Knowledge Systems”, Video link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LZP1StpYEPM.
7. Youtube video on “12 Great achievements of Indian Civilization”, Video link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xmogKGCmclE.
Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani
•
[email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 194 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Sixth Semester

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 195 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT610 INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Robotics is the interdisciplinary branch of engineering and science that includes

mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, computer science, and others. Robotics deals
with the design, construction, operation, and use of robots, as well as computer systems for
their control, sensory feedback, and information processing. In the 20th century, engineers
have mastered almost all forms of motion control and have proven that robots and machines
can perform almost any job made by humans. Industrial Robotics deals with the types of robots
used in industries both industrial and mobile robots.
Prerequisite
• 18MT320 - Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

CO1 Review the Anatomy, types and applications of robots 10

Compute the forward kinematic model (position and
CO2 10
orientation) of multi DOF manipulator
Compute the inverse kinematic model (joint angles) of 1 and
CO3 20
2 DOF manipulator
Compute the forward and inverse dynamic model of two 20
CO4
DOF manipulator (torque)
Develop offline program an industrial robot for welding
CO5 20
application
Develop online program an industrial robot for deburring,
CO6 20
inspection and pick and place application
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3, 2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.3.2.4.4,4.3.1,4.3.2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 196 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S S - L - - - - - M M M
CO2 S S S - S - - - - - M M M
CO3 S S S - S - - - - - M M M
CO4 S S S - S - - - - - M M M
CO5 S S S - S - - - - - M M M
CO6 S S S - S - - S S S S M M
CO7 S S S - L - - - - - M M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 30 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 40 40 40 100 - - 40
Apply 30 40 40 - 100 - 40
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - 100 -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Define Robot
2. Explain the classification and the performance of Robots.
3. Describe the constructional features of a mobile robot.

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Write the coordinate transformation matrices for all PUMA joints as shown in the fig
using DH parameters.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 197 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Find the DH parameters for the robot given in the following fig and derive the forward
kinematics

3. Determine the kinematic parameters for the PUMA 260 robot and derive the complete
forward kinematics equations for the center of the wrist by establishing the DH frames,
finding and taking the product of the corresponding homogenous transformations

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 198 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Calculate the joint angle of the single manipulator if the position of the end effector is
(2, 2).
2. Derive the inverse kinematic equation using trigonometric approach
3. (a) Solve for the forward kinematics problem
(b) Given the location of the end effector (x,y,z)T solve for the inverse kinematics
problem

Course Outcome 4(CO4):

1. Derive the dynamic model of two link manipulator

2. Explain the lagrangian dynamic model. Compute the kinetic energy and potential
energy and hence derive the torque
3. Explain the differences between lagrangian and newton euler model.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Two MS plates of size 50x100x10 mm which are vertically oriented need to be joined
through robot welding. Draw suitable diagram of the situation and write the offline VAL
program.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 199 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Program the motion of the welding electrode which removes filler at a speed of
3cm/sec. The total length of the welding material is 50 cm.
3. Choose a welding electrode, robot and a controller to weld the end points of a cubic
car door of size 30cmX30cmX30cm. Write an algorithm for the same.

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Write a robot programming for a palletizing operation. The robot must pick up the parts
from an incoming chute and deposit them onto a pellet. The pallet has four rows that
are 50 mm apart and six columns that are 40 mm apart. The plane of the pallet is
assumed to be parallel to the XY plane. The rows of the pallet are parallel to the x –
axis and the columns of the pallet are parallel to the Y axis. The objects are to be
picked up are about 25mm tall.
2. Two MS plates of size 50x100x10 mm which are vertically oriented need to be joined
through robot welding. Draw suitable diagram of the situation and write the offline VAL
program.
3. Write a VAL statements for defining coordinate frame ‘Grasp – Point 1’ which can be
obtained by rotating coordinate frame ‘Block – Point 2’ through an angle 65 about Y –
axis and then translate it by 100 and 150 mm in X and Y axes respectively
Concept Map

Syllabus

Introduction to Robotics
Introduction – brief history, Robot – types – Industrial, Mobile; Classification and usage,
configuration, Anatomy, Elements/subsystems of Robots, Point to point and continuous
applications, Mobile manipulators, Grippers – Types; Application of robots in machining -
Welding - Assembly - Material handling - Loading and unloading Inspection – Palletizing -
Hostile and remote environments.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 200 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Representation and Transformation of joints, links

Mechanical Structure notations, Coordinate frames, Description of objects in space,
Transformation and fundamental rotation matrices, Position and orientation of a rigid body,
Homogeneous transformations, Representation of joints, link representation using D-H
parameters, Kinematics: Forward kinematics of multi DOF manipulator - Inverse kinematics
of 2DOF manipulator. Dynamics: Introduction – Manipulator dynamics – Lagrange - Euler
formulation- Newton - Euler formulation. Examples of D-H parameters and link transforms.
Introduction to Robo Analyser – Visualization of DH parameters

Trajectory planning
Definitions and planning tasks, Joint techniques – Motion profiles- cubic polynomial motion,
Cartesian Space techniques. Robot Controller – open, closed

Robot Programming
Robot Programming: Manual programming – Teach Pendant, Offline Programming - Welding,
Online programming – Deburring, Palletizing and Inspection.

Artificial Intelligence in Robotics

Expert systems, Artificial Intelligence- Knowledge Representation, AI in Robotics, Case
studies.

Learning Resources
1. Shuai Li, Long Jin, Mohammed Aquil Mirza,” Kinematic Control of Redundant Robot Arms
Using Neural Networks”, IEEE press, April 29, 2019.
2. John J Craig, “Introduction to Robotics, Mechanics and Control, third edition, Pearson
education, 2005
3. K.S.Fu, R.C Gonzalez and C.S Lee, Robotics – Control, sensing Vision and Intelligence,
Tata McGraw – Hill Editions, 2008.
4. Roland Seigwart and Illah R Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots”,
MIT Press, 2004.
5. S.K. Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, second edition, Mc Graw Hill education India Private
limited, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Saeed B Niku, “Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, System, Applications,” second edition,
john Wiley, 2010.
7. Mikell P Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel and Nicholas G Odrey, “Industrial
Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2008.
8. Robert J Schiling, Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control”, Indian reprint, Prentice
hall of India Private Limited, 1996

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Robot – types – Industrial, Mobile 1 CO1
1.2 Classification and usage, configuration 1 CO1
1.3 Anatomy, Elements/subsystems of Robots 1 CO1
1.4 Point to point and continuous applications 1 CO1
1.5 Mobile manipulators, Grippers – Types 1 CO1
Application of robots in machining - Welding – CO1
1.6 1
Assembly
1.7 Material handling - Loading and unloading Inspection 1 CO1
1.8 Palletizing - Hostile and remote environments 1 CO1

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 201 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.0 Representation and Transformation of joints, links

2.1 Mechanical Structure notations, Coordinate frames 1 CO2
Description of objects in space, Transformation and CO2
2.2 2
fundamental rotation matrices
Position and orientation of a rigid body, Homogeneous CO2
2.3 2
transformations
Representation of joints, link representation using D-H CO2
2.4 1
parameters
Kinematics: Forward kinematics of multi DOF CO2
2.5 2
manipulator
2.6 Inverse kinematics of 2DOF manipulator 2 CO3
Dynamics: Introduction – Manipulator dynamics –
2.7 2 CO4
Lagrange - Euler formulation
2.8 Newton - Euler formulation 1 CO4
Examples of D-H parameters and link transforms.
2.9 Introduction to Robo Analyser – Visualization of DH 1 CO4
parameters
3.0 Trajectory planning
3.1 Definitions and planning tasks 1 CO4
Joint techniques – Motion profiles- cubic polynomial
3.2 2 CO4
motion
3.3 Cartesian Space techniques 2 CO4
3.4 Robot Controller – open, closed 2 CO4
4.0 Robot Programming
4.1 Manual programming – Teach Pendant 1 CO5
4.2 Offline Programming 1 CO5
4.3 Online programming 1 CO6
4.5 Expert systems 1 CO6
4.6 Artificial Intelligence 1 CO6
4.7 Knowledge Representation 1 CO6
4.8 AI in Robotics, Case studies 1 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr G Kanagaraj [email protected]
2 Mr M.A Ganesh [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 202 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT620 CNC TECHNOLOGY
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course provides fundamental knowledge about the CNC system that are
predominantly found in most manufacturing industries. CNC machining is a manufacturing
process in which pre-programmed computer software dictates the movement of factory tools
and machinery. A CNC system is typically a traditional mechanical machine tool whose motion
is controlled by electrical motors which depends on a computer program. CNC machines are
capable of producing components with good accuracy and precision along with very high
production rate. The dependency on the skill of the worker can be totally eliminated when CNC
machines are employed.
In modern CNC systems, the design of a mechanical part and its manufacturing
program is highly automated. The part's mechanical dimensions are defined using CAD
software, and then translated into manufacturing directives by computer-aided
manufacturing (CAM) software. The resulting directives are transformed into the specific
commands necessary for a particular machine to produce the component, and then are loaded
into the CNC machine

Prerequisite
• 18MT420 - Power Electronics and Drives
• 18MT440 - Sensors and Measurements
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
CO1 Classify the CNC machine based on their specifications. 10
Illustrate the construction features of mechanical
CO2 28
components used in a CNC system.
Design a 3 axis CNC System by selecting suitable
CO3 22
controller, feed and spindle drives.
Develop CNC part program for turning as per product
CO4 11
geometry.
CO5 Develop CNC part program for Milling Operations 11
Develop a CNC system by selecting suitable components
CO6 and Suggest methodologies for CNC system maintenance 18
and troubleshooting.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework
TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficienc
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
y Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.12,1.2
Response
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.12,1.2
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.12,1.2,2.11
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.12,1.2,2.11,2.12,2.13
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.12,1.2,2.11,2.12,2.13
1.12,1.2,2.11,2.12,2.13,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2.1,2.2.3,2.2.4,2.31,2.3.2,2.
4.1, 2.4.5,3.11,3.1.2,3.1.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 203 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - M M
CO2 M L - - - - - - - - - - M M
CO3 S M M - - - - - M - - - M M
CO4 S M M - S - - - M - - - M M
CO5 S M M - S - - - M - - - M M
CO6 S M M - - - M - M - - - S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 30 20 - - 20
Understand 50 40 - - 40
Apply 20 40 100* 100 40
100#
Analyse - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - -
Create - - - - -
* Third assessment will be done in CNC Turning/Milling Software.
# 2nd assignment will be design part of Project and the third assignment will be
working model.

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception 3-D Models.
Set ---
Guided Response Programming using software
Mechanism Profile designing using Part Program,
Mini project
Complex Overt Responses --
Adaptation ---
Origination ---

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. List the vital specifications of a CNC Turning centre.
2. Explain the evolution of a CNC Machining centre.
3. Describe the safety aspects of CNC Turning and Machining centres.

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. List the various types of loads acting in a CNC machine and elaborate how it influences
the selection of various mechanical components.
2. Describe the ball screw and nut assembly with suitable sketches.
3. Explain the various tool monitoring system present in a CNC Turning centre.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 204 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Design a spindle drive using VFD for varying the speed between a range of 500 to
1500 rpm for CNC Milling Machine.
2. Design a CNC control system using PLC and 3 Axis Servo Drive System.
3. Design a 3-axis Servo drive system for CNC Turning Machine.

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Develop part program for the given component shown in figure below that is to be
manufactured in a CNC Turning centre.

2. Write a cnc code for the following profile with an aluminium work piece. Calculate the
spindle speed. cutting velocity of aluminium is 80 MPM.

3. Write the part program for the following Profile.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Develop part program for the given component shown in figure below that is to be
manufactured in a CNC Machining centre.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 205 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Develop the part program for the given profile

3. Develop the part program for the following profile.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 206 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Explain the interface between controller and Axis drive with neat block diagram.
2. Design a 3 axis CNC lathe Machine by listing specification of components used and
also make circuit and connection diagram.
3. Describe the procedure followed to verify the technical and functional specification of
a CNC Machining centre.

Concept Map

Syllabus

Introduction to CNC Systems: Fundamentals of NC, CNC and DNC technologies, Evolution
of CNC Turning centre, Evolution of CNC Milling centre, Principles, specification, features,
advantages and applications of CNC machines, Factors influencing the selection of CNC
machines, Practical aspects of introducing CNC machines in manufacturing industry, Safety
aspects of CNC machines.

Structure and Elements of CNC System: Machine physical architecture – Structural details,
Types of loads on CNC machine, Types of guide ways – Friction guide ways, Antifriction guide
ways, Elements for rotary motion to linear motion – Screw & nut, recirculating ball screw, ,
rack & pinion, Torque transmission elements – gears, timing belt, flexible coupling, bearing,
Hydraulic and pneumatic systems in a CNC system – Industry 4.0 for Machine tools.

CNC Tooling: Cutting tool materials, types of cutting tool, tool selection, tool holder, tool
probing and pre-setting, tool compensation, automatic turret changer, tool monitoring system

CNC Drives and Control: Spindle drive – Three phase induction motor – Construction,
Characteristics, Speed control methods, VFD, Axis Drive – AC Servo motor, Construction,

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 207 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Characteristics, Closed loop position control. Feedback devices – Rotary encoder, linear
scale encoder, proximity sensor, synchronous resolver. Introduction to functioning and
programming of CNC Controller, PLC, Man machine interface,

CNC Programming: Machine axes identification NC Programming, Part programming

terminology – G and M codes, Types of interpolation, Types of Programming – manual part
programming: fixed cycle and canned cycle for turning and milling operations, Computer
Assisted Part Programming (CAPP), Introduction to CNC part programming using CAD/CAM
tools.
Design, Verification and Maintenance of CNC Machines: Selection and Integration of CNC
components-Case study 3 axis CNC turning and milling Machine, Verification of technical
and functional aspects, Verification of CNC machine during idle running, Verification of CNC
machine tool and work piece accuracy, Analysis of dynamic behaviour of CNC machines-
Installation of CNC machines-Maintenance of CNC machines.

Learning Resources
1. HMT, “Mechatronics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi –
2018.
2. CNC Programming by Dr.S.K.Sinha, Galgotia publications pvt ltd-2016
3. Ken Evans, “Programming of Computer Numerically Controlled Machines”, Industrial
Press Inc. – 2007.
4. Peter Smid, “CNC Programming Handbook”, Industrial Press Inc. 2007.
5. Yusuf Altintas, “Manufacturing Automation”, Cambridge University Press, 2012.
6. G. E. Thyer, “Computer Numerical Control of Machine Tools”, Second Edition,
B/H Newnes, 1991.
7. Graham T. Smith, “CNC Machining Technology”, Springer-Verlag London Limited,
1993.
8. FANUC Series 0, Maintenance Manual.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction to CNC Systems
Evolution of CNC Turning centre, Evolution of CNC CO1
1.1 1
Milling centre
Principles, specification, features, advantages and CO1
1.2 1
applications of CNC machines
Factors influencing the selection of CNC machines, CO1
1.3 Practical aspects of introducing CNC machines in 1
manufacturing industry
1.4 Safety aspects of CNC machines 1 CO1
2 Structure of CNC System
2.1 Machine physical architecture – Structural details 1 CO2
2.2 Types of loads on CNC machine 1 CO2
Types of guide ways – Friction guide ways, Antifriction CO2
2.3 1
guide ways
Elements for rotary motion to linear motion – Screw & nut, CO2
2.4 recirculating ball screw, recirculating ball screw, rack & 2
pinion
Torque transmission elements – gears, timing belt, CO2
2.5 1
flexible coupling, bearing

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 208 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.6 Hydraulic and pneumatic systems in a CNC system 1 CO2

3 Tooling for CNC Machines
3.1 Types of cutting tool, Tool selection 1 CO2
3.2 Tool holder, tool probing and pre-setting 1 CO2
3.3 Automatic turret changer, Tool monitoring system 1 CO2
4 CNC Drives and Control
Spindle drive – Three phase induction motor – CO3
4.1 2
Construction, Characteristics, Speed control methods
VFD Axis Drive – AC Servo motor, Construction, CO3
4.2 2
Characteristics, Closed loop position control
Feedback devices – Rotary encoder, linear scale CO3
4.3 2
encoder, proximity sensor, synchronous resolver.
Introduction to functioning and programming of CNC CO3
4.4 2
Controller, PLC, Man machine interface.
4.5 Industry 4.0 for Machine tools 1 CO3
5 CNC Part Programming
5.1 Part programming terminology – G and M codes 2 CO4, CO5
Types of interpolation, manual part programming: fixed
5.2 2 CO4, CO5
cycle and canned cycle for turning and milling operations
5.3 Tool compensation 1 CO4, CO5
5.4 Computer assisted part programming 1 CO4, CO5
Introduction to CNC part programming using CAD/CAM
5.5 1 CO4, CO5
tools.
Design, Verification and Maintenance of CNC
6
Machines
Selection and Integration of CNC components-Case CO6
6.1 2
study 3 axis CNC turning and milling Machine
Verification of technical and functional aspects, CO6
6.2 1
Verification of CNC machine during idle running
Verification of CNC machine tool and work piece CO6
6.3 1
accuracy
6.4 Analysis of dynamic behaviour of CNC machine 1 CO6
Maintenance requirements of CNC machine – CO6
6.5 1
Preventive maintenance.
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 H Ramesh [email protected]
2 S Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 209 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT660 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION
ES 2 0 2 3

Preamble
A Virtual Instrumentation system consists of an industry-standard computer or workstation
equipped with powerful application software, cost-effective hardware such as plug- in boards,
and driver software, which together perform the functions of traditional instruments. Virtual
instruments represent a fundamental shift from traditional hardware-centred instrumentation
systems to software-cantered systems that exploit the computing power, productivity, display,
and connectivity capabilities of popular desktop computers and workstations. In combination
with powerful software, engineers can create custom-defined measurements and
sophisticated analysis routines. Virtual instrumentation has been widely adopted in test and
measurement areas and is rapidly making headway in control and design areas.
Prerequisite

• NIL

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Summarize the need and advantages of virtual instruments

CO1 05
over traditional instruments
Illustrate the various software components needed to develop
CO2 20
graphical programming using LabVIEW
Choose appropriate LabVIEW Architecture for realizing a
CO3 05
given application
CO4 Develop Graphical Programming using LabVIEW 30
Acquire data from real world using various sensors and
CO5 20
interpret the same
Develop LabVIEW based software application for realizing the
CO6 20
given system
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS 2 Understand Respond - 1.1, 1.2, 4.3.2
CO2 TPS 2 Understand Respond - 1.1, 1.2, 4.3.2
- 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.4.3, 4.4.1, 4.4.4,
CO3 TPS 3 Apply Value
4.4.5, 4.5.3, 4.5.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.4.3, 4.4.1, 4.4.4,
CO4 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.5, 4.5.3, 4.5.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.4.3, 4.4.1, 4.4.4,
CO5 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.5, 4.5.3, 4.5.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.4.3, 4.4.1, 4.4.4,
CO6 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.5, 4.5.3, 4.5.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 210 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M M L - - - - - - - - - M M
CO2 M M L - - - - - - - - - M M
CO3 M M L - - - - - - - - - M M
CO4 S S M - S - - - - - - - S S
CO5 S S M - S - - - - - - - S S
CO6 S S M - S - - - - - - - S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assessment Model
Cognitive Terminal
Tests Examination
Levels Examination
1 2 3 (Practical)
Remember 20 20 20 - 20
Understand 60 40 40 - 40
Apply 20 40 40 100 40
Analyse - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - -
Create - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism Practical Component
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. List the advantages of Virtual Instrument over Traditional Instrument.
2. Compare text-based programming with graphical programming
3. Explain data flow programming
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Explain the difference between for loop and while loop
2. Illustrate the use of tunnel in a loop
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Select a suitable LabVIEW architecture to implement an automatic soda vending
machine. Explain the process involved.
2. Explain the use of producer/consumer architecture in LabVIEW with appropriate
example
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Build a four-function calculator
2. Create a VI to find the factorial of the given number using For Loop and Shift Registers

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 211 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3. Build a VI that generates 50 random numbers and plot it on a waveform chart using
For and While Loops. Accumulate the random numbers into an array and display it on
waveform graph.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Develop a Virtual Instrument to interface ultrasonic sonic sensor and interpret the
values from the sensor.
2. Develop a Virtual Instrument to interface a temperature sensor and convert the
acquired values in to corresponding temperature in Fahrenheit.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Develop a Virtual Instrument to acquire data about the level of a water in a tank and
display it continuously. Select appropriate sensor to achieve the same
2. Develop a Virtual Instrument to acquire temperature for every one minute and store
the data in Excel sheet.

Concept Map

Syllabus

Virtual Instrumentation: Introduction to Virtual Instrumentation: Virtual Instrument and

traditional instrument - Hardware and software in Virtual Instrumentation - Virtual
Instrumentation in the Engineering Process - Graphical Programming and Textual
Programming

Introduction to LabVIEW: Software Environment - Creating and Saving A VI - Front Panel

Toolbar - Block Diagram Toolbar - Palettes - Property Dialog Boxes - Front Panel Controls
and Indicators - Block Diagram - Data Types - Data Flow Program, Modular Programming

LabVIEW Programming: Loops: FOR, WHILE Loops - Tunnels – Shift Registers – Feedback
Nodes – Control Timing – Communicating among Multiple Loops - Local and Global Variables.
Structures: Case, Sequential, Timed, Formula, Event. Arrays – Clusters. Plotting Data:
Waveform Graphs, Charts - XY Graphs. Strings - File I/O – Error Handling. Architectures:
Functional Global Variable - State Machine - Event-Driven User Interface - Producer /
Consumer

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 212 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Data Acquisition: Introduction – Transducers - Signals - Principles of Data Acquisition –

Sampling – Modes of communication - DAQ Assistant

Tools and Applications: Tools: Signal Processing and Analysis - Control Design and
Simulation - Digital Filter Design - Report Generation - Data Logging - Embedded Module -
Math Interface Toolkit. Applications: Machine Vision and Motion Control

List of Experiments / Activities with CO Mapping

Sl. No. of
Exercises / Experiments COs
No. Hours
1 Introduction to LabVIEW components 2 CO2
2 Programs using loops & structures 4 CO3
3 Programs involving graphs & charts 4 CO3
Programs using various architectures (Functional Global
4 Variable - State Machine - Event-Driven User Interface - 4 CO4
Producer / Consumer)
5 Programs using files & data logging 2 CO3
Interfacing and measurements from various sensors
6 4 CO5
(Ultrasonic, IR, Gyro, Proximity, temperature, Accelerometer)
Interfacing and controlling using various devices (DC motor,
7 4 CO6
Servo motor, LCD, Seven Segment display, Matrix Keyboard)
TOTAL 24

Learning Resources

1. Jovitha Jerome, Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011
2. Sanjay Gupta, Joseph John, Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, 2010
3. Gary W.Johnson, Richard Jennings, LabVIEW Graphical Programming, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, 2017
4. Getting Started with LabVIEW: http://www.ni.com/pdf/manuals/373427j.pdf
5. LabVIEW Example Programs: http://www.ni.com/examples/

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Virtual Instrumentation
1.1 Introduction to Virtual Instrumentation: Virtual Instrument
1 CO1
and traditional instrument - Hardware and software
1.2 Virtual Instrumentation in the Engineering Process -
1 CO1
Graphical Programming and Textual Programming
2 LabVIEW
2.1 Introduction to LabVIEW: Software Environment - Creating
1 CO2, CO4
and Saving A VI - Front Panel - Block Diagram Toolbar
2.2 Palettes - Property Dialog Boxes - Front Panel Controls
1 CO2, CO4
and Indicators - Block Diagram
2.3 Data Types - Data Flow Program - Modular Programming 1 CO2, CO4
3 LabVIEW Programming
3.1 Loops: FOR, WHILE Loops - Tunnels – Shift Registers 1 CO2, CO4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 213 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
3.2 Feedback Nodes – Control Timing – Communicating
1 CO2, CO4
among Multiple Loops - Local and Global Variables
3.3 Structures: Case, Sequential, Timed, Formula, Event 2 CO2, CO4
3.4 Arrays – Clusters 1 CO2, CO4
3.5 Plotting Data: Waveform Graphs, Charts - XY Graphs 1 CO2, CO4
3.6 Strings - File I/O - Error Handling 1 CO2, CO4
3.7 Architectures: Functional Global Variable 1 CO3, CO4
3.8 State Machine - Event-Driven User Interface 1 CO3, CO4
3.9 Producer / Consumer 1 CO3, CO4
4 Data Acquisition
4.1 Introduction – Transducers - Signals - Principles of Data
2 CO5
Acquisition – Sampling
4.2 Modes of communication - DAQ Assistant 2 CO5
5 Tools and Applications
5.1 Tools: Signal Processing and Analysis - Digital Filter
1 CO6
Design - Control Design and Simulation
5.2 Tools: Report Generation - Data Logging 1 CO6
5.3 Tools: Embedded Module - Math Interface Toolkit 1 CO6
5.4 Applications: Machine Vision & Motion Control 2 CO6
Total 24

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. Sheik Masthan S.A.R [email protected]
2 Mr. Prakash A [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 214 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT670 CAD / CAM LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
Computer Aided Design (CAD) is the process of designing and developing computer assisted
design tools in the design process. Computer Aided manufacturing (CAM) is concerned with
use of computer to assist with manufacturing process through G codes and M codes.

Prerequisite
• 18ME160 - Engineering Graphics
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Develop the basics of CAD drawing of 2D models. 20

CO2 Develop the basics of CAD drawing of 3D models. 20
CO3 Design part development drawing for given application. 10
Develop and simulate the CNC program for mechanical
CO4 20
operations like taper, turning, threading and curvature.
CO5 Generate CNC code for milling and drilling operation. 20
Generate CNC program and interface with CNC
CO6 10
machine/CNC simulator to draw the given pattern.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3.2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3, 2.4.5,2.4.6
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3, 2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3, 2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3, 2.4.5

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S M - S - - - S - - M S S
CO2 S S M - S - - - S - - M S S
CO3 S S M - S - - - S - - M S S
CO4 S S M - S - - - S - - M S S
CO5 S S M - S - - - S - - M S S
CO6 S S M - S - - - S - - M S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 215 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination
Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component
Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism Demonstration and simulation.
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

List of Experiments / Activities with CO Mapping

Sl. No. of
Exercises / Experiments Cos
No. Hours
1 2D-drawings using sketcher options - 2 Exercises 2 CO1
2 3D-modelling using form features - 2 Exercises 2 CO1
3 Develop 3D model of IC engine piston. 2 CO2
4 Develop 3D model of crankshaft. 2 CO2
5 Develop 3D model of Bearing Block Part Modelling. 2 CO2
6 Obtain the drafting of the part developed. 2 CO3
Write a manual CNC program for step and taper turning CO4
7 2
and simulate the operation.
Write a manual CNC program for curvature and threading CO4
8 2
and simulate the operation.
Complete the tool path simulation for drilling and pocket
9 2 CO5
milling operations.
Generate CNC program for profile milling, drilling and
10 2 CO5
pocket operations using CAD/CAM package.
Draw/Import the 2D diagram of the part using CAM
11 2 CO3
package.
Create a given sheet metal model (both unfold and
12 2 CO6
finished) using 2D CAD and CAM software
TOTAL 24
Software Required
Pro/E, CATIA, Denford FANUC offline software for Turning, MasterCAM software, AutoCAD

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 H.Ramesh [email protected]
2 S.Julius Fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 216 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT680 ROBOTICS LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
The fundamental concepts in robotics are its design, and control. An engineer should be able
to model and control the robots through software and hardware.
This course provides in-depth knowledge on programming of robots, simulating them in a
particular environment and designing them to perform a particular task. This course is useful
for those students interested in control engineering, robotics and systems engineering.

Prerequisite
• Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

To program and evaluate the point to point motion using an

CO1 10
industrial robot
To program and evaluate the continuous point motion using
CO2 10
an industrial robot
CO3 To simulate the function of a material handling robotic cell 20
CO4 To simulate the function of a welding robotic cell 20
To model, simulate and analyse the characteristics of a
CO5 20
wheeled robot
To develop forward and inverse kinematic model of mobile
CO6 20
robot
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CDIO Curricular
TCE Learning Domain Level Components
CO
Proficiency (X.Y.Z)
#
Scale
Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.3.1,4.3.2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 217 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M L - S - - - S S - S L S
CO2 S M L - S - - - S S - S L S
CO3 S M L - S - - - S S - S L S
CO4 S M L - S - - - S S - S L S
CO5 S M L - S - - - S S - S L S
CO6 S M L - S - - - S S - S L S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination
Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Lab Experiments
Mechanism -
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

List of Experiments / Activities with CO Mapping

Sl. No. of
Exercises / Experiments Cos
No. Hours
To simulate and analyse the forward and inverse 2 CO1
1
kinematics of industrial robot using Robo Analyser
To program and evaluate the point to point motion (pick 2 CO1
2
and place) of an industrial robot using MH5LS robot
To program and perform the continuous motion 2 CO2
3 (Deburring operation) using GP12 robot
To program and evaluate the forward kinematics of a 2 CO6
4
wheeled robot using QBOT2
To program and evaluate the inverse kinematics of a 2 CO6
5
wheeled robot using QBOT2
To simulate the function of a material handling robotic cell 2 CO3
6
in MOTOSIM
To simulate the function of a welding robotic cell using 2 CO4
7
RoboDK software

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 218 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

To model, simulate and analyse the characteristics of a 2 CO5

8
wheeled robot using 20 SIM software
To program and perform the inspection operation using 2 CO2
9
MH5LS robot
To program and perform the Assembly operation using 2 CO2
10
GP12 and MH5LF robot (Collaborative operation)
11 To program and evaluate the 2D mapping using QBOT2 2 CO6
12 To program and evaluate path planning using QBOT2 2 CO6
TOTAL 24

Learning Resources
1. Lab operation manual
2. S.K. Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, second edition, Mc Graw Hill education India
Private limited, New Delhi, 2008
3. Roland Seigwart and Illah R Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous Mobile
Robots”, MIT Press, 2004.
4. Shuai Li, Long Jin, Mohammed Aquil Mirza,” Kinematic Control of Redundant Robot
Arms Using Neural Networks”, IEEE press, April 29, 2019.
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 G Kanagaraj [email protected]
2 M A Ganesh [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 219 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit
18ES690 ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT
Project 1 0 4 3

Preamble
An engineer must understand the economic, social, political, sustainability and
environmental contexts in which the need arises. Engineering solutions are always created
in response to some societal/industrial need. Understanding the societal/industrial need is
central to success in engineering design. Therefore, the engineering students have been
assigned on the problem identification phase of engineering design. Now, they have an
opportunity to reflect and realise the knowledge that have been gained through the courses
such as 18ES150 Engineering Exploration, 18ES290 Lateral Thinking, 18ES390 Design
Thinking, 18XX490 Project Management and 18ES590 System Thinking. This course will
enable the students to integrate CDIO Skill-based courses and their domain-specific
courses. More specifically, by employing the broad knowledge they gain from experiences in
foundation elective, general elective and audit courses, students are better equipped to
provide engineering solution societal and/or industrial needs.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome Statement Weightage

Number in %
CO1 Execute different phases of engineering design project including 20
functional composition and design specification in a team.
CO2 Evaluate the alternate engineering design approaches as per the 20
performance criteria with design verification and validation.
CO3 Evaluate a design with the use of test verification matrix / Design 15
Failure Mode Effect Analysis (DFMEA)/ Usability testing
CO4 Explain the significance of Intellectual Property rights and the 15
procedure for searching and filing a patent.
CO5 Exhibit team work with appropriate conflict management strategies. 10
CO6 Prepare appropriate design documents and deliver effective 10
technical presentations
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework
CO TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular Components
# Proficiency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2
CO2 TPS5 Evaluate Organise Adaptation 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.2, 2.5.1, 2.5.2,
3.1.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.6, 4.1.2
CO3 TPS5 Evaluate Organise Adaptation 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.3, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2, 4.3.1
CO4 TPS2 Understand Respond Guided 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.4, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
Response 3.2.6, 4.1.2, 4.4.1
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.5, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2, 4.4.1
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 1.2, 2.1.4, 3.1.2, 3.2.3,
3.2.6, 4.1.2, 4.4.1

- 220 -
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S M L - - M M M S S S S
CO2 S S S M - M M M S S S S
CO3 S S S M S M M S S S S S
CO4 M L - - - M M - - - - S
CO5 S M L - - M M S S S M S
CO6 S M L - - - - S S S - S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern:
Phases Deliverables Marks Course
Outcomes
Continuous Assessment
Review 1 – Engineering Design Project Technical 10 CO1, C06
Selection, functional decomposition and Report
Specification
Review 2 – Evaluation of Design Approaches Technical 20 CO2, CO5, CO6
Report
Review 3 – Design Verification and validation Technical 20 CO3, CO4, CO6
Report
End-Semester Examination
Demonstration Prototype 60 CO1, CO2, CO3,
Design Portfolio Presentation Portfolio 40 CO4 CO5, CO6
Document
• Reports are to be submitted at each review. The report and presentation will be evaluated
based on customized Rubrics for periodic reviews.
• Demonstration and Design Portfolio presentation will be evaluated by two faculty members
nominated by their respective Head of the Department.

Syllabus
Project Selection – Search Phase, Preliminary Design Review (PDR) and Critical Design
Review (CDR), Project Specification, Proposal Report, Proposal Presentation
Engineering Design Process - The NASA Design Approach, Design Verification and
Validation ,Design Verification Plan – DFMEA, test verification matrix, Usability testing,
DRIDS-V Design Approach and Plan
Intellectual Property Rights – Trademarks, Copyrights and Patents, Types of patents,
Searching patents, Filing Patents
Team formation and Communication – Types of teams, Team Conflict Management –
common causes, cultural styles and conflict, Project Team Evaluation, Conducting Meetings
and Making Presentations
Learning Resources
• Harvey F. Hoffman, “The Engineering Capstone Course: Fundamentals for Students and
Engineers”, Springer, 2014
• https://sharepoint.ecn.purdue.edu/epics/teams/Public%20Documents/EPICS_Design_Pr
ocess.pdf?_ga=2.252800138.2089889711.1612784342-1089955741.1612784342

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of Course

No Lectures Outcome
1 Project Selection
Search Phase, Preliminary Design Review (PDR) and 2 CO1,
Critical Design Review (CDR), Project Specification, CO6

- 221 -
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Proposal Report, Proposal Presentation

2 Engineering Design Process
2.1 The NASA Design Approach 1 CO2
2.2 Design Verification and Validation 1 CO2
2.3 Design Verification Plan – DFMEA, test verification 2 CO3
matrix, Usability testing,
2.4 DRIDS-V Design Approach and Plan 1 CO3
3 Intellectual Property Rights
3.1 Trademarks, Copyrights and Patents, 1 CO4
3.2 Types of patents, Searching patents,. 1 CO4
3.3 Filing Patents 1 CO4
4 Team formation and Communication
4.1 Types of teams, Team Conflict Management – common 1 CO5
causes, cultural styles and conflict,
4.2 Project Team Evaluation, Conducting Meetings and 1 CO5,
Making Presentations CO6
Total 12

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr. S.Saravana Perumaal [email protected]
• Dr.C.Jeyamala [email protected]

- 222 -
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

VII Semester

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 223 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT710 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN
PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble

A Mechatronic system design is a design process that is characterized by synergistic

integration of mechanisms, sensors, actuators and control to perform complex tasks in a
metaphysical environment.
An important characteristic of mechatronic devices and systems is their built-in
intelligence, which results through a combination of precision mechanical and electrical
engineering and real-time programming integrated with the design process. Mechatronics
system design makes possible to understand the basic design process involved in
mechatronics, selection of sensors and actuators, the interface issues and communication
problems. Design of a mechatronic systems is introduced in this subject to illustrate the
concepts.

Prerequisite
• 18MT230 - Analog Electronics
• 18MT330 - Digital Electronics
• 18MT430 - Microcontroller
• 18ES390 - Design Thinking
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Review the Mechatronic design process 10

CO2 Develop bond graph for the particular mechatronic system 10
CO3 Select the sensor and Actuator for a Mechatronic application 20
CO4 Interface the selected sensor, Actuator and Controller 20
Analyze and improve conventional designs by using the
CO5 20
mechatronic design approach
CO6 Develop a Mechatronic product for the given problem 20
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

CDIO Curricular
TCE
CO Learning Domain Level Components
Proficien
# (X.Y.Z)
cy Scale
Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO3 TPS2 Apply Value -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.3.1,4.3.2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 224 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3
,2.1.4,2.1.5,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO5 TPS4 Analyze Organise -
2.3.3, 2.3.4,3.1.1,3.1.2,
3.1.3,3.1.4,3.1.5,4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3
,2.1.4,2.1.5, 2.3.1,2.3.2,
2.3.3,2.3.4,3.1.1, 3.1.2,
CO6 TPS6 Create Characterize Mechanism 3.1.3,3.1.4,3.1.5,4.3.1,4.3.2
,4.4.1,4.4.2,4.4.3,4.4.4,4.4.
5,4.4.6, 4.5.1,4.5.2,4.5.3,
4.5.4,4.5.5,4.5.6,4.6.1,

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S S - L - - - - - M M M
CO2 S S S - S - - - - - M M M
CO3 S S S - L - - - - - M M M
CO4 S S S - S - - - - - M M M
CO5 S S S - S - - S S S S M M
CO6 S S S - S - - S S S S M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 - - - - 20
Understand 20 40 - 100 - - 40
Apply 60 40 - - 100 100 40
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - 100 - - - -

* Note:
1. Assignment 2 should be Mechatronic system simulation in 20 SIM 4.6 professional.
2. Continuous Assessment Test 3 is assessed by the prototype developed by the students.
The prototype should be a mechatronic system submitted with a report.
The final report must include:
• An overall description of the system
• List of desired specifications
• System modelling and analysis in 20 SIM
• System block diagram with quantitative models
• Schematics of the mechanical and electronic subsystems
• Flowchart or pseudo code of the microcontroller software
• A comprehensive list of parts specifying the quantity, brand, model, description, and
cost of each part
• Results and discussion

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 225 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism Mini project, Prototype of a Mechatronic
System
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Describe modelling.
2. Explain various modelling methods of a Mechatronic system.
3. Describe the basic components of bond graphs

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Develop a model for the physical system shown below using bond graph

2. Develop a model for the physical system shown below using bond graph

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Choose a desired sensor and actuator to sense the nearby obstacles and plot a 3D
graph. Obstacles from 0.5m to 5 m should be visible to the sensor and the graph plotted
should be used to navigate from one point to another.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 226 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Select a sensor, actuator and controller to measure the smell of the food particles
cooked inside a kitchen. According to the type of food the conveyor has to run to get
the food to a particular direction.
3. Analyse the application of palletizing and select a suitable sensor and actuator to pack
20 bottles in a plastic box of size 3ftx 3ft.

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Interface the ultra-sonic sensor with Arduino micro controller and a DC motor. The DC
motor has to rotate correspondingly to the signal from the ultra-sonic sensor. The
program is witten in 20 SIM software and it is verified.
2. What are the Interface issues while connecting an image grabber with a camera?
3. Draw the interfaced diagram of an industrial automation setup. The modified
architecture of the system is drawn interface between the sensor, actuator and the
micro controller.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Analyze and convert the conventional lathe machine as shown in the diagram to a
numerically controlled machine. Choose appropriate sensors, actuators and controllers
to design the machine. The length L1, L2 and H are 2m, 1.5 m and 0.5 m respectively.

2. Analyze and convert a conventional suspension system to an active suspension

system with the sensors and controllers included. Design the system as shown in the
diagram.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 227 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3. Analyze and convert an automation system to industry 4.0 system with the required
number of sensors, actuators and controllers. Design the system.

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Design a mobile robot which moves along a room and paints the wall at a height
of 3m from the ground. Consider all the mechanical alternatives and draw all
possible designs. Choose sensor, actuator, communication and interface method
for all designs. The robot of mass 3 kg should reach the maximum velocity in 1 s,
so an acceleration of 0.15m/s2 is desired. The wheel radius is assumed to be 3 cm.
Calculate the maximum torque and required power. According to the design
considered, choose a differential (gear reduction mechanism) to raise the spray
gun to a particular height. Design optimum motor driving circuitry, signal
conditioning circuit and algorithm for smooth functioning of the robot.

2. For a beam of length 0.285 m, width 0.0254 m, thickness 0.003 m, modulus 70.3
N/m2, density 2712 kg/m3, Obtain an optimum beam experimental setup. Assume
that the beam is divided into 10 finite beams. To measure the vibration levels of
the beam, consider a sensor – actuator is tightly bounded and placed below the
beam. The moment generated is proportional to the voltage of the sensor. Model
the sensor and PZT actuator. According to the voltage generated, develop the
instrumentation setup (charge amplifier), signal conditioning circuit, Controller and
software. Explain the algorithm of working.
3. Model the automatic washing machine, analyze and interpret the simulation results
if the maximum load is 6kg with the motor running torque at 20Nm.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 228 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction to Mechatronic System Design:
Key elements – Mechatronics Design process –Design Parameters – Traditional and
Mechatronics designs – Advanced approaches in Mechatronics - Industrial design and
ergonomics, safety.
Modelling of Mechatronic Systems by Bond Graphs:
Introduction-model categories-fields of application, generalized variables in bond graph-
Power variables – Energy variables, Basic components in Bond graph-1 Port components- 1
Port Resistor- 1 Port Capacitor – 1 Port Inductor, 2 Port components- Transformer- Gyrator,
3 Port Components – 0 Junction, 1 Junction, Model development-Design examples.
Generalized Mechatronics Design Process:
Recognition of the Need, Conceptual Design and Functional Specification, First principle
Modular Mathematical Modeling, Sensor and Actuator Selection – Selection Parameters –
Selection of motor & gear combination, Selection of pulley & belt combination, Interface of
Sensor, Microcontroller and Actuator – Issues. Communication protocols – Transmission
Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), ProfiBus, DeviceNet, FieldBus, Modbus.

Control System Design, Design Optimization, Prototyping, Hardware-in-the-loop Simulation,

Deployment of Embedded Software, Deployment/Life Cycle, and Life Cycle Optimization.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 229 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Case Study on basic systems

Mass-Spring-Oscillation and Damping system – Position Control of Permanent magnet DC
motor using Hall sensor and optical encoder – Auto-control system for Green House
Temperature.
Case study on advanced systems
Active suspension system– 3DPrinter - Anti lock braking system – Automatic Washing
Machine – Auto-focusing in Digital Cameras - Rocket takeoff system - Computer Numerically
Control production machines (CNC) – Coordinate Measuring Machines (CMM) - Quadcopter
– Humanoid Robots.

Learning Resources

1. Dobrivojie Popovich, “Mechatronics in Engineering Design and Product Development”,

CRC Press, First Edition, September 23, 2019.
2. Patrick O.J. Kaltjob “Mechatronic Systems and Process Automation: Model-Driven
Approach and Practical Design Guidelines”, CRC Press
First Edition, March 22, 2018.
3. Shuvra Das., “Mechatronic Modeling and Simulation Using Bond Graphs”, CRC Press,
2009.
4. W. Bolton, “Mechatronics – Electronic control systems in Mechanical & Electrical
Engineering”, Pearson Education Ltd., Second edition, 2011.
5. Shetty and Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design”, CENGAGE Learning, India, second
edition, 2011.
6. Amalendu Mukherjee, Ranjit Karmakar, Arun kumar samantaray, “Bond Graph in Modeling,
Simulation and Fault Identification” I.K International Pvt Ltd, Jan 2006.
7. Jacqueline Wilkie., Michael Johnson., Reza Katebi., “ Control Engineering an Introductory
course “ Palgrave Publication, 2003.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1.0 Introduction to Mechatronic System Design
1.1 Key elements – Mechatronics Design process 1 CO1
Design Parameters, Traditional and Mechatronics CO1
1.2 1
designs
1.3 Advanced approaches in Mechatronics 1 CO1
1.4 Industrial design and ergonomics, safety 1 CO1
2.0 Modelling of Mechatronic Systems by Bond Graphs
2.1 Introduction-model categories-fields of application 1 CO2
generalized variables in bond graph- Power variables –
2.2 Energy variables 1 CO2
Basic components in Bond graph-1 Port components-
2.3 2 CO2
1 Port Resistor- 1 Port Capacitor – 1 Port Inductor
2 Port components- Transformer- Gyrator, 3 Port
2.4 Components – 0 Junction, 1 Junction 2 CO2
2.5 Model development - Design examples 2 CO2
3.0 Generalized Mechatronics Design Process
Recognition of the Need, Conceptual Design and CO1
3.1 1
Functional Specification
3.2 First principle Modular Mathematical Modeling 1 CO1
3.3 Sensor and Actuator Selection – Selection Parameters 2 CO3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 230 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Selection of motor & gear combination, Selection of CO3

34 2
pulley & belt combination
Interface of Sensor, Microcontroller and Actuator – CO4
3.5 2
Issues
3.6 Control System Design, Design Optimization 1 CO1
3.7 Prototyping, Hardware-in-the-loop Simulation 1 CO1
Deployment of Embedded Software, Deployment/Life CO1
3.8 1
Cycle,
3.9 Life Cycle Optimization 1 CO1
3.10 Communication Protocols 1 CO1
4.0 Case Study on basic systems
Mass-Spring-Oscillation and Damping system, Position
4.1 Control of Permanent magnet DC motor using Hall 1 CO5
sensor and optical encoder
4.2 Auto-control system for Green House Temperature 1 CO5
5.0 Case study on advanced systems
5.1 Active suspension system– 3DPrinter 1 CO6
5.2 Anti lock braking system – Automatic Washing Machine 2 CO6
Auto-focusing in Digital Cameras - Rocket takeoff CO6
5.3 2
system
Computer Numerically Control production machines CO6
5.4 2
(CNC) – Coordinate Measuring Machines (CMM)
5.5 Quadcopter – Humanoid Robots 2 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Prof H Ramesh [email protected]
2 Prof M A Ganesh [email protected]
3 Prof S Manikandan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 231 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT760 SYSTEM INTEGRATION LABORATORY
PC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
System integration is the process of bringing together the component sub-systems into one
system and ensuring that the subsystems function together as a system. System integration
involves integrating existing, often disparate systems in such a way “that focuses on
increasing value to the customer such as improved product quality and performance, while at
the same time providing value to the company by reducing operational costs and improving
response time. In the modern world connected by Internet, the role of system integration
engineers is important as more and more systems are designed to connect, both within the
system under construction and to systems that are already deployed.
Cross-disciplinary integration of mechanical engineering, electrical and electronic engineering
as well as recent advances in information engineering are becoming more and more crucial
for future collaborative design, manufacture, and maintenance of a wide range of engineering
products and processes. This course gives insight in to the integration of sensors and
actuators with controller through communication networks in order to realize the new product
and total automated system.

Prerequisite
• 18MT520 - Industrial Automation
• 18MT570 - Industrial Automation Laboratory
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Identify the sensors, actuators, controllers and

CO1 5
communication protocols by their specifications.
Select a suitable sensor, actuator and controller for
CO2 5
Mechatronics system integration
Develop a software program to integrate all Mechatronics
CO3 25
components using suitable communication protocol.
Design a user interface to visualize and control the product
CO4 20
and process.
Integrate sensor, actuator and controller with user interface
CO5 20
through suitable drivers.
CO6 Integrate mechanisms with controller, sensor and actuator. 25
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE CDIO Curricular Components

CO Learning Domain Level
Proficien (X.Y.Z)
#
cy Scale Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.4.7,4.3.
CO1 TPS2 Apply Value -
2,4.3.4,4.4.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 232 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.4.7,4.3.
CO2 TPS2 Apply Value -
2,4.3.4,4.4.5
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.4.7,4.3.
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value -
2,4.3.4,4.4.5,4.5.3,4.4.5,
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.4.7,4.3.
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2,4.3.4,4.4.5,4.5.4,4.5.5,4.5.6,4.61
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.4.7,4.3.
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2,4.3.4,4.4.54.5.4,4.5.5,4.5.6,4.61
1.1.2,1.2,1.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.4.7,4.3.
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2,4.3.4,4.4.54.5.4,4.5.5,4.5.6,4.61

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M M - - - - - L - - L S -
CO2 S M M - - - - - L - - L S -
CO3 S M M - M M - - M - - L S M
CO4 S M M - M M - - M M - S S M
CO5 S M M - M M - - S M - S S M
CO6 S M M - M M - - S M M S S M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Cognitive Levels Model Examination Terminal Examination
Remember - -
Understand - -
Apply 100 100
Analyse - -
Evaluate - -
Create - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component
Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Experimental exercises for integrating all
system components.
Mechanism Developing integrated system combining all
components of Mechatronics.
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

List of Experiments / Activities with CO Mapping

Sl. No. of
Exercises / Experiments Cos
No. Hours
Develop a controller-based object sorting system
1 by selecting and placing suitable sensor and 2 CO1,CO2,CO5
actuator in a conveyor.
Develop a feed drive system using linear slide,
2 2 CO2,CO3,CO5,CO6
servo drive and Encoder, and control the motion

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 233 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

(Position, Velocity, and Acceleration) of feed drive

using suitable controller.
Design a Industrial level control system by
fabricating suitable container, placing proper
3 2 CO1,CO2,CO4,CO6
sensor and actuator, and controlling and
Monitoring the same using PLC,HMI and SCADA.
Programming and Controlling Servo drive in
4 Master –Slave mode using PLC for Industrial 2 CO3,CO5
Robot Control.
Programming servo drive using virtual
5 2 CO3,CO4
instrumentation and MATLAB
Design a User Interface for monitoring and
6 controlling the plant parameters (Machine control, 2 CO4,CO5
Process Parameters control, Energy control)
Design a cooling fan system in which the speed of
7 the fan need to be controlled by VFD depending on 1 CO3,CO4,CO5,CO6
the temperature of a system.
8 Controlling VFD through PLC and HMI 1 CO3,CO4
Motion control through sequential flow chart and
9 2 CO3
Ladder Program.
Sequential operation of Hydraulic cylinders using
10 1 CO4,CO5
the concept of IOT.
11 Integrating PLC with Machine vision system 1 CO3,CO4,CO5
Integrating Controller-Controller, Controller-Drive,
12 2 CO3,CO4,CO5
Drive-Drive through Profinet communication.
Integrating Profibus and Sercos remote IO’s with
13 2 CO3,CO4,CO5
Controller.
Integrating Controller-Drive, Drive-Drive using
14 2 CO3,CO4,CO5
Sercos communication.
15 System Integration Mini Project. - CO1-CO6
TOTAL 24

Learning Resources

1. Steve Mackay ,Edwin Wright MIPENZ, Deon Reynders, John Park “Practical
Industrial Data Networks -Design, Installation, trouble shooting” ,IDC Technologies,
Australia, Ist edition 2004.
2. “Rexroth IndraMotion MLC 13VRS functional description” published by Bosch Rexroth
Edition 6,2015.
3. S7-1500 Getting Started manual, Siemens 05/2014, A5E03981761-AC
4. KARL-HEINZ JOHN, Programming Industrial automation systems, Springer,1995
5. Gary W.johnson, Richard Jennings, Labview Graphical Programming , McGraw Hill
education, fourth edition 2017.
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Prof H Ramesh [email protected]
2 Prof M A Ganesh [email protected]
3 Prof S Manikandan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 234 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Program Specific Electives

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

- 235 -
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPA0 MACHINE VISION SYSTEM
PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Machine Vision (MV) is industry application-oriented subset of computer vision. It is the study
of methods and techniques whereby artificial vision systems can be constructed and usefully
employed in manufacturing applications. Machine vision integrates image capture systems
with digital input/output devices and computer networks to provide real time quality control and
for general control of manufacturing equipment such as automated assembly systems and
robotic manipulator. Manufacturers accept machine vision systems due to its high-speed,
high- magnification, 24-hour operation, and/or repeatability of measurements for visual
inspection applications.

Machine Vision (MV) systems can be applied in almost any industry. Historically the first
systems were deployed in the semi-conductor and automotive industries due to their highly
intensive use of industrial automation within these industries. Modern vision systems can be
applied across a hugely diverse range of industry sectors, these industries
include: Automotive, Semi-conductor, Electronics, Medical Devices and Pharmaceutical,
Printing and Packaging, Food Processing, Solar Production and Process Engineering.

Prerequisite
• NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Demonstrate the components of a machine vision system and

CO1 05
their functions
Select the appropriate sensor and illumination techniques of
CO2 30
machine vision system for the given application
Illustrate the various pre-processing technique used to design a
CO3 15
machine vision system
Illustrate the various image processing technique used to design
CO4 25
a machine vision system
Choose a suitable image processing technique for the specific
CO5 15
requirement
Identify the suitable components of machine vision system for the
CO6 given applications such as part identification, counting, 10
measurement and gauging
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 236 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS 2 Understand Respond --- 1.1, 1.2, 4.3.2
CO2 TPS 3 Apply Value --- 1.1, 1.2, 4.3.2
CO3 TPS 2 Understand Respond --- 1.1, 1.2, 4.3.2
CO4 TPS 2 Understand Respond --- 1.1, 1.2, 4.3.2
Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.4.3, 3.2.6, 4.4.1,
CO5 TPS 3 Apply Value
4.4.4, 4.4.5, 4.5.3, 4.5.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.4.3, 3.2.6, 4.4.1,
CO6 TPS 3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.4, 4.4.5, 4.5.3, 4.5.4

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M M L --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- M M
CO2 S S M --- S --- --- --- --- --- --- --- S S
CO3 M M L --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- S S
CO4 M M L --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- S S
CO5 S S M --- S --- --- --- M M --- --- S S
CO6 S S M --- S --- --- --- M M --- --- S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 --- --- --- 20
Understand 60 60 40 100 --- --- 40
Apply 20 20 40 --- 100 40
Analyse --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Evaluate --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Create --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception ---
Set ---
Guided Response Assignment - I
Mechanism Assignment II, III – Simulation &
Presentation
Complex Overt ---
Responses
Adaptation ---
Origination ---

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 237 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. With suitable block diagram, explain the components of a machine vision system.
2. How digital images are produced using CCD camera?
3. Explain the various illumination techniques used in a machine vision system
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. Select a suitable optical system, image sensor and illumination technique to detect the
presence of foreign bodies in the glass bottle used in a soft drink company. Justify your
selection.
2. Select a suitable optical system, image sensor and illumination technique to find the
manufacturing defect in a nut & bolt set. Justify your selection
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. With suitable example, explain the use of binary morphology operations
2. Explain the various image arithmetic operations with suitable example

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Illustrate how geometric features can be extracted from an image
2. Explain the steps involved in determining the shape of the object using contour
tracing
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Select a suitable image processing technique to identify the missing component in a
PCB board and explain the process involved
2. Select a suitable image processing technique to verify the hole shape and diameter
of a punched panel
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Design a machine vision system to measure the
dimensions of the threaded part moving in a slow
speed conveyor as shown in figure

2. Suggest a suitable machine vision system to

segregate the components shown in figure. Make
judicious assumptions if required and justify them

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 238 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus

Introduction: Introduction – Structure of Image Processing Systems - Possibilities and

Limitations - Types of Inspection Tasks – Examples

Image Acquisition: Solid State Sensors: Operation of Charge Coupled Device (CCD) and
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) Sensors – Color Sensors – Properties
of Sensors.

Illumination Technology: Optical foundations: 𝑓 number – Laws of Imaging - Depth of field

- Typical Capturing Situations - Aberrations - Lens Determination – Special Lens Types.
Illumination: Light Sources - Front Lighting - Back Lighting

Image Pre-processing: Gray Scale Transformations - Image Arithmetic - Linear Filters -

Median Filter - Morphological Filters

Image Processing: Segmentation: Regions of Interests (ROIs) - Binary Segmentation -

Contour Tracing - Template matching – Edge Detection. Feature Extraction: Basic Geometric
Features

Applications: Closed Loop Vision Systems - Bar Code Identification - Character Recognition
– Print Quality Inspection – Gauging – Presence Verification – Surveillance
Learning Resources
1. Christian Demant, Bernd Streicher-Abel, Carsten Garnica, Industrial Image
Processing, Second Edition, Springer, 2013
2. R.C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, Fourth Edition,
Prentice Hall India, 2018
3. Alexander Hornberg, Handbook of Machine Vision, Wiley VCH, 2006
4. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee55/preview

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 239 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course
Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction
1.1 Introduction – Structure of Image Processing Systems
1 CO1
- Possibilities and Limitations
1.2 Types of Inspection Tasks – Examples 1 CO1
2 Image Acquisition
2.1 Solid State Sensors: Operation of Charge Coupled
2 CO2
Device
2.2 Solid State Sensors: Operation of Complementary
2 CO2
Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) Sensors
2.3 Color Sensors – Properties of Sensors 1 CO2
3 Illumination Technology
3.1 Optical foundations: 𝑓 number 1 CO2
3.2 Laws of Imaging 2 CO2
3.3 Depth of field - Typical Capturing Situations 1 CO2
3.4 Aberrations - Lens Determination – Special Lens Types 2 CO2
3.5 Illumination: Light Sources - Front Lighting 2 CO2
3.6 Illumination: Light Sources - Back Lighting 1 CO2
4 Image Pre-processing
4.1 Gray Scale Transformations 2 CO3, CO5
4.2 Image Arithmetic 1 CO3, CO5
4.3 Linear Filters - Median Filter 2 CO3, CO5
4.4 Morphological Filters 1 CO3, CO5
5 Image Processing
5.1 Segmentation: Regions of Interests(ROIs), CO4, CO5
2
Segmentation
5.2 Contour Tracing 2 CO4, CO5
5.3 Template matching 2 CO4, CO5
5.4 Edge Detection 1 CO4, CO5
5.5 Feature Extraction: Basic Geometric Features 2 CO4, CO5
6 Applications
6.1 Closed Loop Vision Systems - Bar Code Identification, CO6
2
Character Recognition
6.2 Print Quality Inspection, Gauging 2 CO6
6.3 Presence Verification, Surveillance 1 CO6
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl.
Name E-mail Id
No.
1 Mr. Sheik Masthan S.A.R [email protected]
2 Mr. Praveen Kumar B [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 240 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPB0 MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Micro Electro Mechanical System (MEMS) contains components of sizes less than 1
millimetre. MEMS achieve some engineering functions by electro mechanical or electro
chemical means. In general a sensor, an actuator and a signal transduction unit forms the
MEMS device. Automobile, Aerospace, Health care are some of the areas where MEMS found
applications. Natural science, Mechanical, Electrical, Chemical, Materials and Industrial
Engineering are the disciplines involved in design, Manufacture and Packaging of MEMS
devices. This course provides a comprehensive treatment with synergetic integration of wide
spectrum of discipline in science and engineering to cater the multidisciplinary nature of
Mechatronics.
Prerequisite
• 18PHA20 - Physics
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

CO1 Solve problems in scaling laws applicable to miniaturization. 10

CO2 Identify the MEMS materials and their preparation 20
Identify suitable micro sensors and Micro actuators for
CO3 20
MEMS application.
Select a suitable Micro-fabrication processfor MEMS
CO4 15
application.
Select a suitable Micro-manufacturing process for MEMS
CO5 15
application.
Develop the flow process forfabrication of a silicon based
CO6 micro pressure sensor, micro channel heat sink, micro 20
accelerometer
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1, 2.1.2,2.1.5
Understand Respond Guided 1.1,1.2, 2.3.1
CO2 TPS2
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 1.3,2.1.2
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 1.3,2.1.2,2.2.3
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 1.3,2.1.2,2.2.3
Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 1.3,2.1.2,2.1.5,2.2.3,
CO6 TPS3
2.4.3,3.1,4.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 241 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S M - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 S S M - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 S S M - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 S S M - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 S S M - - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 S S S - M - - - M M - - M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment/ Model
Cognitive Assessment Tests Presentation Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3* Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 50 50 50 100 100 100 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment 1 & 2
Mechanism Ansys based model preparation
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. Explain in detail, the Trimmer matrix to represent force scaling with related
acceleration, time and power density required for scaling of systems in motion.
2. Estimate the associated changes in the acceleration, time and power supply to actuate
a MEMS component if its weight is reduced by a factor 20.
3. Record two types of scaling laws used in micro-systems.
4. Write the scaling formula for a simple rectangular block.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2)
1. Define shape memory alloys.
2. Explain in detail the application of MEMS materials in automobile industry.
3. Write detail notes on polymer materials used MEMS and Microsystems.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3)
1. Distinguish microelectronics from MEMS.
2. With neat diagram explain the functioning of micro pressure sensor.
3. State the reason for which materials like silicon, Gallium Arsenide, germanium, quartz
are preferred for sensors and actuators.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 242 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4)

1. Distinguish between wet and dry etching.
2. Outline the general principle of diffusion process.
3. Name three mask materials used in etching.
4. Chose and explain a suitable micro fabrication process to fabricate
Course Outcome 5 (CO5)
1. State the purpose of packaging
2. Distinguish Microsystems from microelectronics packaging
3. Explain various levels of Microsystems packaging
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Elaborate various packaging technologies
2. Design a micro channel heat sink using the process of fabrication.
Concept Map

Syllabus
Intorduction: MEMS and Microsystems, products, Evolution of micro-fabrication, Micro
system and Microelectronics, The multidisciplinary nature of MEMS, Miniaturization,
applications of micro systems in automotive, health care, aerospace, and telecommunication
fields.
Scaling law inminiaturization: Introduction to scaling, scaling in rigid body dynamics,
electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, electricity, fluid mechanics and heat transfer.
MEMS Materials and their preparation: Metals, Semiconductors, Ceramics, Polymeric and
Composite materials.
Micro Sensors:Acoustic wave sensors, Bio-medical sensors and Bio sensors, Chemical
sensors, Pressure sensors, thermal sensors.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 243 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Micro Actuators: Actuation using Thermal forces, Shape memory alloys, Piezo-electric
Crystals, Electrostatic Forces.
MEMS with Micro-actuators: Micro grippers, Micro motors, Micro valves, Micro Pumps,
Micro accelerometers, Micro fluidics.
Micro-system fabrication process: Introduction, Photolithography, ion implantation,
diffusion, oxidation, chemical vapour deposition, physical vapour deposition (sputtering),
Deposition by epitaxy, wet and plasma etching.
Overview of Micro-manufacturing: Introduction, Bulk micromachining: Isotropic and
Anisotropic Etching, Wet etchants, Etch Stop, Dry Etching, DRIE, Comparison of Wet versus
Dry Etching, surface micromachining, the LIGA process.
Design of micro pressure sensor: Application of micro pressure sensor, process flow for
silicon and packaging of micro pressure sensors.
Design of micro-channel heat sink: Application of micro-channel heat sink, silicon wafer
preparation, SiO2 Deposition over silicon wafer, photo-resist coating, Channel patterning, SiO2
etching, Deep Reactive Ion Etching of silicon, photo resist removal, anodic bonding of glass
and silicon micro-channel.
Design of micro accelerometer: Application of micro accelerometer, flow process and
packaging of micro accelerometers.
Model preparation using Ansys Software.
Learning Resources
1. Julian W.Gardner, Vijay.K.Varadhan, Osama.O.Awadelkarim, “Microsensors, MEMS
and Smart Devices”, John Wiley & Sons, LTD,2013.
2. Tai –Ran Hsu, “MEMS and Microsystem: Design and Manufacture ”, Tata McGraw Hill,
First Edition, 2002.
3. G.K. Ananthasuresh, K. J. Vinoy, S. Gopalakrishnan, K.N. Bhat and V.K. Athrae,
“Micro and Smart System”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, First edition, 2010.
4. Chang Liu , “Foundation of MEMS” 2nd Edition, Pearson education, 2012.
5. Marc J Madou: “Fundamentals of microfabrication and nanotechnolgy”, Three volume
set 3rd revised Edition, Taylor and Francis, 2011
6. Gad El Hak (Editor), “The MEMS Hand Book”, Three volume set, 2nd revised Edition.
CRC press, 2005.
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105082/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
Introduction: CO1
1.0 1
MEMS and Microsystems, products,
1.1 Evolution of micro-fabrication 1 CO1

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 244 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.2 Micro system and Microelectronics 1 CO1

1.3 The multidisciplinary nature of MEMS 1 CO1
1.4 Miniaturization 1 CO1
Applications of micro systems in automotive, health CO1
1.5 1
care, aerospace, and telecommunication fields.
Scaling law inminiaturization: Introduction to scaling, CO1
1.6 2
scaling in rigid body dynamics
Electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, electricity, CO1
1.6.1 1
fluid mechanics and heat transfer.
MEMS Materials and their preparation: Metals, CO2
2.2 2
Semiconductors, Ceramics
2.2.1 Polymeric and Composite materials 1 CO2
Micro Sensors: Acoustic wave sensors, Bio-medical CO3
3.0 2
sensors and Bio sensors
3.1 Chemical sensors, Pressure sensors, thermal sensors 1 CO3
Micro Actuators: Actuation using Thermal forces, CO3
3.2 2
Shape memory alloys
3.2.1 Piezo-electric Crystals, Electrostatic Forces 2 CO3
MEMS with Micro-actuators: Micro grippers, Micro CO3
3.3 2
motors, Micro valves
3.3.1 Micro Pumps, Micro accelerometers, Micro fluidics 1 CO3
Micro-system fabrication process: Introduction, CO4
4.0 1
Photolithography, ion implantation
4.1 diffusion, oxidation, chemical vapour deposition 1 CO4
4.1.1 physical vapour deposition (sputtering) 1 CO4
4.1,2 Deposition by epitaxy, wet and plasma etching 1 CO4
5.0 Overview of Micro-manufacturing: Introduction
Bulk micromachining: Isotropic and Anisotropic 1 CO5
5.1
Etching
5.1.1 Wet etchants, Etch Stop, Dry Etching, DRIE 1 C05
Comparison of Wet versus Dry Etching, surface
5.2 1 CO5
micromachining, the LIGA process.
Design of micro pressure sensor: Application of
6.0 micro pressure sensor, process flow for siliconand 2 CO6
packaging of micro pressure sensors
Design of micro-channel heat sink: Application of
micro-channel heat sink, silicon wafer preparation, SiO2
Deposition over silicon wafer, photo-resist coating,
6.1 2 CO6
Channel patterning, SiO2 etching, Deep Reactive Ion
Etching of silicon, photo resist removal, anodic bonding
of glass and silicon micro-channel.
Design of micro accelerometer: Application of micro CO6
6.2 accelerometer, flow process and packaging of micro 2
accelerometers.
Model Preparation using Ansys software 1 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.G.Kumaraguruparan [email protected]
2 Mr.M.M.Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 245 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPC0 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING
PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Additive Manufacturing is a group of techniques used to quickly fabricate a scale model of a
physical part or assembly using three-dimensional computer aided design (CAD)
data. Construction of the part or assembly is usually done using 3D printing or "additive layer
manufacturing" technology. Additive manufacturing improves product development by
enabling better communication in a concurrent engineering environment and also reduces
product development cycle time. This course aims to provide knowledge on the additive
manufacturing and its application, advantages, limitations.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

CO1 Illustrate the concepts of prototypes and AM process chain 20

Select the suitable Liquid based AM process for a given
CO2 20
product/part drawing/Application
Select the suitable solid based AM/Powder based AM
CO3 20
process for a given product/part drawing/Application
Choose the suitable AM process for rapid tooling
CO4 20
application
CO5 Explain the need and steps involved in reverse engineering 10
Create 3D model using Additive manufacturing Method
CO6 10
(Continuous Assessment only)
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1.2,1.2,2.3.1,3.2.5,4.3.2
Response
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1.2,1.2,2.2.2,2.2.3,3.2.5,4.3.2
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1.2,1.2, 2.2.2,2.2.3,3.2.5,4.3.2
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1.2,1.2, 2.2.2,2.2.3,3.2.5,4.3.2
Guided 1.1.2,1.2,3.2.5,4.3.2
CO5 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response
1.1.2,1.2,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.2.2,2.2.3,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.4.6,2.4.7,3.1,3.2.5,4.1.2,4.2.3,
4.3.2,4.4,4.5.2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 246 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 S M M - S - - - - - - - - -
CO3 S M M - S - - - - - - - - -
CO4 S M M - S - - - - - - - - -
CO5 S - - - S - - - - - - - - -
CO6 S S S - S - M - S - - M S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous Assignment/ Model Part
Cognitive Assessment Tests Fabrication Terminal
Levels 1 2 3*# Examination
Remember 20 20 - 20
Understand 50 50 - 50
Apply 30 30 - 100 30
Analyse - - - -
Evaluate - - - -
Create - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment I & II
Mechanism Model part fabrication
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. Define Prototyping
2. Explain the process chain of additive manufacturing process
3. Explain the classification of additive manufacturing process

Course Outcome 2 (CO2):

1. Define polymerization Process
2. Explain the process parameters of Solid Ground Curing (SGC).
3. Explain the principle of Stereo lithography (SLA) processes.
4. A prototype of a tube with a square cross-section is to be fabricated using stereo
lithography. The outside dimension of the square = 100 mm and the inside dimension =
90 mm (wall thickness = 5 mm except at corners). The height of the tube is (z-direction)
= 80 mm. Layer thickness = 0.10 mm. The diameter diameter of the laser beam (“spot
size”) = 0.25 mm, and the beam is moved across the surface of the photopolymer at a
velocity of 500 mm/s. Compute an estimate for the time required to build the part, if 10 s

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 247 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

are lost each layer to lower the height of the platform that holds the part. Neglect the time
for postcuring.

Course Outcome 3 (CO3):

1. Discuss the solid ground process steps in details with suitable diagrams.
2. Select the suitable AM process for the development of Pattern for jewellery application
3. Discuss the working principle of Fusion Deposition Modelling (FDM).
4. Select the suitable AM process for the development of Fixture for measurement purpose
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Discuss the process parameters to be considered in selective laser sintering
2. Explain the process parameters considered for laminated object manufacturing.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Differentiate direct and indirect tooling process.
2. Differentiate soft tooling and hard tooling.
3. Select the suitable AM process for fabrication of injection moulding tool.
Course Outcome 6: (CO6 - Continuous Assessment only)
Fabrication of FDM product: Each Student will be given a week of time with 35cc material to
fabricate the given component drawing.
Evaluation pattern for CO6:
S. No Description Marks
1 CAD Model Generation using solid modelling package 30
2 Process chain explanation and report preparation 50
3 Creation of 3D Product using additive manufacturing method 20
Total Marks 100

Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction: Definition of Prototypes, Roles of Prototypes, Need for time compression in
product development, History of AM Process, classification of AM Process - Fundamentals of
AM Process – Process chain of AM Process – Data format – STL files. Benefits of AM.
Liquid Based AM: Stereo Lithography Apparatus (SLA) – Principle – Photo polymerization –
Post processes – process parameters – Machine details – Advantages – Problems in

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 248 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

computing time to build parts, Solid Ground Curing (SGC) – Principle – processes parameters
– Process details - Machine details – Limitations.
Solid Based AM: Fusion Deposition Modeling (FDM) – Principle – Raw materials – BASS –
Water soluble support system – Process parameters – Machine details – Advantages and
limitations, Laminated Object Manufacturing – Principle – Processes parameters – Process
details – Advantages and limitations, Metal Additive Manufacturing processes – Direct Energy
Deposition (DED).
Powder based AM: Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) – Principle – process parameters –
Process details –Machine details.Electron beam Melting (EBM) - Principle – process
parameters – Process details –Machine details.
Rapid Tooling and Applications of AM: Classification of Rapid Tooling - Indirect rapid
tooling - Silicone rubber tooling, Aluminium filled epoxy tooling, Spray metal tooling, Direct
rapid tooling - Direct ACES Injection Moulding. Soft tooling vs hard tooling, Applications of AM
in product design, automotive industry, medical field – Case studies, Role of AM Process
parameter on Part Quality, Growth of AM industry
Reverse Engineering: Introduction - Definition - Generic Process - Scanning – Point
Processing – Geometric model development - Applications of reverse engineering.
Demonstration of 3D model generation using additive manufacturing method.

Learning Resources
1. Chua, C.K. Leong, K.F. and Lim, C.S. “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
Applications”, World Scientific, New Jersey, 2010
2. Pham, D.T. and Dimov, S.S., “Rapid manufacturing”, Springer-Verlag, Londo, 2011.
3. Jacobs, P.F., “Rapid Prototyping and Manufacturing: Fundamentals of
Stereolithography”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2011.
4. Hilton. P.D., “Rapid Tooling”, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000.
5. Rapid Prototyping Journal, Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
6. www.utah.edu/~asn8200/rapid.html
7. http://www.cheshirehenbury,com/rapid/index.html
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104162/
9. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction:
1.1 Definition of Prototypes, Roles of Prototypes 1 CO1
1.2 History of AM Process, classification of AM Process, 1 CO1
benefits of AM.
1.3 Need for time compression in product development 1 CO1
1.4 Fundamentals of AM Process – Process chain of AM 2 CO1
Process – Data format – STL files
2 Liquid Based AM:
2.1 Stereo Lithography Apparatus(SLA) – Principle 1 CO2
2.2 Photo polymerization – Post processes - process 2 CO2
parameters
2.3 Machine details – Advantages, 1 CO2
Problems in computing time to build parts
2.4 Solid Ground Curing (SGC) – Principle 2 CO2
2.5 Processes parameters 1 CO2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 249 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.6 Process details - Machine details – Limitations 1 CO2

3 Solid Based AM:
3.1 Fusion Deposition Modelling (FDM) – Principle – Raw 2 CO3
materials – BASS
3.2 Water soluble support system – Process parameters 2 CO3
3.3 Machine details – Advantages and limitations 1 CO3
3.4 Laminated Object Manufacturing – Principle – Processes 2 CO3
parameters - Process details – Advantages and
limitations
3.5 Metal Additive Manufacturing processes. 1 CO3
3.6 Direct Energy Deposition (DED) 1 CO3
4 Powder based AM:
4.1 Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) – Principle – process 2 CO3
parameters - Process details –Machine details
4.2 Electron beam Melting (EBM) - Principle – process 2 CO3
parameters – Process details - Machine details
5 Rapid Tooling and Applications of AM:
5.1 Classification of Rapid Tooling - Indirect Rapid Tooling – 1 CO4
Silicone rubber tooling, Aluminium filled epoxy tooling,
Spray metal tooling
5.2 Direct Rapid Tooling – Direct ACES Injection Moulding - 1 CO4
soft tooling Vs hard tooling
5.3 Applications of AM in product design, automotive industry, 1 CO4
medical field
5.4 Case studies 1 CO4
5.5 Role of AM Process parameter on Part Quality 1 CO4
5.6 Growth of AM industry 1 CO4
6 Reverse engineering:
6.1 Introduction – Definition 1 CO5
6.2 Generic Process – Scanning – Point Processing – 1 CO5
Geometric model development
6.3 Applications of reverse engineering. 1 CO5
7 Demonstration of 3D model generation using additive 1 CO6
manufacturing method
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.G.Kumaraguruparan [email protected]
2 Mr.M.M.Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 250 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPD0 EMBEDDED SYSTEM
PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Embedded systems are an omnipresent part of our daily lives. It is there in homes, offices,
cars, factories, hospitals and consumer electronics. Normally, embedded systems are built around
microcontrollers and SOCs based on ARM processors. This course aims at introducing embedded
system design principles. Also the ARM architecture and programming is covered in this course.
This course also focuses on real time concepts helping the student engineers to build real time
embedded systems.
Prerequisite
• 18MT430 - Microcontroller
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
CO1 Suggest the design approach for embedded system 15
CO2 Develop assembly code using ARM and Thumb instructions 25
CO3 Illustrate the concepts of memory management 10
CO4 Develop embedded C program using ARM controller 15
CO5 Demonstrate the task scheduling algorithm 25
Design real time systems using embedded system
CO6 10
principles
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2, 2.3.1,2.3.2
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.3.1,2.3.2
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2, 2.3.1,2.3.2
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,2.1.2, 4.3.2
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.2, 2.1.2
1.2,2.1.2,2.3.1,2.3.22.3.3,2.3.4,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.4.3,3.2.5,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.3.3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S - S - - - - - - - - M M L
CO2 S S M - S - - - - - - M M M
CO3 S - - - - - - - - - - - L L
CO4 S S S S M - - S S - - S S
CO5 S - - - - - - - - - - - M M
CO6 S M S - S - - - - - - M S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 251 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 80 50 50 100 - - 50
Apply - 30 30 100 100 30
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Quiz
Mechanism Simulation of embedded C programs using
software tools
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Define Embedded System.
2. Distinguish between RISC and CISC.
3. List the challenges in embedded system design.

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Write an ARM instruction that does an operation on r1,r2 and obtain the result in r0.
Given the PRE and POST conditions.
PRE POST
r1 = 0b1111 r0 = 0b1010
r2 = 0b0101

2. Illustrate the various Barrel shifter operations in ARM with suitable examples.
3. Assume the values in registers r0 & r1 be : r0 = 0x00000000, r1 = 0x00009000. Let
the data in the memory be: mem32[0x00009000] = 0x01010101,mem32[0x00009004]
= 0x02020202
Find the data in r0 and r1 registers on execution of the following instructions separately.
LDR r0, [r1, #4]!
LDR r0, [r1, #4]
LDR r0, [r1], #4

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Discuss about direct mapping and fully associative mapping techniques in a cache
based system.
2. Give the differences between MPU and MMU.
3. Explain how ARM memory management unit supports the virtual memory.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 252 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Develop an embedded C program for interfacing a stepper motor with an ARM
controller.
2. Demonstrate how a sensor can be interfaced with an ARM controller and also write
the C program for it.
3. Construct an embedded C program for displaying the string “EMBEDDED SYSTEM”
in an LCD display with an ARM controller.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Write about the various task states.
2. Illustrate the Rate Monotonic scheduling algorithm.
3. Distinguish between hard and soft real time system.

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Illustrate the concept of priority inversion.
2. List the features of Vx Works.
3. Demonstrate how an Automobile ABS system is developed using real time embedded
system principles.

Concept Map

Syllabus

Introduction to Embedded Systems: Definition and Overview of embedded systems,

embedded system design process, challenges - common design metrics and optimization,
Hardware - Software co-design for embedded product development - reconfigurable FPGA-
based systems design - Cyber physical systems
Processor Fundamentals: Architecture of ARM controllers-STM32407xx,
TM4C123,LPC214x - ARM core dataflow model, Register sets, Pipeline, ARM instruction set,
Thumb instruction set, Interrupt and Exception handling
Memory Systems: Memory hierarchy, Cache Architecture, Cache policies, Memory
Protection Unit, Memory Management Unit
Embedded Programming: Features of an ARM Family, Peripherals, Timer Unit, Pulse Width
Modulation Unit, UART, Programming Examples – Sensor, DC Motor, Stepper Motor,
Keyboard, LCD Interfacing

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 253 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Real Time Operating Systems: Real Time Systems Real time operating systems
Architecture, Tasks and Task states, Scheduling Algorithms - First-Come First-Served -
Shortest Job First - Round Robin - Rate-Monotonic - Earliest Deadline First - Least Laxity -
Maximum Urgency First, Semaphore and shared data, Message queues, mail boxes and
pipes, priority inversion, priority inheritance
Case Study: Automobile Antilock Braking System, Cruise Control System

Learning Resources
1. Rajkamal, ‘Embedded System – Architecture, Programming, Design’, Tata Mc Graw
Hill, 2017
2. Andrew N. Sloss Dominic Symes Chris Wright, “ARM System Developer’s Guide
Designing and Optimizing System Software”, Elsevier Inc 2010
3. Peckol, “Embedded system Design”,JohnWiley&Sons,2010
4. Jiacun Wang, “Real-Time Embedded Systems” John Wiley & Sons, 2017
5. David Simon, "An Embedded Software Primer", Addison Wesley, 2000
6. Steve Heath, ‘Embedded System Design’, II edition, Elsevier, 2003.
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106111/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction to Embedded Systems
1.1 Definition and Overview of embedded systems, 1 CO1
1.2 embedded system design process, challenges 1 CO1
1.3 common design metrics and optimization, 1 CO1
Hardware - Software codesign for embedded product CO1
1.4 1
development.
reconfigurable FPGA based systems design, Cyber CO1
1.5 2
physical systems
2 Processor Fundamentals:
2.1 Architecture of ARM controller 1 CO2
2.2 ARM core dataflow model 1 CO2
2.3 Register sets, Pipeline, ARM Processor Families 1 CO2
2.4 ARM instruction set 2 CO2
2.5 Thumb instruction set 2 CO2
2.6 Interrupt and Exception handling 2 CO2
3 Memory Systems
3.1 Memory hierarchy 1 CO3
3.2 Cache Architecture, Cache policies 1 CO3
3.3 Memory Protection Unit 1 CO3
3.4 Memory Management Unit. 1 CO3
4 Embedded Programming:
4.1 Features of an ARM Family 1 CO4
Peripherals – The Timer Unit – Pulse Width Modulation CO4
4.2 3
Unit – UART
Programming Examples– Sensor , DC Motor, Stepper CO4
4.3 2
Motor, Keyboard, LCD Interfacing

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 254 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

5 Real Time Operating Systems

Real Time Systems Real time operating systems CO5
5.1 2
Architecture
5.2 Tasks and Task states 2 CO5
Scheduling Algorithms- First-Come First-Served - CO5
Shortest Job First - Round Robin - Rate-Monotonic -
5.3 2
Earliest Deadline First - Least Laxity - Maximum
Urgency First
5.4 Semaphore and shared data 1 CO5
5.6 Message queues, mail boxes and pipes 1 CO5
5.7 priority inversion, priority inheritance 1 CO5
Case Study: Automobile Antilock Braking System, CO6
5.8 2
Cruise Control System
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr. B.Praveen Kumar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 255 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

INDUSTRIAL CONTROL OF MOTION Category L T P Credit(s)

18MTPH0
DRIVES PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Today, Industries are increasingly demanding process automation in all sectors. Automation
results into better quality, increased production and reduced costs. Machine tools and Robots
are become fundamental components of any automated Manufacturing work cell. The
controlling parameters like motion, Speed, Position and torque are paramount in raising
productivity and quality and reducing energy and equipment costs in all industries. Electric
drives share most of industrial machine control applications. The heart of the modern machine
tool are the motion control elements, which includes a numerical controller and a number of
servo drives. The servo drives which drives machine tools need to achieve a high precision
and accuracy.
Prerequisite
• 18MT220 - Electrical Machines
• 18MT420 - Power Electronics and Drives
• 18MT510-Control Systems
• 18MT570 - Automation Lab
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Describe the basic structure of the position, speed and torque

CO1 15
control in drives.
CO2 Experiment position and speed control in Motion control drives. 25
Construct Field oriented control (FOC) for Induction, PMSM and
CO3 15
BLDC drives.
CO4 Develop the Vector control algorithm for AC servo drives. 10
CO5 Program Motion controller for Motion applications. 20
Select motor, gear and transmission system for motion control
CO6 15
system.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework
TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Value 2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Mechanism
2.3.1,3.1.5
Value 2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Mechanism
2.3.1,3.1.5
Value 2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Mechanism
2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.5.4,3.1.5
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.1,3.1.5
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.5.4,3.1.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 256 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - L - - - -
CO2 S M L - - - - - M - - L M M
CO3 S M L - - L - - M - - L M M
CO4 S M L - M - - - M - - L M M
CO5 S M L - M L - - M - - L M M
CO6 S M L - M L - - M L - L M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 10 10 10 - - - 10
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception Simulation of Machines Operation

Set
Flipped classroom, Active Learning
Guided Response
Techniques.
Mechanism Assignments, Mini Projects
Complex
OvertResponses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
4. Explain the basic elements of speed control system.
5. Describe the structure of Torque control in Servo Drive.
6. Write the important specifications of servo drive.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
3. Design the nonlinear position controller for CNC applications.
4. The mechanical sub system of a position-controlled system is described by J=0.01
kgm2 and B=0.01 Nm/(rad/s).The torque actuator gain is KM=1.Assuming the sampling
time of 10 ms, obtain the pulse transfer function WP(z) of the control object.
5. Develop a Simulink model of nonlinear position controller

Course Outcome 3 (CO3):

3. Develop servo drive program for driving axis motor of CNC turning Machine.
4. Explain the step response of a integral speed controller.
5. Explain the Feed forward compensation of Integral speed controller.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 257 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

3. Explain the vector control methods in detail
4. Discuss the direct torque and flux control methods in drives.
5. Explain the structure of closed loop torque control in electric drives.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
3. Develop a experimental setup for the ramp tracking of PID controller.
4. Discuss the coordinated motion in multiaxis systems
5. Explain the spline interpolation of course reference profiles.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. A machine needs to be designed to apply glue to a product which is 60 in long. The
glue headmust travel over the product at constant speed while applying the glue. Due
to the structuraldesign of the machine, there are only additional 4 in of space at each
end of the 60 in lineartravel to be used to accelerate and decelerate the glue head.
The glue must be applied in 0.8 s. The glue head is 7 in wide and weighs 28 lb. Select
components from the following productfamilies: MKR-Series linear belt drive by Bosch
Rexroth AG [32], AKM™servomotor byKollmorgen [20] and EPL-H gearhead by GAM
[17].
2. A small converting machine shown in Figure 3.34 is used to process sheet aluminium.
Theload inertia on the rewind axis is Jload = 2 × 10−2 kg-m2 and the axis has 7Nm
load torquedue to friction and tension. The motion uses trapezoidal velocity profile with
𝜔load = 150 rpm.Change in the size of the rewind roll can be ignored. Select a NEMA
23 size servomotor and agearhead to drive the rewind axis if the cycle consists of (a)
ta = td = 30 ms, tc = 3 s, td𝑤 = 4 s,or (b) ta = td = 30 ms, tc = 5 s, td𝑤 = 1 s.
3. Select a drive and program servo drive using PLC for a robotic application with a
payload of 10 Kg.

Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 258 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus

Basics of Electrical Drives control – Modelling of Induction motor, Permanent Magnet

Synchronous motor(PMSM),Brushless DC motor(BLDC),AC servo motor Model-block
diagram ,transfer function, state space modelling, Basic structure of position ,speed and
torque controller-structure of cascaded control-PI and PID controllers-Introduction to Field
oriented control.
Control of Induction Motor Drives-Principle of vector control, direct control, indirect control,
Tuning of vector controller, Cascaded Position/velocity/Torque controller with feed forward
gain- case study on Texas instruments sensored and sensorless FOC control of induction
motor.
Control of PMSM and BLDC Drives-Vector control of PMSM drives-control strategies-flux
weakening operation-speed controller design-Trapezoidal control of BLDC drives-Case study
on Texas instruments Sensored and Sensorless control of PMSM and BLDC drives

Control of AC Servo Drives-Sinusoidal commutation –Torque generation with sinusoidal

commutation-Motor phasing with encoders and hall sensors-Vector control of AC servo motor-
Case study on Bosch Rexroth and National Instruments servo drive control.

Motion control drives-Components of motion control system-Drive train design-Motor,

gearbox and transmission mechanism selection-common motion profiles-single axis and multi
axis motion-Move modes-motion programming-Case study on Siemens and Bosch Rexroth
Motion controllers

Learning Resources
5. R.Krishnan, ”Electric motor drives-Modelling, analysis and control”, prentice hall
publications,2001.
6. Hakan Gurocak, “Industrial Motion control” John Wiley publications,2016.
7. Ion Boldea, S.A Naser “Electric Drives” CRC Taylor & Francis group edition,2009
8. Texas instruments Motor Control Education https://training.ti.com/node/1139615
9. Frederick F. Ling, Servo motors and industrial control theory, springer,2009..
10. Indra Motion Logic Drives ,Indra works Software User Manual Bosch Rexroth.
11. National instruments CRIO motion control manual.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Course
Module No. of
Topic Out
No. Lectures
comes
1 Basics of Electrical Drives Control
Modelling of Induction, PMSM,BLDC and AC servo CO1
1.1 motors-block diagram, transfer function, state space 2
modelling
1.2 Structure of position, speed and torque controller-PI,PID 1 CO1
1.3 Structure of cascaded control 1 CO1
1.4 Introduction to Field oriented control(FOC) 1 CO1

2 Control of Induction Motor Drives

2.1 Principle of vector control, direct control, indirect control 2 CO2
2.2 Tuning of vector controller 1 CO2
Cascaded Position/velocity/Torque controller with feed CO2
2.3 1
forward gain

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 259 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course
Module No. of
Topic Out
No. Lectures
comes
Case study on Texas instruments sensored and CO3
2.5 2
sensorless FOC control of induction motor
3 Control of PMSM and BLDC Drives
3.1
Vector control of PMSM drives 1 CO2
3.2
Control strategies 2 CO2
3.3
Flux weakening operation 1 CO2
3.4
Speed controller design 1 CO2
3.5
Trapezoidal control of BLDC drives 2 CO3
3.6 Case study on Texas instruments Sensored and 2 CO3
Sensorless control of PMSM and BLDC drives
4 Control of AC Servo Drives
Sinusoidal commutation, Torque generation with CO4
4.1 2
sinusoidal commutation
4.2 Motor phasing with encoders and hall sensors 1 CO4
4.3 Vector control of AC servo motor 1 CO4
4.4 Case study on Bosch Rexroth and National Instruments 2 CO5
servo drive control.
5 Motion control drives
5.1 Components of motion control system 1 CO6
5.2 Drive train design-Motor, gearbox and transmission 2 CO6
mechanism selection
5.3 common motion profiles, Move modes 1 CO6
5.4 Single axis and multi axis motion 1 CO6
5.5 Motion programming 2 CO5
5.6 Interfacing Motion controllers and Drives 1 CO5
Case study on Siemens and Bosch Rexroth Motion CO5
5.7 2
controllers
36
Total
Hours

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr.H. Ramesh [email protected]
2 Mr. S. Julius fusic [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 260 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPJ0 ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION
PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Robotic Process Automation is a software-based technology utilising software robot to

emulate human execution of a business process. This means that it performs the task on a
computer, uses the same interface a human worker would, clicks, types, opens applications
and uses keyboard shortcuts. It can automate the data input, reconciliation error, and even
it can process certain decision-making required for invoice processing, which minimizes the
need for human intervention. RPA can automate end-to-end process from receipt to payment.
In this subject the RPA bots are introduced and they are deployed to any process automation
problems.
Prerequisite
• 18MT350 – Programming for Problem Solving
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Distinguish the traditional automation from robotic process

CO1 10
automation
Identify the robotic process automation candidates in an
CO2 20
automation environment
CO3 Develop a RPA template for an application 20
CO4 Deploy the RPA template for a particular application 20
Implement RPA for a particular automation process using RPA for
CO5 20
python
CO6 Predict the RPAbot break conditions 10
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,2.3.1
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond -
4.3.1,4.3.2,4.3.4
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.4.3,4.3.1,4.3.2,4.4.1,4.5.3
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5, 2.4.3,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value - 4.3.1,4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1,
4.5.3, 4.5.6
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5, 2.4.3,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value - 4.3.1,4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1,4.5.3,
4.6.2
1.1,1.2,1.3, 2.1.4,2.1.5, 2.4.3,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value - 2.4.4,4.3.1,4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1,
4.5.3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 261 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - M M M
CO2 M L - - - - - - - - - M M M
CO3 S M L - S - - - S - - S M M
CO4 S M L - S - - - S - - S M M
CO5 S M L - S - - - S - - S M M
CO6 S M L - S - - - S - - S M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 40 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 40 40 40 100 - - 20
Apply 20 40 40 - 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Process Automation Assignment
Mechanism
Complex Overt
Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. What are digital workers?
2. List some of the processes which cannot be robot process automated
3. What Is the difference between traditional and robotic process automation
4. Describe the main benefits of robotic process automation
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. List some of the factors based on which the general RPA candidates is chosen
2. Consider a car manufacturer using a six sigma technique to improve the business
process in the company. Identify the RPA candidates to automate the process.
3. What are the RPA candidates of the data extraction process by Google forms? List
according to the priority
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. Automate the patient billing system for a hospital with 30 beads. The bill should consist
of the receipt number, patient number, list of medicines, and bill of materials. This

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 262 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

should be generated and printed daily at 6.00 P.M. Select the RPA process to be
implemented. Justify with reasons.
2. Chose the appropriate RPA template to automate the email reply system to a
particular set of emails in the organization. Others should be analyzed and proper reply
should be sent. The reply should be based on the emotion in the sentence.
3. Discuss the RPA template and the process to automate the repeated form filing
systems of different organizations. The RPA bot should be able to analyze the question
and provide short answers from a database of solutions.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Select the RPA suitable template to automate Gmail trash clearing system. The trash
should be cleared when the number of mails in trash reaches 25.
2. Deploy a RPA template to automate the Amazon online supply chain. The bot should
be deployed 24/7 to accept orders, sort and send the orders to the corresponding
warehouse. The allocation of trucks should be done according to the distance of the
truck in real time.
3. Deploy a RPA system to allocate the daily work time of the employees based on the
age, the department, the project currently allocated with the deadline of the project
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Design an automated team member to collaboratively work with the humans to divide
and complete a project within the stipulated time.
2. Design a robotic HR to recruit the employees based on the objectives of the
company and the future projects. Select the suitable RPA tools, template and design
the architecture.
3. Design a AI based loan approval system depending on the data gathered about the
customers revenue and income tax details.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Predict the reasons for RPA bot breaks for a supply chain mechanism?
2. Predict the RPA bot break condition in a multibot chain communication system for
task allocation system
3. Suggest some measures to avoid botcrash in contract allocation system

Concept Map

Syllabus
Overview

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 263 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Need for RPA, Definition, Types, Distinguishing RPA from Traditional Automation, RPA tools
- UiPath, Blue Prism, TagUI, RPA for Python - Capabilities, Digital Workforce Platform – Digital
Workers , RPA Architecture, Types of Bots, Application of the RPA Process - Case study.

Identifying the Automation Process

The Process flow -RPA development methodology and key considerations - Identifying RPA
candidates, Performing top-level benefit analysis, Prioritizing RPA Candidates, Performing
Process Steps, Filling the Process Assessment Template, Gathering Resources and
Examining Processes, Checking for Elements that Prevent Automation, Using Feasibility
Matrix, Defining input and output metrics.

Automation Process Design

Components of RPA – Recorder - Development studio - Extensions and plugins - Bot runner,
Control center, Using the ROI Calculator, Filling the Process Design Template, Requirement
Gathering Template, Bot Handover Document, Solution Design Template - Test Case
Template - Checklist Documents.

RPA Deployment and Maintenance

Control Room Feature Panel, Home Page, Bots Page, The Devices Page, The Audit Page -
Workload Page - Control Room Dashboards Component - Activity Component - Bots
Component - Run and Schedule Bots - Import and Export Bot - Devices Component -
Workload Component - Workload Management, Creating Queue, Running Bot Using Queue,
RPA Bot Break conditions, The future of RPA.

Learning Resources
1. Alok Mani Tripathi,”Learning Robotic Process Automation”, Packt Publishing Ltd,
March, 2018.
2. Tom Taulli “The Robotic Process Automation Handbook: A Guide to
Implementing RPA Systems”, Apress, 28 February 2020.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1.0 Overview
1.1 Need for RPA, Definition 1 CO1
Types, Distinguishing RPA from Traditional CO1
1.2 1
Automation
1.4 RPA tools - UiPath, Blue Prism 1 CO1
1.5 TagUI, RPA for Python 1 CO1
1.6 Capabilities 1 CO1
1.7 Digital Workforce Platform, Digital Workers 1 CO1
1.9 RPA Architecture, Types of Bots 2 CO1
1.11 Application of the RPA Process 1 CO1
1.12 Case study 2 CO5
2.0 Identifying the Automation Process
2.1 The Process flow 1 CO2
2.2 RPA development methodology and key considerations 1 CO2
2.3 Identifying RPA candidates 1 CO2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 264 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.4 Performing top-level benefit analysis 1 CO2

2.5 Prioritizing RPA Candidates, Performing Process Steps 1 CO2
Filling the Process Assessment Template, Gathering CO2
2.6 1
Resources and Examining Processes
2.7 Checking for Elements that Prevent Automation 1 CO2
Using Feasibility Matrix, Defining input and output CO2
2.8 1
metrics
3.0 Automation Process Design
3.1 Components of RPA 1 CO3
3.2 Recorder - Development studio 1 CO3
3.3 Extensions and plugins - Bot runner 1 CO3
3.4 Control center, Using the ROI Calculator 1 CO3
3.5 Filling the Process Design Template 1 CO3
Requirement Gathering Template, Bot Handover CO3
3.6 1
Document
3.7 Solution Design Template - Test Case Template - 1 CO3
3.8 Checklist Documents 1 CO3
4.0 RPA Deployment and Maintenance
4.1 Control Room Feature Panel, Home Page, Bots Page 1 CO4
4.2 The Devices Page, The Audit Page 1 CO4
Workload Page - Control Room Dashboards CO4
4.3 1
Component
Activity Component - Bots Component - Run and CO4
4.5 1
Schedule Bots
4.6 Import and Export Bot - Devices Component 1 CO4
4.7 Workload Component - Workload Management, 1 CO4
4.8 Creating Queue, Running Bot Using Queue 1 CO4
4.9 RPA Bot Break conditions 1 CO6
4.10 The future of RPA. 1 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr G Kanagaraj [email protected]
2 Mr M.A Ganesh [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 265 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPK0 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Object-Oriented Programming (OOPs) have proved to be effective solutions in handling the
inherent complexity of software design, development, testing and maintenance. Instead of
viewing a program as a series of steps to be carried out, it views it as a group of objects that
have certain properties and can take certain actions. Many object-oriented languages have
become available and have been widely adopted like Java, C++, Python, VB / VB.NET, C#,
Perl, Ruby – to name a few. For an Engineer, solving any real time problem is not just about
designing an algorithm and solving it, but also the ability to select appropriate data structures
to solve the problem efficiently.
This course on introduce the concept of OOPs using C++ and Python along with ability to
manipulate data using data structures.

Prerequisite
• 18MT350 - Programming for Problem Solving
• 18MT360 - Programming and Coding Laboratory

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Explain the various concepts of Object-Oriented Programming

CO1 5
(OOPs)
CO2 Develop C++ program for solving the given problem using OOPs 25
CO3 Explain the various concepts of programming in Python 10
Develop Python program for solving the given problem using
CO4 25
OOPs
CO5 Analyse and debug the developed C++ and Python program 10
Implement linear and nonlinear data structures such as stack,
CO6 25
queue, linked lists, treesfor a given application
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.3, 2.1.5, 3.2.3
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.3, 2.1.5, 3.2.3, 4.4.5
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.3, 2.1.5, 3.2.3
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.3, 2.1.5, 3.2.3, 4.4.5
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.3, 2.1.5, 3.2.3, 4.4.5
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.3, 2.1.5, 3.2.3, 4.4.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 266 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - L M
CO2 S M L - S - - - S M - - M S
CO3 M L - - - - - - - - - - L M
CO4 S M L - S - - - S M - - M S
CO5 S M L - S - - - S M - - M S
CO6 S M L - S - - - S M - - M S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3* 1 2 3
Remember 20 20 - - - - 20
Understand 40 40 - - - - 40
Apply 40 40 100 100 100 100 40
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -
* CAT 3 assessment will be done through Programming.

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism -
Complex Overt -
Responses
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. Illustrate the concept of class and objects in OOPs with necessary example
2. Explain inheritance, its types with simple diagram

Course Outcome 2 & 4 (CO2 & CO4):

1. Write a C++ program to add two complex numbers using operator overloading concept
2. Explain the use of object as function argument with a C++ program.
3. Write a python program to explain the concept of class and objects

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 267 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 3& 5(CO3& CO5):

1. Predict the output of the following C++ programs

2. Predict the output of the following Python programs

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Given an arithmetic expression, develop an algorithm to check for matching
parenthesis and choose an appropriate data structure to implement the algorithm
efficiently.
2. Implement insertion, deletion and searching operations in Binary Search Tree

Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 268 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus

Introduction: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming (OOPs) -Procedural Languages

- The Object-Oriented approach - Objects and Classes

OOPs in C++: C++ programming basics – Objects and Classes - Defining the Class - Using
the Class - Calling Member Functions - C++ Objects as Physical Objects - Objects as Data
Types - Constructors - Destructors - Objects as Function Arguments - Overloaded
Constructors - Member Functions Defined Outside the Class - Objects as Arguments -
Returning Objects from Functions - Arguments and Objects - Structures and Classes -
Operator Overloading and Inheritance - Overloading Unary & binary operators - Data
Conversion - Derived Class and Base Class - Class Hierarchies - Public and Private
Inheritance - Levels of Inheritance - Multiple Inheritance - Classes within Classes Inheritance

OOPs in Python: Pythonprogramming basics -Types - Expressions - Strings - Lists - list

comprehension - Tuples - Dictionaries - Exception handling- Objects and Classes

Applications: Linear Data structures - Stacks - Queues - Linked Lists; Non-Linear Data
structures - Trees - Graphs - Round Robin Scheduling - Searching - Sorting - Minimum
Spanning Tree Algorithm - Shortest Path routing using Dijkstra’s Algorithm

Learning Resources
1. Robert Lafore, Object-Oriented Programming in C++, Pearson Education, 2002
2. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 4th edition,
Pearson Education, 2014
3. Programming in C++ in Swayam: https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs07/preview
4. Programming, Data Structures and Algorithms using Python in NPTEL:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106145/
5. C++ Programming in Tutorials
Point:https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cplusplus/index.htm
6. Python Programming in Tutorials Point:
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python/index.htm

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming (OOPs) -
1.1 Procedural Languages - The Object-Oriented approach 2 CO1
- Objects and Classes
2 OOPs in C++
2.1 C++ programming basics 2 CO2, CO5
Objects and Classes - Defining the Class - Using the
2.2 2 CO2, CO5
Class - Calling Member Functions
Objects as Physical Objects &Data Types -
2.3 Constructors - Destructors- Objects as Function 2 CO2, CO5
Arguments
Overloaded Constructors - Member Functions Defined
Outside the Class - Objects as Arguments - Returning
2.4 2 CO2, CO5
Objects from Functions - Arguments and Objects -
Structures and Classes

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 269 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
Operator Overloading and Inheritance - Overloading
2.5 Unary & binary operators - Data Conversion - Derived 2 CO2, CO5
Class and Base Class - Class Hierarchies
Public and Private Inheritance - Levels of Inheritance -
2.6 Multiple Inheritance – Classes within Classes 2 CO2, CO5
Inheritance
3 OOPs in Python
Pythonprogramming basics CO3, CO4,
3.1 3
CO5
Types - Expressions – Strings - Lists - list CO3, CO4,
3.2 2
comprehension CO5
Tuples – Dictionaries CO3, CO4,
3.3 2
CO5
Exception handling CO3, CO4,
3.4 2
CO5
Objects and Classes CO3, CO4,
3.5 3
CO5
4 Applications
4.1 Linear Data structures - Stacks - Queues - Linked Lists 2 CO6
4.2 Non-Linear Data structures - Trees 2 CO6
4.3 Graphs - Round Robin Scheduling 2 CO6
4.4 Searching – Sorting 2 CO6
Minimum Spanning Tree Algorithm - Shortest Path
4.5 2 CO6
routing using Dijkstra’s Algorithm
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. Sheik Masthan S.A.R [email protected]
2 Mr. Prakash A [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 270 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPN0 DIGITAL MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Modern market becomes more global and less national or local. Developed world market is
reflected in the wide range of new products, the rapid obsolescence of products and the
emergence of new products, high quality standards, short delivery and decreasing costs. Such
conditions are very difficult for the classical industrial production we have today, and thanks
to the progress of modern technological achievements, such as communication networks and
the Internet, it is forcing us to develop and introduce a new modern era of industrial production
based on communicational - informational linking of manufacturers and customers. This digital
revolution is being driven by technology advancements in software, analytics, AI, machine
learning, quantum mechanics, robotics, the IoT, material science, 3D printing, automated cars,
and more. Advances in technology are having a profound impact on the manufacturing
industry. The IoT, for example, will redefine human and machine interaction by adding
connectivity to every kind of machine, from mobile devices to traditional appliances to
wearable devices. Models like intelligent predictive maintenance, proactive replenishment,
and inventory monitoring, along with pay-as-you-go, machine-to machine (M2M)
communications and the IoT will make manufacturers more efficient and profitable.
Prerequisite
• 18MT260 - Manufacturing Processes
• 18MTEA0 – Integrated Product Development
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Describe the basic components of Digital manufacturing 10

CO2 Implement digital thread components in Manufacturing enterprise 15
CO3 Perform virtual commissioning of Digital Twin in Smart Factory 15
Perform advanced manufacturing process analysis in digital
CO4 20
manufacturing enterprise
Design intelligent manufacturing operations in manufacturing
CO5 15
enterprise.
CO6 Formulate business models for advanced manufacturing process 25
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular
CO
Proficiency Components
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 4.3.1, 4.3.2
Response
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.5.3,4.5.4
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1.3, 2.1.4, 4.2.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.4.1,4.4.2,4.4.3,4.4.4
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.5.6
2.1.2, 4.3.3, 4.4.1,4.4.2,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 271 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 S M L - M - - - - - - - S S
CO3 S M L - S - - - - - - - M M
CO4 S M L - - - M - - M - - S S
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - S M - -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - - - M - -
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 20 20 20 - - - 20
Apply 60 60 60 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Online Quiz
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt
-
Responses
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. Write the components of PLM.
2. Define Digital thread and digital twain
3. Explain the components of digital manufacturing
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. Explain the components of Digital thread.
2. Explain how digital thread can be implemented in a hospital industry.
3. Realize the computer integrated manufacturing using digital thread concept.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. Describe the types of Digital Twin.
2. Explain how digital thread and twin concepts can be implemented in automobile sector.
3. Describe the implementation of digital twin in Plant Maintenance.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Distinguish traditional data set and big data
2. Demonstrate how big data concept can be applied to educational institutes.
3. Explain the different data computation techniques.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 272 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Explain the supply chain management tools of DM.
2. Explain how intelligent manufacturing system can be implemented in shop floor.
3. Develop new business model to implement industry 4.0 in automobile industry.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Define MRP and ERP.
2. Discuss the use of supply chain management tools for automobile industry.
3. Illustrate how the intelligent and connected enterprise can be built.

Concept Map

Syllabus

Introduction to digital Manufacturing: Definition-Components of DM- Introduction to 4th

industrial revolution-cyber physical systems-Introduction to Digital thread and Digital twin-
Introduction to product life cycle management (PLM)

Digital thread and Digital twain:Digital thread components-Data Sharing Strategies-

Interoperability and Data Formats-semantic data-Technical data packages-Strategic issues in
implementing the digitalthread-Cyber infrastructure Components of the Digital Thread -Digital
Thread and the Manufacturing Enterprise-Types of Digital Twin -Product twin – Process Twin
– Performance Twin-Virtual commissioning of Digital Twin– Data mapping – Simulation of
Digital Twin – Data collection and visualisation-Case study on smart factory using Digital
thread and Digital twain.

Advanced manufacturing process analysis:Data analysis-Manufacturing Settings and

Data Collection-Traditional Data Sets vs Big Data-Data Storage and Organization-Data pre-
processing-computational techniques and platform-Components, Categories and
Capabilities-high performance and cloud computing

Intelligent Manufacturing: Concepts and features of intelligent Manufacturing -Intelligent

Multi Information Sensing and Fusion in the Manufacturing Process -Intelligent machining-
components-sensors and sensing techniques-machine learning and artificial intelligence in
sensing techniques.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 273 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Advanced manufacturing enterprise: Connected and collaborative enterprise-digitally

connected enterprise-PLM system-Introduction to a Set of Supply Chain Management Tools
& Integrated Capabilities-Material Requirements Planning(MRP)-Manufacturing Process
Management(MPM)-Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)-Enterprise Resource
Planning(ERP)- building the intelligent and connected enterprise

Learning Resources
1. Zudezhou ,”Fundamentals of Digital Manufacturing Science”,Springer,2012
2. Mark J. Barrenechea, Tom Jenkins.”Digital manufacturing”,open text corpn,2018
3. KEN English, ”Specialization course in Digital Manufacturing Design and Technology”,
Coursera.
4. Elvis Hozdić, ”Smart factory for Industry 4.0” International Journal of Modern
Manufacturing Technologies ISSN 2067–3604, Vol. VII, No. 1 / 2015

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Lectures Outcome
1 Introduction to digital Manufacturing
1.1 Definition-Components of DM 1 CO1
Introduction to 4th industrial revolution-cyber physical CO1
1.2 1
systems
1.3 Introduction to Digital thread-Digital twain 1 CO1
1.4 Introduction to product life cycle management (PLM) 1 CO1

2 Digital thread components and Implementation

2.1 Digital thread Components 1 CO2
2.2 Data Sharing Strategies 1 CO2
Interoperability and Data Formats-semantic data- CO2
2.3 1
Technical data packages
Strategic issues in implementing the digitalthread-Cyber CO2
2.5 1
infrastructure Components of the Digital Thread
2.6 Digital Thread and the Manufacturing Enterprise 2 CO2
Types of Digital Twin, Product twin, Process Twin , CO3
2.7 1
Performance Twin
2.8 Virtual commissioning of Digital Twin 1 CO3
2.9 Data mapping – Simulation of Digital Twin 1 CO3
2.10 Data collection and visualisation 1 CO3
Case study on smart factory using Digital thread and CO3
2.11 2
Digital twin.
3 Advanced manufacturing process analysis:
3.1 Data analysis 1 CO4
3.2 Manufacturing Settings and Data Collection 1 CO4
3.3 Traditional Data Sets vs Big Data 1 CO4
3.4 Data Storage and Organization-Data pre-processing 1 CO4
3.5 computational techniques and platform 1 CO4
3.6 Components, Categories and Capabilities 1 CO4
3.7 High performance and cloud computing 1 CO4
4 Intelligent Manufacturing
4.1 Concepts and features of intelligent Manufacturing. 1 CO5
Intelligent Multi Information Sensing and Fusion in the CO5
4.2 1
Manufacturing Process

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 274 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Lectures Outcome
4.3 Intelligent machining-components. 1 CO5
4.4 Sensors and sensing techniques. 1 CO5
Machine learning and artificial intelligence in sensing CO5
4.5 2
techniques.
5 Advanced manufacturing enterprise
5.1 Connected and collaborative enterprise 1 CO6
5.2 Digitally connected enterprise-PLM system 1 CO6
Introduction to a Set of Supply Chain Management Tools CO6
5.3 1
& Integrated Capabilities
Material Requirements Planning (MRP)-Manufacturing CO6
5.4 2
Process Management (MPM)
Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)-Enterprise CO6
5.5 2
Resource Planning (ERP)
5.6 Building the intelligent and connected enterprise 2 CO6
Total 36 Hours

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. H. Ramesh [email protected]
2 Mr. Praveen Kumar B [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 275 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Program Specific Electives for Expanded Scope

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 276 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

MACHINE LEARNING AND ITS Category L T P Credit(s)

18MTPE0
APPLICATIONS PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Machine learning uses interdisciplinary techniques such as statistics, linear algebra,
optimization, and computer science to create automated systems that can sift through large
volumes of data at high speed to make predictions or decisions without human intervention.
Machine learning as a field is now incredibly pervasive, with applications spanning from
business intelligence to homeland security, from analysing biochemical interactions to
structural monitoring of aging bridges, and from emissions to astrophysics, etc. This class will
familiarize students with a broad cross-section of models and algorithms for machine learning
and prepare students for research or industry application of machine learning techniques.
The course will also discuss recent applications of machine learning, such as to robotic
control, data mining, autonomous navigation, bioinformatics, speech recognition, and text and
web data processing.
Prerequisite

• 18MT350 - Programming for Problem solving

• 18MT410 - Probability and Statistics

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Describe the mathematical concepts behind machine

CO1 10
learning
Explain different terminologies and methods adapted for
CO2 10
machine learning
Illustrate the basic architecture of perceptron and multilayer
CO3 25
perceptron
Use supervised learning for developing machine learning
CO4 25
models
Classify different learning techniques used in machine
CO5 15
learning
CO6 Design a neural network model using TensorFlow 2.0. 15
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

CO
Proficiency Components
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
CO1 TPS1 Remember Receive Perception 1.2,1.3
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.1,2.2,2.3,4.5.1
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1,2.2,.2.3,4.4.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3,4.4,4.5.4
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,1.3
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 277 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S M L - - - - - - - - L S
CO2 M M M S - - - - - - - - - S
CO3 M M M M - - - - M M - - M M
CO4 S S M M - S M - M L - S L M
CO5 L M M L - S S - M S - S - M
CO6 - - - - S S L - L L - S L S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 50 - - 50 - - 20
Understand 50 20 20 - - - 20
Apply - 80 80 50 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Mini project
Mechanism Practical component / Assignment
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Define machine learning and its need?
2. Classify regression and its associative Techniques?
3. List out different learning techniques used in machine learning.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Explain about overfitting?
2. Illustrate ROC curve with neat diagram?
3. Brief about naive Bayes theorem?
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Define Hebb’s rule of Learning?
2. Solve the XOR problem with neural networks?
3. Compare LDA , PCA ,ICA.
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Draw the Architecture of Radial Basis Networks?

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 278 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Explain in detail about dimensionality reduction.

3. List out the steps involved in gradient decent?
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Define reward function in reinforcement learning?
2. Discuss the use cases in which K-means clustering can be used?
3. Define Self Organising Map
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Explain about the NumPy library.
2. Write a python program to create a 3D tensor of 1000 entries?
3. Define RELU.

Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction to machine learning – classification - applications – learning associations –
regression- learning Techniques.
Terminology – overfitting – training, testing and validation sets – roc curve-unbalanced
datasets – naïve Bayes classifier
Neural networks – hebb’s rule – the perceptron – linear separability – XOR problem – linear
regression – multi layer perceptron (MLP) – back propagation of error – MLP applications-
Radial basis function network – interpolation and basic functions – dimensionality reduction –
Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) – (Principal component Anaysis (PCA) – Independent
Component Analysis (ICA)
Learning techniques - Reinforcement learning – markov decision process – unsupervised
learning – the k-means algorithm-vector quantization- the self-organizing map.
TensorFlow 2.0 – importing code –tensor flow classes – tensors– linear algebra – dataset
collection - training neural networks – model deployment
Learning Resources
1. Stephen Marsland, Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective. CRC Press,
second edition 2015,

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 279 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, Second Edition, the MIT press,
2014. http://mitpress.mit.edu/catalog/item/default.asp?ttype=2&tid=12012
3. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, springer, 2011.
http://research.microsoft.com/en-us/um/people/cmbishop/prml/.
4. Dr. Mark Fenner, Machine Learning with Python for Everyone (Addison-Wesley Data
& Analytics Series) 1st Edition,2019.
5. NPTEL – Introduction to Machine Learning - https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106139/
6. NPTEL – Practical Machine Learning with Tensor Flow -
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106213/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1. Introduction to Machine Learning
1.1 Machine learning applications 2 CO1
1.2 Learning associations 2 CO1
2. Terminology
Overfitting – training, testing and validation sets – ROC
2.1 curve 2 CO2
2.2 Naive Bayes classifier 2 CO2
3. Neural Networks
3.1 Hebb’s rule – perceptron 2 CO3
3.2 Linear separability 2 CO3
3.3 XOR Problem - Linear Regression 2 CO3
3.4 Multilayer perceptron – back propagation 2 CO3
3.5 Applications 2 CO3
3.6 Interpolation and Dimensionality Reduction 2 CO4
3.7 LDA – PCA – ICA 2 CO4
3.8 Reinforcement learning 2 CO4
3.9 Markov Decision process 2 CO4
4. Learning Techniques
4.1 Unsupervised learning - K -means clustering 2 CO5
4.2 Vector Quantization 2 CO5
4.3 Self-organising maps 1 CO5
5. TensorFlow 2.0
5.1 Tensors – Data collection and pre-processing 2 CO6
5.2 Training Neural networks 2 CO6
5.3 Model Deployment 1 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.G.Kanagaraj [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Parthasarathi [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 280 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPF0 INTERNET OF THINGS
PEES 3 0 0 3
Preamble
The explosive growth of the “Internet of Things” is changing our world and the rapid drop in
price for typical IoT components is allowing people to innovate new designs and products at
home. In this first class in the specialization you will learn the importance of IoT in society, the
current components of typical IoT devices and trends for the future. IoT design considerations,
constraints and interfacing between the physical world and your device will also be covered.
You will also learn how to make design trade-offs between hardware and software. We'll also
cover key components of networking to ensure that students understand how to connect their
device to the Internet.
Prerequisite
• 18MT430 - Microcontroller
• 18MT440 - Sensors and Measurements
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Describe about integration of Multidisciplinary principles to

CO1 10
develop IoT applications
CO2 Explain the Architecture of IoT and its Building Blocks 10
Demonstrate how to build embedded applications by
CO3 25
interfacing Sensors and Actuators
Use the different wired and wireless protocols and standards
CO4 25
for IoT Application Development.
Use Different cloud functionalities for Data storage and
CO5 15
Analytics.
CO6 Illustrate the working of different applications for IoT. 15
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework
TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular
CO
Proficiency Components
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
CO1 TPS1 Remember Receive Perception 1.2,1.3
Guided
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond 2.1,2.2,2.3,4.5.1
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.1,2.2,.2.3,4.4.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3,4.4,4.5.4
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,1.3
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 4.3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S S M L - - - - - - - - L S
CO2 M M M L - - - - - - - - - S
CO3 M M M M M - - - L M M - M M
CO4 S S M L - S S - M M - S L M
CO5 L M M L M S - - S L - S - M
CO6 L M S L M S M - L S M S L S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 281 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 50 - - 50 - - 20
Understand 50 20 20 - - - 20
Apply - 80 80 50 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Mini project
Mechanism Practical component / Assignment
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. Differentiate IoT and IIoT?
2. Explain about API.
3. Illustrate the role of IIoT in Manufacturing Process?
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Draw the reference Architecture of IIoT?
2. Illustrate the working of Gateways.
3. Explain in detail about the Working of WSN?
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Differentiate MODBUS Serial and MODBUS Parallel?
2. Define M2M in IoT?
3. Classify the Different Types of Actuators used?
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Illustrate the use cases in which WIFI can be deployed?
2. Draw the architecture of I2C protocol?
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. List out the need for data analytics in IIoT?
2. Define cloud and fog computing?
3. Explain the MQTT protocol with neat Diagram?
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Design an IIoT based Smart metering System ?
2. Illustrate an Architecture for body area networks used in Patient Monitoring System ?
3. Develop an IIoT application for Automotive Applications?

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 282 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction: IOT Vs. IOT, History of IOT, Components of IOT - Sensors, Interface, Networks,
People &Process, Hype cycle, IOT Market, Trends& future Real life examples, Key terms –
IOT Platform, Interfaces, API, clouds, Data Management Analytics, Mining &Manipulation;
Role of IOT in Manufacturing Processes Use of IOT in plant maintenance practices,
Sustainability through Business excellence tools Challenges & Benefits in implementing IOT
Architectures: Overview of IOT components ;Various Architectures of IOT and IOT,
Advantages & disadvantages, Industrial Internet - Reference Architecture; IOT System
components: Sensors, Gateways, Routers, Modem, Cloud brokers, servers and its integration,
WSN, WSN network design for IOT
Sensor and Interfacing: Introduction to sensors, Transducers, Classification, Roles of
sensors in IOT , Various types of sensors , Design of sensors, sensor architecture, special
requirements for IOT sensors ,interfacing with Arduino and Raspberry pi . Role of actuators,
types of actuators. Hardwire the sensors with different protocols such as HART, MODBUS-
Serial & Parallel, Ethernet, BACnet , Current, M2M etc.
Protocols and Cloud: Need of protocols; Types of Protocols, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi direct, Zigbee, Z
wave, BACnet, BLE, Modbus, SPI , I2C, IOT protocols –COAP, MQTT,6lowpan, AMPQ , SDN
IOT cloud platforms : Overview of cloud platforms. fog Computing, Cloud Data analytics, cloud
services.
Applications: Smart Metering/Advanced Metering Infrastructure , e-Health/Body Area
Networks ,City Automation , Automotive Applications ,Home Automation Smart Cards ,
Control Application

Learning Resources
1. Daniel Minoli, “Building the Internet of Things with IPv6 and MIPv6: The Evolving
World of M2M Communications”, ISBN: 978-1-118-47347-4, Willy Publications ,2013.
2. Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian 2. Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”,
ISBN 978-3- 642-19156-5 e-ISBN 978-3-642-19157-2, Springer,2011.
3. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands-on approach”,
Universities Press,2015
4. Peter Waher “Learning Internet of Things”,Packt Publishing,UK, 2015.
5. Marco Schwartz, “Internet of Things with the Arduino Yun”, Packt Publishing, 2014
6. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally “Designing the Internet of
Things”,WileyPublishing, 2015

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 283 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

7. NPTEL – Introduction to Internet of Things, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105166/#.

8. NPTEL – Introduction to Industry 4.0 and IIoT,https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105195/.
9. NPTEL – Design of Internet of Things, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108098/

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1. Introduction
1.1 Components of IoT 2 CO1
1.2 Key Terms 2 CO1
2. Architectures
2.1 Overview – Industrial internet – Reference Architecture 2 CO2
2.2 IoT System components 2 CO2
3. Sensor and Interfacing
3.1 Role of Sensors in IoT 2 CO3
3.2 Sensor architecture special requirements of IoT Sensors 2 CO3
3.3 Actuators and types 2 CO3
3.4 MODBUS and Ethernet 2 CO3
3.5 Interfacing with Arduino 2 CO3
3.6 Interfacing with Raspberry pi 2 CO4
4. Protocols and Cloud
4.1 Need and types of Protocols 2 CO4
4.2 Wi-Fi and BLE 2 CO4
4.3 SPI, I2C 2 CO4
4.4. COAP , MQTT, 6lowpan,SDN 2 CO5
4.5 IoT Cloud Platforms , Fog Computing 2 CO5
4.6 Data analytics and Cloud Services 2 CO5
5. Applications
5.1 Smart metering – e-health CO6
5.2 City automation automotive applications 4 CO6
5.3 Home automation, control applications CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr.S.Parthasarathi [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 284 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

INDUSTRIAL COMMUNICATION Category L T P Credit(s)

18MTPG0
NETWORKS PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Data communication is the transfer of information from one point to another. Modern
instrumentation and automation systems are almost wholly concerned with the transfer of
digital data. In the past decade many standards and protocols have been established which
allow data communications technology to be used more effectively in industry. Designers and
users are beginning to realize the tremendous economic and productivity gains possible with
the integration of discrete systems through networks. Protocols are the structures used within
a communication system so that one device can talk to another device. Traditionally
developers of software and hardware platforms have developed protocols, which only their
products can use.In order to develop more integrated automation systems, standardisation of
these communication protocols is required.
Standards may evolve from the wide use of one manufacturer’s protocol or may be
specifically developed by bodies that represent an industry. Standards allow manufacturers
to
develop products that will communicate with equipment already in use, which for the customer
simplifies the integration of products from different sources.
Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
Identify the components required to build different types of
CO1 10
networks
CO2 Describe functionality of Physical and data link Layer 20
CO3 Illustrate the concept of networking 20
Demonstrate Field Bus and Profi Bus communication
CO4 20
protocols in industrial network.
Demonstrate Modbus and Hart protocols in industrial
CO5 20
network.
Choose the suitable protocol for interconnecting devices
CO6 10
through an industrial network.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficienc
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
y Scale
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.2.3, 2.4.3, 4.4.5
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.2.3, 2.4.3, 4.4.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.2.3, 2.4.3, 4.3.3,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.5, 4.5.4
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.2.3, 2.4.3, 4.4.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.2.3, 2.4.3, 4.3.3,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.5, 4.5.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.2.3, 2.4.3, 4.3.3,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
4.4.5, 4.5.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 285 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L L - - - - - - - - - L L
CO2 M L L - - - - - - - - - L M
CO3 S M L - - - - - - - - - L M
CO4 M L L - - - - - - - - - L M
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - - S S
CO6 S M L - - - - - - - - S S
S – Strong9 M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 80 80 40 100 100 100 60
Apply - - 40 - - - 20
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment - Quiz
Mechanism -
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Define protocol.
2. List the advantages of Client Sever over Peer-to-Peer Model.
3. Explain each layer of Open System Interconnection model

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. Write the significance of the twisting in twisted pair cable.
2. Illustrate the three major classes of wired media.
3. Distinguish unicast and multicast routing.
4. Discuss about the RS- 232 and RS- 485 standards.

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Describe the functions of network connecting devices.
2. Distinguish TCP and UDP.
3. Explain need of four segments for connection termination in TCP.
4. List the use of error control in TCP.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 286 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Explain the architecture of the Field bus protocol
2. State Cyclic & A Cyclic schedules
3. Name the several versions of the standard in Profi Bus.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Define HART.
2. Define Encoding & Decoding
3. Distinguish token polling and token passing

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Select the suitable networking standard for process control and large assembly and
material handling machines.
2. Choose the open standard protocol to all manufacturers for collected from instruments,
sensors, and actuators.
3. Select the suitable protocol for connecting PLC with VFD in master/slave configuration.

Concept Map

Syllabus
Fundamentals of Networks
Overview of Data Communications - Data networks in Modern Instrumentation and automation
systems- Networks – Building Network and its types – Protocol Layering - OSI Model –
Physical Layer – Overview of Data and Signals - Transmission Media - introduction to Data
Link Layer - Link layer Addressing- Error Detection and Correction - Ethernet (802.3) -
Wireless LANs – Connecting Devices

Networking
Network layer services – Packet Switching – IPV4 Address - Routing - Unicast Routing -
Multicast Routing and its basics – Overview of Intradomain and interdomain protocols –
Overview of IPv6 Addressing – Transition from IPv4 to IPv6 - Introduction to Transport layer

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 287 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

–Protocols- User Datagram Protocols (UDP) and Transmission Control Protocols (TCP) –
Services – Features – TCP Connection – State Transition Diagram – Flow, Error and
Congestion Control - Application Layer

Field Bus and Profi Bus

Field Bus: Features, wiring rules, Data link layer, application layer, user layer – Profi Bus -
Physical layer - Data link layer - Application layer - Fieldbus message specification - Lower
layer interface - Fieldbus management layer

Modbus and Hart

Modbus: general overview, Modbus protocol structure, Function codes - Hart: Hart and smart
instrumentation, Hart protocol, physical layer, data link layer, application layer – Device Net -
Physical layer - Data link layer - application layer

Case studies aerospace application – transport industry – electric vehicles

Learning Resources
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data communication and Networking‖, Fifth Edition, Tata
McGraw – Hill, 2013
2. Steve Mackay, Edwin Wright MIPENZ, Deon Reynders, John Park “Practical Industrial
Data Networks -Design, Installation, troubleshooting”, IDC Technologies, Australia
3. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, ―Computer Networking - A Top-Down Approach
Featuring the Internet‖, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Fundamentals of Network
Overview of Data Communications - Data networks in
1.1 Modern Instrumentation and automation systems- 1 CO1
Networks
Building Network and its types – Protocol Layering -
1.2 2 CO1
OSI Model
Physical Layer – Overview of Data and Signals -
1.3 2 CO2
Transmission Media
Introduction to Data Link Layer - Link layer
1.4 2 CO2
Addressing- Error Detection and Correction
Ethernet (802.3) - Wireless LANs – Connecting
1.5 2 CO2
Devices
2 Networking
Network layer services – Packet Switching – IPV4
2.1 1 CO3
Address
2.2 Routing - Unicast Routing 1 CO3
Multicast Routing and its basics – Overview of
2.3 2 CO3
Intradomain and interdomain protocols
Overview of IPv6 Addressing – Transition from IPv4 to
2.4 2 CO3
IPv6 -
Introduction to Transport layer –Protocols- User
2.4 Datagram Protocols (UDP) and Transmission Control 2 CO3
Protocols (TCP) –Services
2.5 TCP Connection 1 CO3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 288 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

State Transition Diagram – Flow, Error and

2.6 2 CO3
Congestion Control - Application Layer
3 Field Bus and Profi Bus
3.1 Field Bus: Features, wiring rules, Data link layer 1 CO4, CO6
3.2 application layer, user layer 1 CO4, CO6
3.3 Profi Bus - Physical layer - Data link layer 2 CO4, CO6
Application layer - Fieldbus message specification -
3.4 2 CO4, CO6
Lower layer interface - Fieldbus management layer
4 Modbus and Hart
Modbus: general overview, Modbus protocol structure,
4.1 3 CO5, CO6
Function codes
Hart: Hart and smart instrumentation, Hart protocol,
4.2 3 CO5, CO6
physical layer, data link layer, application layer
Device Net - Physical layer - Data link layer -
4.3 2 CO5, CO6
application layer
5 Case studies
5.1 aerospace application – transport industry 1 CO6
5.2 electric vehicles 1 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 S.A.R. Sheik Masthan [email protected]
2 A. Prakash [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 289 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPL0 ELECTRONIC SYSTEM PACKAGING
PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Microelectronic packaging is an exciting and rapidly evolving technology of immense impact

in the way we live in this modern world. Electronic products have become extremely pervasive
and have become an integral part of our daily lives in terms of managing one’s daily activities
such as communication, travel, entertainment, personal, business transactions, etc.
Electronics is an ever-expanding multibillion-dollar worldwide market. Products are being
packaged into ever smaller form factors that are lighter, cheaper, faster, and better. Electronic
packaging is a multidisciplinary technology comprising several traditional basic sciences and
engineering disciplines such as physics, materials science, mechanical, electrical,
semiconductor, and software engineering. There is hardly a scientific discipline that does not
contribute to, participate in, and impact microelectronic packaging. The pervasive penetration
and proliferation of electronic gadgets into the consumer market, the rapid technological
innovations and implementations, and the high-volume manufacturing with high yields and
throughputs created an increased need and demand for highly trained electronic packaging
professionals.
Prerequisite
• 18MT340 - Thermal Fluid Engineering
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Explain the first and second level of electronic system packaging 17
CO2 Describe the third level and advanced packing methods 16
Determine the conduction cooling requirement of electronics
CO3 17
equipment
Estimate convection heat transfer requirement for electronic
CO4 17
equipment
CO5 Select a suitable heat sink for prescribed application 16
Estimate heat transfer rate and pressure drop in fully developed
CO6 17
laminar in microchannels with single phase liquid flow.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level
CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1,1.2,4.1.4
Response
Guided 1.1,1.2,2.1,4.1.1,4.4.1
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,1.2,2.1,4.1.1,4.1.2,4.4.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,1.2,2.1,,3.1.1,4.1.1,4.4.1
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,1.2,2.1,2.4.3,4.1.1,4.4.1
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,1.2,2.1,2.4.3,4.1.1,4.4.1

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 290 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - L L - - - -
CO2 M L - - - - - - L L - - - -
CO3 S M L - - - - - M M - - L L
CO4 S M L - - - - - M M - - L L
CO5 S M L - - - - - M M - - L L
CO6 S M L - - - - - M M - - L L
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 50 50 50 100 100 100 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism Mini project/quiz
Complex Overt
-
Responses
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. List the different types of circuit boards.
2. Explain the different levels of packaging.
3. Explain the design and manufacturing of printed wire boards.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Explain the third level of packaging of chassis and display.
2. List the different advanced packaging techniques.
3. Explain the specialized packaging of MEMS and Sensors.
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. A chip is dissipating 0.6 W of power in a DIP with 12 pin leads. The materials and the
dimensions of various sections of this electronic device are as given in the table below.
If the temperature of the leads is 40°C, estimate the temperature at the junction of the
chip.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 291 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

The thermal conductivity of silicon varies greatly with temperature from 153.5 W/m ·
°C at 27°C to 113.7 W/m · °C at 100°C, and the value 120 W/m · °C reflects the
anticipation that the temperature of the silicon chip will be close to 100°C.
2. A fan blows air at 30°C at a velocity of 200 m/min over a 1.2-W plastic DIP with 16
leads mounted on a PCB, as shown in Fig. 2.1. Using data from Fig. 2.2, determine
the junction temperature of the electronic device. What would the junction temperature
be if the fan were to fail?

3. Heat is to be conducted along a PCB with copper cladding on one side. The PCB is
10 cm long and 10 cm wide, and the thickness of the copper and epoxy layers are 0.04
mm and 0.16 mm, respectively, as shown in Fig. 2.3.. Disregarding heat transfer from
side surfaces, determine the percentages of heat conduction along the copper (k =386
W/m · °C) and epoxy (k =0.26 W/m · °C) layers. Also, determine the effective thermal
conductivity of the PCB.

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Consider a sealed electronic box whose dimensions are 15 cm 30 cm 40 cm placed
on top of a stand in a room at 35°C, as shown in Fig. 4.1. The box is painted, and
the emissivity of its outer surface is 0.85. If the electronic components in the box
dissipate 75 W of power and the outer surface temperature of the box is not to exceed
65°C, determine if this box can be cooled by natural convection and radiation alone.
Assume the heat transfer from the bottom surface of the box to the stand to be
negligible.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 292 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2.A cylindrical electronic component whose diameter is 2 cm and length is 4 cm is

mounted on a board with its axis in the vertical direction and is dissipating 3 W of
power. The emissivity of the surface of the component is 0.8, and the temperature of
the ambient air is 30°C. Assuming the temperature of the surrounding surfaces to be
20°C, determine the average surface temperature of the component under combined
natural convection and radiation cooling.
3. If an electronic system can be cooled adequately by either forced-air cooling or liquid
cooling, which one would you prefer? Why?
4. A logic chip used in a computer dissipates 4 W of power and has a heat transfer surface
area of 0.3 cm2. If the surface of the chip is to be maintained at 70°C while being
cooledby immersion in a dielectric fluid at 20°C, determine the necessary heat transfer
coefficient and the type of cooling mechanism that needs to be used to achieve that
heat transfer coefficient.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Define Heat sink?
2. Select a suitable heat sink for Natural convection of any electronic gadgets and
interpret the results.
3. Select a suitable heat sink for forced convection of any electronic gadgets and interpret
the results.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Explain the need for small passages in electronic cooling.
2. Prepare a single-phase liquid flow microchannel heat sink for a packaging equipment
with specifications.
3. Explain the pressure drop and heat transfer in fully developed laminar flow.
Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 293 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus
First and second Level of Electronic Packaging: Introduction - Electronic Packaging,
Levels of Packaging, Wafer fabrication, Recap of Basic Electronics First level packaging –
Package Taxonomy, Chip and chip carrier, lead frame, Interconnection types and methods,
Flip-Chip bonding, area arrays Second level packaging - Design and manufacture of Printed
Wiring Boards, Types of circuit boards, Component placement, Routing, Lamination, Solder
Masks

Third level and advanced Packaging: Third level packaging and System level integration –
cables, connectors, chassis, display - Types of electronics Racks. Advanced Packaging - Chip
Scale Packaging, Multi-chip Module, Stacked Package, System in package (SIP), system on
chip (SOC) Specialized packages -RF, MEMS, Sensors, Harsh Environments,
Wearable/Flexible electronics.

Electronics cooling- Introduction-cooling load in electronic equipment, thermal environment

and electronics cooling in different applications. Conduction cooling: conduction in chip
carriers, conduction in Printed Circuit Boards, Heat frames.

Convection Cooling: Air cooling-cooling of low power electronics by natural convection and
radiation- cooling of electronics by forced convection-fan selections-cooling of personal
computers, liquid cooling.

Heat sinks –Fin theory – very long Fin – temperature distribution in fins-heat transfer from
fins-fin efficiency – fin effectiveness- selection of heat sink for natural convection and forced
convection cooling.

Microchannel Heat sinks:Need for small passages-Flow channel Classification-Single phase

liquid flow in microchannels-pressure drop and heat transfer in fully developed laminar flow -
Advanced cooling techniques: Thermoelectric coolers and Heat pipes - Working Principles
and Applications.

Learning Resources
1. James W. Dally, “Packaging of Electronic Systems”, McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company
2. Yunus A Cengel, “Heat Transfer a Practical Approach”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2002
3. Satheesh Kandlikar, Srinivas Garimells, Dongqing Lee and Stephane Colin, “Heat
Transfer and Fuid Flow in minichannels and microchannels”, Butterworth-
Heinemann, an imprint of Elsevier,2014.
4. Rao R Tummala, “Fundamentals of Microsysems Packaging”, McGraw-Hill, 2001
5. Puligandla Viswanatham, Essentials of Electronic packaging”, ASME Press, 2011
6. Allan D Kraus and Avram Bar-Cohen “Thermal Analysis and Control of Electronic
Equipment” Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, 1983.
7. Ralph Remsberg, “Thermal Design of Electronic Equipment”, CRC Press, 2001
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105267/ - NPTEL Course on Electronic
Packaging and Manufacturing
9. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108031/ - NPTEL Course on An introduction to
Electronic system packaging.
10. www.electronics-cooling.com – A web resource on cooling of electronics

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 294 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course
Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1.0 First and second Level of Electronic Packaging CO1
1.1 Introduction - Electronic Packaging, Levels of Packaging, 1 CO1
Wafer fabrication, Recap of Basic Electronics First level CO1
1.2 1
packaging
Package Taxonomy, Chip and chip carrier, lead frame, CO1
1.3 1
Interconnection types and methods
1.4 Flip-Chip bonding, area arrays 1 CO1
Second level packaging: Design and manufacture of Printed
1.5 1 CO1
Wiring Boards
Types of circuit boards, Component placement, Routing,
1.6 1 CO1
Lamination, Solder Masks
2.0 Third level and advanced Packaging CO2
2.1 Third level packaging and System level integration 1 CO2
2.2 cables, connectors, chassis, display, Types of electronic Racks 1 CO2
2.3 Advanced Packaging, Chip Scale Packaging 1 CO2
2.4 Multi-chip Module, Stacked Package 1 CO2
2.5 System in package (SIP), system on chip (SOC) 1 CO2
2.6 Specialized packages, RF, MEMS, Sensors 1 CO2
2.7 Harsh Environments, Wearable/Flexible electronics. 1 CO2
3.0 Electronics cooling CO3
3.1 Introduction-cooling load in electronic equipment 1 CO3
3.2 thermal environment and electronics cooling, applications 1 CO3
3.3 Conduction cooling: conduction in chip carriers 1 CO3
3.4 conduction in Printed Circuit Boards, Heat frames. 2 CO3
4.0 Convection Cooling CO4
4.1 Air cooling 1 CO4
cooling of low power electronics by natural convection and CO4
1
radiation
4.2 cooling of electronics by forced convection 2 CO4
4.3 fan selections 1 CO4
4.4 cooling of personal computers, liquid cooling, immersion cooling. 2 CO4
5.0 Heat sinks CO5
5.1 Fin theory, very long Fin 1 CO5
temperature distribution in fins, heat transfer from fins, fin CO5
5.2 1
efficiency , fin effectiveness
5.3 selection of heat sink for natural convection 1 CO5
5.4 selection of heat sink for forced convection cooling. 2 CO5
6.0 Microchannel Heat sinks CO6
6.1 Need for small passages, Flow channel Classification 1 CO6
6.2 Single phase liquid flow in microchannels 2 CO6
6.3 pressure drop and heat transfer in fully developed laminar flow. 2 CO6
Advanced cooling techniques: Thermoelectric coolers and Heat 1 CO6
6.4
pipes - Working Principles and Applications.
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. G. Kumaraguruparan [email protected]
2 Mr. M. M. Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 295 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPM0 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
PEES 2 0 2 3

Preamble

This course provides the basic knowledge and skill to develop mobile applications using
Android Programming and also it includes the Android Studio environment setup, APIs for UI
design and navigation concepts.
Prerequisite
• 18MTPK0 - Object Oriented Programming
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Use different data types and appropriate looping structures for the 40
CO1
given scenarios
CO2 Summarize the object-oriented programming concepts 12
CO3 Demonstrate the architecture of Android and its environment 10
CO4 Apply variety of UI components for designing Mobile Applications 10
Illustrate the ways to design different types of menus and 12
CO5
navigations for a chosen mobile application
Apply appropriate framework and API for developing applications 16
CO6
based on the societal or business requirements
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
1.3, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.5, 2.4.6,
CO1 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.5, 4.1, 4.5.3
1.3, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.5, 2.4.6,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.5, 4.1, 4.5.3
1.3, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.5, 2.4.6,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.5, 4.1, 4.5.3
1.3, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.5, 2.4.6,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.5, 4.1, 4.5.3
1.3, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.5, 2.4.6,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.5, 4.1, 4.5.3
1.3, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.5, 2.4.6,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.5, 4.1, 4.5.3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 296 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 S M L - M - - L L L - L M L
CO2 S M L - M - - L L L - L M L
CO3 S M L - M - - L L L - L M L
CO4 S M L - M - - L L L - L M L
CO5 S M L - M - - L L L - L M L
CO6 S M L - M - - L L L - L M L
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 - - - - - -
Understand 60 20 20 - - - 40
Apply 20 80 80 100 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response 40
Mechanism 60
Complex Overt -
Responses
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. Write an android code for generate a notification when the particular location
reached.
2. Design a Feedback form of an event and perform validation. Write code.
3. Design two activities to with proper navigation mechanisms such as link, button,
menu etc. Write code.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. Design an app to enter the Name of the book and ISBN number and click on Add
Book. Write code.
2. Design an app to click on Show Books to view the contents added so far.
3. Design an app to search for a book from querying author details.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. Design an app with music player.
2. Design an app to play, stop, and pause a video.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 297 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3. Design an animated app for demonstrating the working principle of an algorithm

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Implement a camera enabled application for capturing video or image.
2. Implement a Bluetooth enabled application for controlling a system.
3. Design an app with WiFi support API for transmitting signals to a system.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. Create a web service for providing a hall booking service in a company.
2. Implement JSON parsing of a book store application.
3. Implement XML parsing of a bus reservation application.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
CO6 is assessed using Assignments

Concept Map

Syllabus

Java for Android -Data types, Arrays, Control structures, Looping statements
Object Oriented Programming Concepts - Object and Class, Method, Encapsulation,
Inheritance, Polymorphism, Abstract class and Interfaces
Introductionto Android - History of Mobile Applications,Android Architecture, API’s,
ADE,Installation of Android Studio
UI Design - Activity - Life cycle, Creation, Launch, Intent, Layout , Widget
Navigation - Notifications, Menus, Dialogues

Learning Resources
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java : The Complete Reference”, McGraw-Hill. Ninth Edition, 2014.
2. RetoMeier, “Professional Android Application Development 4”, Wrox, 2012.
3. Dawn Griffiths, David Griffiths, “Head First Android Development”, Shroff/O'Reilly 2nd
Edition, 2017.
4. https://developer.android.com

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 298 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. of
Module Course
Topic Lecture
No Outcome
Hours
1 Java for Android
1.1 Data types 1
1.2 Arrays 2 CO1
1.3 Control structures 1
1.4 Looping statements 1
2 Object Oriented Programming Concepts
2.1 Object and Class 2
2.2 Method 2
2.3 Encapsulation 2
CO2
2.4 Inheritance 2
2.5 Polymorphism 2
2.6 Abstract class 2
2.7 Interfaces 2
3 Introduction to Mobile App Development
3.1 History of Mobile Applications 1
CO3
3.2 Android Architecture , API’s , ADE 1
3.3 Installation of Android Studio 1
4 UI Design
4.1 Activity - Life cycle, Creation, Launch, 2
4.2 Intent 2 CO4
4.3 Layout 2
4.4 Widget 2
5 Navigation
5.1 Notifications 2
CO5
5.2 Menus 2
5.2 Dialogues 2
Total Hours 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mrs.S.Karthiga [email protected]
2 Mrs.C.V.Nisha Angeline [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 299 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPQ0 DEEP LEARNING AND ITS APPLICATIONS
PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Deep learning transmits out the machine learning process using an artificial neural
network that is self-possessed of a number of stages arranged in a hierarchy. The network
learns something simple at the initial level in the hierarchy and then sends this information to
the next level. Currently many industrial applications introduced deep learning networks to
power image recognition and tagging etc.

Prerequisite
• 18MT350 - Programming for problem solving
• 18MT410 - Probability and Statistics

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Explain the architecture and basic concepts of deep learning 10

CO2 Describe the various topologies of neural network system. 20
Illustrate the classification and functional parameters of deep
CO3 10
learning network
Develop an algorithm and functional parameters for deep learning
CO4 20
network.
CO5 Select appropriate deep learning network for given applications. 20
Design deep learning network algorithm and characteristics for
CO6 20
given industrial application.
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
Guided 1.2,2.1.1,2.12,2.2.3,2.3.1,2.3.2,
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6
2.3.1,2.3.2,2.4.3,2.4.5,2.4.6,2.5.4
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.5.4,3.1.5
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,
2.5.4,3.1.5
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.3.1,3.1.5
2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,2.1.5,2.2.3,2.3.1,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.3.2,2.4.1,2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6,2.5.4,
3.1.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 300 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - L - - - -
CO2 M L - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 S M L - - L - - M - - L M M
CO4 S M L - M - - - M - - L M M
CO5 S M L - M L - - M - - L S M
CO6 S M L - M L - - M L - L S M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 30 30 30 - - - 30
Apply 50 50 50 100 100 100 50
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Flipped classroom, Active Learning
Techniques.
Mechanism Simulation design, Mini Projects
Complex Overt
Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. Compare the significance of deep learning over machine learning.
2. Describe the architecture of neural network system.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. Explain the feed forward multi neural network topology with neat flow diagram.
2. Explain the single layer and multi-layer perceptron.
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. Illustrate the activation function and loss function in neural network system with
examples.
2. Illustrate the role of ReLu and tanh in deep learning application with neat block
diagram
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Design and develop the pseudocode for the convolute neural network with neat
topology sketch.
2. Design and develop the pseudocode and activation function parameter for Regression
neural network with appropriate topology graph.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 301 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Select suitable deep learning network and algorithm pseudocode for character
recognition in vehicle number plate application.
2. Develop appropriate deep learning topology for city traffic control system in congested
environment.
Course Outcome6(CO6):
1. Design unsupervised learning algorithm for autonomous vehicle vision-based
navigation system.
2. Design deep learning network algorithm for image sharpening and diagnosing of
cancer patient images as provided as dataset. Justify the need of deep learning
algorithm in this medical application.

Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction: Learning Machines - difference between Machine learning and Deep Learning
-Role of deep learning in Mechatronics application - Introduction to regression, classification,
clustering, optimization and confusion matrix – building machine learning models - evaluation
of Machine learning models.

Neural Network and its architecture: Biological to artificial – NN architecture - single layer
perceptron – Multi layer perceptron –feed forward multi-layer network topology - Training of
Neural network – Learning techniques – Activation functions like sigmoid, tanh, linear, rectified
linear (ReLu) and Loss functions.

Deep learning Networks:Unsupervised Pretrained Networks (UPNs) - Deep Belief

Networks (DBNs) -Convolute neural network (CNNs) - Recursive neural networks (RNNs) –
convolution layers- Max pooling.

Applications of Deep learning:Deep Learning in Text Recognition - Character Recognition

-Natural Language Processing – Traffic lights and vehicle signal recognition.

Health care applications – medical Image sharpening and upscaling – Autonomous driving
image segmentation.

Learning Resources
1. Kaizhu Huang, Amir Hussain, Qiu-Feng Wang, Rui Zhang - Deep Learning_
Fundamentals, Theory and Applications-Springer International Publishing (2019)
2. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson - Deep Learning_ A Practitioner’s Approach-O’Reilly
Media (2017)
3. Witold Pedrycz, Shyi-Ming Chen - Deep Learning_ Algorithms And Applications-
Springer (2020)

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 302 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

4. Valentina Emilia Balas, Sanjiban Sekhar Roy, Dharmendra Sharma, Pijush Samui -
Handbook of Deep Learning Applications-Springer (2019)
5. Leondes C.T. (Ed.) - Neural Network Systems Techniques and Applications. Volume
1. Algorithms and Architectures
6. https://www.coursera.org/learn/neural-networks-deep-learning
7. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/deep-learning
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106184/

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction:
Learning Machines - difference between Machine
learning and Deep Learning - Role of deep learning in 2 CO1
Mechatronics application
Introduction to regression, classification, clustering, CO1
2
optimization and confusion matrix
Building machine learning models 1 CO2
Evaluation of Machine learning models. 1 CO2
2 Neural Network and its architecture:
Biological to artificial – NN architecture 1 CO1
Single layer perceptron &Multi -layer perceptron 2 CO2
Feed forward multi-layer network topology - 1 CO2
Training of Neural network – Learning techniques 2 CO3
Activation functions like sigmoid, tanh, linear, rectified
2 CO3
linear (ReLu) and Loss functions.
3 Deep learning Networks:
Unsupervised Pretrained Networks (UPNs) 2 CO4
Deep Belief Networks (DBNs) 2 CO4
Convolute neural network (CNNs) 2 CO4
Recursive neural networks (RNNs) – convolution CO4
3
layers- Max pooling.
4 Applications of Deep learning:
Deep Learning in Text Recognition - Character CO5
3
Recognition
Natural Language Processing – 1 CO5
Traffic lights and vehicle signal recognition. 2 CO6
Health care applications 2 CO6
medical Image sharpening and upscaling 2 CO5
Autonomous driving image segmentation. 3 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. S. Julius fusic [email protected]
2 Mr. S. Manikandan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 303 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTPR0 CONTROL OF MOBILE ROBOTS
PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Robotics is the interdisciplinary branch of engineering and science that includes

mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, computer science, and others. Robotics deals
with the design, construction, operation as well as control, sensory feedback, and information
processing. In the 20th century, engineers have mastered almost all forms of motion control
and have proven that robots and machines can perform almost any job made by humans.
Control of Mobile Robots deals with the types of control algorithms used in by mobile robots
in industries to do a particular task.
Prerequisite
• 18MT510 - Control System
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Review the control parameters of mobile robot 5

CO2 Interpret the conventional models used in algorithm design 20
Compute PID regulation and state space model to control the
CO3 20
actuators
Predict the controllability, observability and stability of a mobile 15
CO4
robot
CO5 Develop an appropriate control system for an application 20
Implement the developed control algorithm to a particular robot
CO6 20
environment
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond -
4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5, 4.3.1,
CO2 TPS3 Understand Respond -
4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.1,2.1.2, 2.1.4,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.1.5, 2.4.6, 4.3.1,4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5, 2.4.6,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.3.1, 4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3,2.1.4,2.1.5, 2.4.3,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value -
2.4.6, 4.3.1, 4.3.2
1.1,1.2,1.3, 2.1.4,2.1.5, 2.3.2,
2.4.3,2.4.4,2.4.6, 3.1.1, 3.1.2,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
3.1.3, 3.1.4, 4.3.1, 4.3.2,
4.4.5,4.5.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 304 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - L L - - - - - S S S
CO2 M L - - L L - - - - - S S S
CO3 S M L - S M - - S - - S S S
CO4 S M L - S M - - S - - S S S
CO5 S M L - S M - - S - - S S S
CO6 S M L - S M - - S - S S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 40 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 40 40 40 100 - - 20
Apply 20 40 40 - 100 100 60
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt
Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1 (CO1):
1. List the control parameters of the mobile robot used in autonomous floor cleaning
robot.
2. Is the number of parameters fixed for a particular application? Justify with reasons.
3. Describe the effect of slip in ground mobile robots.
Course Outcome 2 (CO2):
1. Draw the Odometry model and explain its control logic to localize the robot for
navigation
2. Explain the unicycle robot with its control model
3. List the general assumptions used to model an autonomous ground robot
Course Outcome 3 (CO3):
1. Compute the PID control parameters to control the actuators and the trajectory of the
mobile robot.
2. Apply the state space control model to the point robot and analyse the behavior of the
robot
3. Apply the PID control and state space control to control the actuators and sensors of
the mobile robot

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 305 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Derive Lyapunov function and explain how does this improve the stability of the
developed control algorithm
2. Derive Eigen values for the unicycle robot and check the stability of the robot

3. Derive the Eigen values of the state space model of point mass robot and predict the
stability of the robot. Use pole placement method to make the robot completely
controllable.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. A robot wants to move from initial position to target position in an indoor environment.
The robot uses odometry and lidar sensors for localization. Develop a control algorithm
to use the senses and move without colliding with the obstacle.

2. Apply sliding mode control to make a differential robot completely controllable and
completely observable
3. Derive the rendezvous problem for a set of 3 robots and develop a control algorithm
for the same

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 306 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Implement a control algorithm to avoid rendezvous problem and analyze the stability,
controllability and observability. Suggest some methods to improve the
controlparameters.
2. Analyze the goto goal model and list the practical considerations. Implement the model
and analyze the results in the model as in fig

Concept Map

Syllabus

Introduction
Need for control in Mobile robots, Mobility - Wheeled – legged, Issues in locomotion, Control
Design – Performance objectives – Control methods in robotics – Implementation difficulties.
Robot Parameters for Modelling
Control Parameters, General Assumptions, and Models – Sensors - Odometry – LIDAR - GPS
- Single point robot - Unicycle robot - Differential drive robot Car like Robots – Multi Robot
models.
Control Algorithm design for Robotic systems
Stability Analysis of actuators- Eigenvalue analysis and Lyapunov function method, PID
Regulation of Actuators, State space model of two point robots, Linearization, LTI Systems,
Stability Correction of by Output Feedback – State Feedback – Pole Placement, Controllability
of the DOFs – Observers – Observability, Sliding Mode Control, Adaptive Control – Adaptive

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 307 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

feedback linearising control, Predictive dynamic control, The Separation Principle,

Regularizations, Practical Considerations, A layered architecture.
Robot Control Models
Cruise Controller, Behaviour based Model - Go to Goal Model by A* Algorithm– Convex and
Non Convex world model – Obstacle Avoidance Model - Boundary following model – The
Navigation Model using Neural Networks– Rendezvous problem - Case study: Differential
drive control, Swarm Mobile Robots coordination.
Learning Resources
1. Shuai Li, Long Jin, Mohammed Aquil Mirza,” Kinematic Control of Redundant Robot
Arms Using Neural Networks”, IEEE press, April 29, 2019.
2. John J Craig, “Introduction to Robotics, Mechanics and Control, third edition, Pearson
education, 2005
3. K.S.Fu, R.C Gonzalez and C.S Lee, Robotics – Control, sensing Vision and
Intelligence, Tata McGraw – Hill Editions, 2008.
4. Roland Seigwart and Illah R Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous Mobile
Robots”, MIT Press, 2004.
5. S.K. Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, second edition, Mc Graw Hill education India
Private limited, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Saeed B Niku, “Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, System, Applications,” second
edition, john Wiley, 2010.
7. Mikell P Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel and Nicholas G Odrey, “Industrial
Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill Edition,
2008.
8. Robert J Schiling, Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control”, Indian reprint,
Prentice hall of India Private Limited, 1996
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Need for control in Mobile robots 1 CO1
Mobility - Wheeled – legged, Issues in locomotion Control CO1
1.2 1
Design
1.3 Performance objectives 1 CO1
1.4 Control methods in robotics 1 CO1
1.5 Implementation difficulties 1 CO1
1.6 Application of robots in machining - Welding - Assembly 1 CO1
1.7 Material handling - Loading and unloading Inspection 1 CO1
1.8 Palletizing - Hostile and remote environments 1 CO1
2.0 Robot Parameters for Modelling
2.1 Control Parameters, General Assumptions 1 CO2
2.2 Models – Sensors – Odometry 1 CO2
2.3 Single point robot - Unicycle robot 1 CO2
2.4 Differential drive robot Car like Robots 1 CO2
2.5 Multi Robot models 1 CO2
3.0 Control Algorithm design for Robotic systems
3.1 Stability Analysis of actuators - Eigenvalue analysis 1 CO3
3.2 Lyapunov function method 1 CO3
3.3 PID Regulation of Actuators 1 CO3
3.4 State space model of two point robots 1 CO3

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 308 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

3.5 Linearization, LTI Systems 1 CO3

3.6 Stability Correction by Output Feedback 1 CO4
3.7 State Feedback – Pole Placement 1 CO4
3.8 Controllability of the DOFs – Observers 1 CO4
3.9 Observability 1 CO4
3.10 Sliding Mode Control, Adaptive Control 1 CO4
3.11 Adaptive feedback linearising control 1 CO4
3.12 Predictive dynamic control 1 CO4
3.13 The Separation Principle 1 CO4
3.14 Regularizations, Practical Considerations 1 CO4
3.15 A layered architecture. 1 CO4
4.0 Robot Control Models
4.1 Cruise Controller, Behaviour based Model 1 CO5
Go to Goal Model by A* Algorithm – Convex and Non
4.2 1 CO5
Convex world model
4.3 Obstacle Avoidance Model - Boundary following model 1 CO5
4.5 The Navigation Model using Neural Networks 1 CO5
4.6 Rendezvous problem 1 CO5
Case study: Differential drive control, Swarm Mobile Robots
4.7 1 CO6
coordination
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr M.A Ganesh [email protected]
2 Mr. S. Parthasarathi [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 309 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

General Electives

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 310 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTGA0 MECHATRONICS
GE 3 0 0 3
Preamble

Mechatronics is the synergistic combination of mechanical and electrical engineering,

computer science, and information technology, which includes the use of control systems as
well as numerical methods to design products with built-in intelligence. It involves study of
sensors, actuators, controlling mechanism/algorithm and common Mechatronics applications.
the synergistic combination of all the aspects of Mechatronics which would be useful in
developing a particular application.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
CO1 Describe mechatronics and appreciate design process. 5
Illustrate the working of sensors used in the measurement
CO2 15
of position, velocity, force, fluid pressure and temperature.
Demonstrate the working of electrical, mechanical,
CO3 20
hydraulic and pneumatic actuator.
Illustrate the open loop and closed loop system determine
CO4 20
the transfer function.
Describe the working principle, selection criteria, I/O
CO5 15
modules of PLC.
CO6 Develop a program using PLC to solve given problem. 10
Demonstrate the working conventional mechatronics
CO7 15
systems
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficienc
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
y Scale
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3, 2.4.4
1.1,1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO2 TPS2 Understand Respond -
2.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.3,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 3.2.6, 3.3.1, 4.4.5
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.3,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 3.2.6, 3.3.1, 4.4.5
1.1,1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO5 TPS2 Understand Respond -
2.4.4
1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.2.3, 2.4.3,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.4.4, 3.2.6, 3.3.1, 4.4.5
1.1,1.2, 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.4.3,
CO7 TPS2 Understand Respond -
2.4.4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 311 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 S M L - - - - - M M - -
CO4 S M L - - - - - L L - -
CO5 M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 S M L - - - - - M M - -
CO7 M L - - - - - - - - - -
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 80 50 50 100 - - 50
Apply - 30 30 100 30
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment I
Mechanism Assignment II & III - Mini-project
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Define Mechatronics
2. List the key elements of mechatronics system.
3. Difference between the traditional and mechatronics designs.

Course Outcome 2(CO2):

1. List the types of position sensors.
2. Explain the significance of incremental optical encoder.
3. Elucidate difference of RTD from Thermocouple

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. Make Difference between pressure relief valve and pressure reducing valve
2. Develop a hyduralic circuit for Clamp and drilling operation. use at least two
cylinders. One-cylinder advances first and clamps the work piece in a fixture.
Then the other cylinder moves in with tools for drilling operation on the work
piece cylinder
3. Describe about unipolar and bipolar stepper motor drive.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 312 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Define control system.
2. List the advantages of PID controller.
3. Describe about the effect of step signal on first order systems.

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Define PLC.
2. Name the different language of programming in PLC.
3. Explain the parts and functions of PLC.
4. Illustrate the discrete I/O module of PLC with neat diagram.

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. Develop a ladder diagram for Sequential delay output (starting 3 motors sequentially)
system having the following conditions. Starting the oil pump motor immediately when
START is pressed. The main motor will be started after a 10 sec delay and then the
auxiliary motor will be started after a 5 sec delay. In addition, stopping all motors
immediately when STOP is pressed.
2. When the lights are turned off in a building, an exit door light is to remain on for an
additional 2 min, and the parking lot lights are to remain on for an additional 3 min after
the door light goes out. Write a program to implement this process.

Course Outcome 7 (CO7):

1. Design a system to control the water temperature of a mixing valve fed by two
reservoirs. Output temperature is measured by a thermistor. The voltage of thermistor
is utilized as an analog input to data acquisition cards. The simulation returns the
temperature of water. The position of the valve is monitored by reading voltage across
the potentiometer. The simulation and control program determine the position of the
valve. The valve is controlled by 0 to 5 volt output. The thermistor is 0 to 2.5 volts.
2. Illustrate about the wiper control in automobile.

Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 313 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus
Introduction to Mechatronics
Introduction, Need, design process -Electrical, Mechanical, Electronics systems, Software,
Interfacing.

Sensors
Performance terminology - Position Sensors - Potentiometer, Differential transformers,
Proximity sensor, Hall effect sensors - Velocity Sensors: - Optical encoders, Tachogenerator;
Force / Pressure Sensors -Strain gauges - Flow sensors - Turbine meter - Temperature
Sensor - Bimetallic strips, RTD, Thermistors, Thermocouples.

Actuators
Mechanical Actuating Systems - Mechanical systems - Cams, Gears, Ratchet and Pawl, Belt
& chain drives - Electrical Actuating Systems - Solenoids, DC Motors, Servomotors, Stepper
motors - Pneumatic and Hydraulic systems - directional control valves, pressure control
valves, Cylinders, Pneumatics & Hydraulic circuits

Control Systems
System - Transfer function - open loop and closed loop system - Modelling of dynamic systems
- First order systems – Controllers - ON – OFF Control - Effect of P, I, D on PID controller.

Programmable Logic Controller

Introduction to PLC - Basic structure of PLC - Principle of operation - input and output
processing - PLC programming language - ladder diagram – timer – counter - internal relay -
selection of PLC for application.

Case studies
Washing machine - Automated Teller Machine - Air bag system - Cruise control - Wiper motion
control - PH Control System - pick and place robot

Learning Resources
1. W. Bolton, “Mechatronics – Electronic control systems in Mechanical & Electrical
Engineering”, Pearson Education Ltd., 2015.
2. Shetty and Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design’, Cengage learning, India, second
edition,2011.
3. Frank D petruzella, “Programmable logic controllers”, Fourth edition, McGraw Hill
higher education ,2016
4. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H. Bishop, “Modern Control Systems” Twelfth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2014.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction to Mechatronics
Introduction, Need, design process -Electrical,
1.1 2 CO1
Mechanical, Electronics systems, Software, Interfacing
2 Sensors
2.1 Performance terminology 1 CO2
Position Sensors - Potentiometer, Differential
2.2 2 CO2
transformers, Proximity sensor, Hall effect sensors
Velocity Sensors: - Optical encoders, Tachogenerator;
2.3 1 CO2
Force / Pressure Sensors -Strain gauges

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 314 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Flow sensors - Turbine meter - Temperature Sensor -

2.4 2 CO2
Bimetallic strips, RTD, Thermistors, Thermocouples
3 Actuators
Mechanical Actuating Systems - Mechanical systems -
3.1 1 CO3
Cams, Gears
3.2 Ratchet and Pawl, Belt & chain drives 2 CO3
3.3 Electrical Actuating Systems - Solenoids, DC Motors, 1 CO3
3.4 Servomotors, Stepper motors 1 CO3
Pneumatic and Hydraulic systems - directional control
3.5 2 CO3
valves
3.6 pressure control valves, Cylinders 1 CO3
3.7 Pneumatics & Hydraulic circuits 2 CO3
4 Control Systems
System - Transfer function - open loop and closed loop
4.1 2 CO4
system
4.2 Modelling of dynamic systems - First order systems 2 CO4
Controllers - ON – OFF Control - Effect of P, I, D on
4.3 2 CO4
PID controller
5 Programmable Logic Controller
Introduction to PLC - Basic structure of PLC - Principle
5.1 2 CO5
of operation
5.2 input and output processing 1 CO5
5.3 PLC programming language - ladder diagram 2 CO5, CO6
timer – counter - internal relay - selection of PLC for
5.4 2 CO5, CO6
application
6 Case studies
Washing machine - Automated Teller Machine- PH
6.1 2 CO7
Control System
6.2 Air bag system - cruise control - wiper motion control 2 CO7
6.3 pick and place robot 1 CO7
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Manikandan S [email protected]
2 Prakash A [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 315 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTGB0 SENSORS
GE 3 0 0 3

Preamble

Sensors find wide range of applications in the area of Industry, Robotics, Home
automation, Consumer electronics, Medicine,etc. Sensors helps measurements by generating
electric signals with embedded information about the measurand. Processing is done on the
signals obtained from the sensors by using electronic circuits to extract that information. This
course describes the basics of sensors, their static and dynamic characteristics, Signal
conditioning, Sensor working principles and smart sensors.

Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

CO1 Classify the sensors and transducers. 10

CO2 Determine the static and dynamic characteristics of sensors 10
CO3 Illustrate the basic principles of sensors 25
CO4 Select appropriate signal conditioning circuit for a sensor system 15
CO5 Determine the sensor measurements for the given parameters 30
CO6 Demonstrate the functionality of smart sensors 10
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.2,4.3.2
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.2,4.3.2
CO3 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.1.2,1.1.3,1.1.4, 1.2
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value - 1.2, 1.2
1.1.2,1.1.3,1.1.4, 1.2,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism
2.1.3,4.1.2, 4.4.3
CO6 TPS2 Understand Respond - 1.1.2,1.1.3, 1.2, 4.1.2

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S - M - - - - - - - - -
CO2 S S - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 S - M - - - - - - - - M
CO4 S S M - - - - - - - - -
CO5 S S M - S M M - S S - M
CO6 S M M - - M M - - - - M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 316 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 20 - - - 20
Understand 60 60 60 100 100 - 50
Apply 20 20 20 - - 100 30
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Quiz
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Define sensor.
2. Distinguish between active and passive sensor.
3. List any three physical conversion phenomenon employed in a sensor.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. A pressure transducer has a natural frequency of 30 rad/s, damping ratio of 0.1 and
static sensitivity of 1.0 µV/Pa. A step pressure input of 8x10 5 N/m2 is applied.
Determine the output of a transducer
2. A sensor has a scale of 0 - 2.50 V. It shows a voltage 1.5 V while the true value is 1.75.
Find absolute error, absolute correction and relative error
3. The rise time of a thermistor response is 0.5 s and the relation between the rise time
and the bandwidth is 𝜏𝑟𝑖𝑠𝑒 = 1/(4Δf).
a. Calculate the magnitude of the thermal noise. The ambient temperature is 27ºC
and the thermistor resistance is 10 kΩ at this temperature.
b. Find the signal-to noise ratio, if the average of current passing through the
resistor is 0.2 mA.
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Explain about Seebeck, Peltier and Thomson Effects.
2. Discuss about Capacitance and dielectric constant.
3. List the various methods of heat transfer.
Course Outcome 4(CO4):
1. Illustrate how instrumentation amplifier can be used for conditioning a sensor signal.
2. Find the resolution of a linear 8-bit ADC with 1 v Full scale input
3. The following is an unbalanced Wheatstone Bridge. Calculate the output voltage across
points C and D. Also find the value of resistor R4 required to balance the bridge circuit.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 317 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. A strain gauge having an unstrained resistance of 120 Ω and a gauge factor of 2.1 is
bonded onto a steel girder so that it experiences a tensile stress of 108 Pa. If Young’s
modulus for steel is 2 × 1011 Pa. Calculate the strained resistance of the gauge.
2. A linear displacement transducer made of potentiometer whose length is 8 cm
produces an output voltage of 5V for the input voltage of 10V. Find the linear
displacement.
3. An accelerometer has the following specifications: M= 0.0156kg, k=260N/m, b= 2.4
Ns/m, X_max=0.3cm. Find maximum acceleration that can be measured.
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Discuss the role of MR and ER fluids as a dampers in automobiles
2. Explain the different phases in a shape memory alloy.
3. Describe the operation of MEMS accelerometer sensor.
Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction to Sensor: Measurement systems, Transducers, sensors and actuators, Sensor
Classification
Sensor Characteristics: Static Characteristics and Dynamic Characteristics of Measurement
Systems, Noises in sensor circuits
Sensor Principles: Electric charge, field and potentials, capacitor and dielectric constant,
Magnetism, Induction, resistance, Seebeck, Peltier and Thomson effects, Heat transfer, light
and ultrasonic.
Signal conditioning: op-amp and Instrumentation amplifier, Excitation circuits, A/D and D/A
converters and bridge circuits.
Sensing Systems: Force, Flow, pressure, acoustic, humidity, moisture, temperature,
ultrasonic, optical, image and bio sensors. Position, displacement, motion, velocity,
acceleration sensors based system - Electrochemical, Hall-Effect sensors
Smart Sensors: Piezoelectric, Piezo-resistive, Shape memory alloys, MR and ER fluids,
and MEMS sensors.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 318 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Learning Resources
1. Jacob Fraden, “Hand book of modern sensors: Physics design and applications”,
Springer, 5th edition, 2015
2. John P. Bently, “ Principle of measurement systems”, Pearson education, Prentice Hall
publication, 2004, 4th edition.
3. Ian R. Sinclair, “Sensors and transducers”, Newness, Oxford, 2001, 3rd edition
4. Patranabis, D., “Sensors and Transducers”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2010
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108147/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction to Sensor
1.1 Measurement systems, Transducers, sensors & actuators 2 CO1
1.3 Sensor Classification 2 CO1
2 Sensor Characteristics:
2.1 Static Characteristics 2 CO2
Dynamic Characteristics of Measurement Systems, Noises
2.2 2 CO2
in sensor circuits
3 Sensor Principles:
3.1 Electric charge, field and potentials 2 CO3
3.2 capacitor and dielectric constant 1 CO3
3.3 magnetism, Induction, resistance 2 CO3
3.4 Seebeck, Peltier and Thomson effects 1 CO3
3.5 Heat transfer, light and ultrasonic 1 CO3
3.6 Resistive, Capacitive and inductive sensors 2 CO3
4 Sensor signal conditioning
4.1 op-amp and Instrumentation amplifier, 2 CO4
4.2 A/D and D/A converters 2 CO4
4.3 bridge circuits 1 CO4
5 Sensing Systems
5.1 Force, Flow, pressure 2 CO5
5.2 optical ,acoustic 2 CO5
5.3 humidity, moisture, temperature 1 CO5
5.4 ultrasonic, image and bio sensor 1 CO5
5.5 Position, displacement, 2 CO5
5.6 motion, velocity, acceleration sensors based system 1 CO5
5.7 Electrochemical, Hall-Effect sensors 2 CO5
6 Smart Sensors
6.1 Piezoelectric- Piezoresistive 1 CO6
6.2 Shape memory alloys 1 CO6
6.3 MR and ER fluids, and MEMS sensors 1 CO6
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr. L.R. Karlmarx [email protected]
2 Mr. B.Praveen Kumar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 319 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTGC0 VALUE ENGINEERING
GE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
New Product development is on rise and developing these products without compromising
quality and cost is a challenge. In such development, it has become necessary to reduce the
cost or eliminating the unnecessary cost, while improving the product performance or
otherwise quality. This course deals with improving the quality in terms of the requirements of
customer at the same or reduced cost by ensuring adequate system performance. Value
engineering is a systematic approach for value improvement and contains seven broader
phases. Hence, for product development, both cost and quality related issues need to be
tackled concurrently.

Prerequisite
• Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

CO1 Explain the life cycle of Value engineering methodology 10

CO2 Identify the various phases of value engineering 15
CO3 Perform function cost worth analysis for a given application 25
Create the ideas for solving the problems for an
CO4 20
environmental issue.
Analyse the functional importance and functional cost of the
CO5 20
product

CO6 Build the FAST diagram for a given application 10

*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
Understand Respond Guided
CO1 TPS2 1.1, 2.3.1,4.1.5
Response
Understand Respond Guided 1.1,2.3.1,4.1.5
CO2 TPS2
Response
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,2.1.4,2.2.4,4.1.5, 4.3.4
TPS3 1.1,2.1.2,2.2.4,2.4.3,3.1,4.1.5,
CO4 Apply Value Mechanism
4.3.4
TPS3 1.1,2.1.2,2.1.4,2.2.4,2.4.3,3.1,
CO5 Apply Value Mechanism
4.1.5,4.3.4
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,2.1.5,2.2.4,2,4,3,3.1,4.1.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 320 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 M - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 M S S - - - - - - - M -
CO4 S S S - - - - - - - M M
CO5 S S S - - - - - M - M -
CO6 S S S - - - - - - S - M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment
Cognitive Assessment Tests Terminal
Levels 1 2 3* 1 2 3 Examination
Remember 20 20 - - - - 10
Understand 80 40 - 100 - - 20
Apply - 40 40 100 100 30
Analyse - - 40 - - - 30
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - 20 - - - 10

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism Mini-project
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

CAT3*: Mini project (50 Marks)

Students are combined into a group of 3 or 4 to provide a mini project on a real time
example.(Only for Continuous assessment test)

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):

1. What are the objectives of value engineering?
2. Name the types of value
3. Define : Function
4. What do you meant by functional worth?
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Outline the techniques of value engineering plan
2. Differentiate between ex-factory selling price and life cycle cost of a product
3. Compare real savings and false savings

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. How would you determine the costs required to accomplish various functions of a
product? Explain with an example.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 321 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Explain how the low cost promising ideas for various customer desired functions
combined together to develop a number of workable solutions.

3. A product is manufactured at the break-even point. The management is considering a

change in the product design in spite of the fact that the fixed costs will increase 50%.
The sale of the new product is expected to shoot up by 100%. What should be the
profitability of the new design (as compared to the present design) so that the company
realizes a profit equal to the initial fixed cost per year?

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Consider the following decision making situation involving alternatives A & B
A (RS.) B(RS.)
Investment 20000 30000
Salvage Value 4000 0
Annual receipts 10000 14000
Annual costs 4400 8600
Life (years) 5 10

If minimum acceptable rate of return (MARR) is 15% and period of analysis is 10 years,
alternative is to be chosen (use NPW method)

2. Consider the following three alternatives

ALT A ALTB ALTC
Investment cost 28000 16000
23500
Net cash flow per year 5500 3300
4800
Salvage value 1500 0 500
Life ( Years) 10 10 10
----------------------------------------------------------
Assuming MARR = 15% and using IRR method, choose the best alternative of the
above.

3. Assume an initial investment of an asset as Rs.100000 and salvage value of Rs.10000

with the life of the assets as 10 years
Consider the following three methods of depreciation:
i) Straight line (ii) SYD (iii) Declining balance method (with 10% rate)
For these methods, plot the profile of book value as a function of life. Assuming interest rate
of 15%, Compute the net present worth of cash flows if above methods are to be used.
Incremental tax rate is 50%. Also rank the depreciation methods.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. An equipment is purchased for Rs.50000 that will reduce materials and labour cost by
Rs.14000 each year for N years. After N years, there will be no need for the equipment
and since it is specially designed, it will have no salvage value at any time. However,
according to the company tax procedure, this equipment must be depreciated on a
straight line basis for the tax life of 5 years. If the tax rate is 50%, what is the minimum
number of years (that is N) that the company must operate the equipment to earn a
minimum 10% after tax return/

2. Consider the following data for two machines X & Y

Machine Initial Cost Annual costs Salvage value

X 25000 4000 0

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 322 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Y 15000 8000 0

The machines can be used fir 5 years or they can be retained for use after the 5th year.
If so, the total useful life will be 20 years. The company is permitted to write off the
machine in 5 years for tax purpose, or it can write off the machine in 20 years.
Compare the results of using the long (20 years) or short (5 years) write off periods of
the tax rate is 50% and sum of year’s digits (SYD) method is used for depreciation.
Assume interest rate of 10%.

3. A plant manager is attempting to determine whether his firm should purchase a

component part or make it at its own facilities. If he purchases the item, it will cost the
company Rs.10 per unit. The company can make the item on an assembly line at a
variable cost of RS.2.50 per unit with a fixed cost of Rs.20000/- per year, or it can make
it at individual stations at a variable cost of Rs.5.00 per unit with a fixed cost of Rs.10000
per year. Assuming that the annual demand is expected to be 3500 units, determine
which alternative the plant manager should select. Also, frame decision rules for
MAKE/BUY for various levels of annual demand

Course Outcome 6 (CO6):

1. A company proposes to invest Rs.40000 in a new machine. The service life of machine
is 10 years.

a) What should be the annual savings if the minimum acceptable rate of return is
20%?
b) If the actual savings over this period are Rs.8000/- per year. What is the actual
rate of return (internal) on investment?

2. A man needs Rs.300000immediately for the purchase of a house. He will be required

to repay the loan in equal six monthly installments over the next 10 years. What are
the required payments at

a) 6% interest compounded semi annually

b) 10% interest compounded semi annually.

3. A new office copying machine costing $5600 will enable a company to save $0.03 per
sheet on some duplicating work. The present usage is approximately 9000 sheets per
month. Calculate the after tax IRR
Economic life 8 years
Depreciation term 10 Years
Depreciation method Straight line
Incremental tax rate 50 percent
Interest rate 10 percent

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 323 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Concept Map

Syllabus
Introduction:
Value Engineering (VE) and Value Analysis(VA) - Life Cycle of a product-Methodology of value
engineering – Difference from the conventional methods of cost reduction.
Unnecessary costs reasons- Quantitative definition of value- Use value and Prestige value
- Estimation of product Quality/performance-Types of functions- Relationship between Use
functions and Esteem Functions in product design – Functional cost and Functional Worth –
Effect of Value improvement on profitability-Test for poor value –Aims of Systematic Approach.
VE Job Plan:
Functional approach to value improvement - various phases and techniques of Job Plan –
Factors governing project selection – Types of Projects-Life Cycle Costing (LCC) for managing
the Total Value- Concepts in LCC – Present value concept-Annuity concept- Net Present
value-Payback period-Internal rate of return on Investment (IRR)-Examples and Illustrations.
Creative thinking and creative judgment- positive or constructive discontent-Tangible and
Intangible costs of implementation-False material-labour and overhead saving – Relationship
between savings and probability of success-Reliability estimation-System reliability- Reliability
elements in series and parallel.
Various phases:
General Phase-Information Phase – Type of costs- Function Phase – Evaluation of Functional
Relationships- Checks for consistency-Function –cost-weight-matrix-VIP Index – High cost
and Poor value areas- Creativity/Speculation Phase – Rules of creativity-Brainstorming- Idea
activators- Result accelerators – Evaluation Phase – Estimation of costs of ideas- Evaluation
by comparison – FAST Diagram.
Mini Project presentation and Case Studies.

Learning Resources
1. Value Engineering – A How to Manual by S SIyer, 3rd edition, New Age Publishers,
Chennai, 2019, ISBN: 978-81-224-2405-8
2. Value engineering, Mukhopadhyaya, Anil Kumar, Response Books, New Delhi ,2009,
ISBN: 0-7619-9788-1
3. Techniques of training in value Engineering- a trainers manual, R.G.Chaudari, Notion
press, Chennai, 2018,ISBN: 978-1-64249-128-9
4. Richard J Park, “Value Engineering – A Plan for Inventions”, St.Lucie Press, London,
1999.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 324 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

5. Profit Improvement through Value Analysis, value Engineering and Purchase Price
Analysis, A.D.Raven, (1971),Cassell and Co. London.
6. Arthur E Mudge, “Value Engineering”, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1989.
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107282/

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Introduction
1.1 Value Engineering and Value analysis 1 CO1
1.2 Life cycle of a product 1 CO1
1.3 Value Engineering methodology 2 CO1
Difference from the conventional methods of Cost CO1
1.4 1
reduction
2 Reasons for unnecessary costs
2.1 Definition of value 1 CO3
2.2 Use value and Prestige value 1 CO3
2.3 Estimation of Quality /Performance 1 CO3
2.4 Types of functions 1 CO3
Relationship between Use functions and Esteem 2 CO5
2.5
Functions in product design
2.6 Functional cost and Functional Worth 2 CO5
2.7 Effect of Value improvement on profitability 1 CO5
2.8 Test for poor value 1 CO5
Aims of Systematic Approach. Functional approach to 1 CO5
2.9
value improvement
3 VE Job Plan
3.1 Functional approach to value improvement 1 CO3
3.2 Orientation and Information Phases 2 CO3
3.3 Techniques of Job Plan 1 CO3
3.4 Factors governing project selection – Types of Projects 1 CO3
Life Cycle Costing (LCC) for managing the Total Value- 1 CO3
3.5
Concepts in LCC –
Present value concept-Annuity concept- Net Present 1 CO3
3.6
value
Payback period-Internal rate of return on Investment 1 CO3
3.7
(IRR)-Examples and Illustrations
4 Various phases
Creative thinking and creative judgment- positive or 2 CO4
4.1
constructive discontent
Tangible and Intangible costs of implementation-False 1 CO4
4.2
material-labour and overhead saving
Relationship between savings and probability of 1 CO4
4.3 success-Reliability Estimation-System reliability-
Reliability elements in series and parallel.
General Phase-Information Phase – Type of costs - 1 CO2
4.4
Function Phase
Evaluation of Functional Relationships - Checks for 1 CO2
4.5 consistency- Function – cost-weight-matrix - VIP Index
– High cost and Poor value areas-

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 325 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Evaluation Phase – Estimation of costs of ideas- 1 CO2

4.6
Evaluation by comparison.
FAST Diagram 2
4.7
CO6
4.7 Mini Project presentation and Case Studies 3 CO6
Total 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id

1 Dr.M.PalaniNatha Raja [email protected]

2 M.M.Devarajan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 09.11.2019 - 326 - Approved in 59th Academic Council Meeting on 07.12.2019
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Engineering Science Electives

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 327 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTEA0 INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
ES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
A dynamic and highly competitive business environment requires an increasingly efficient
and controllable product development process. This dynamic process demands more
creative and innovative solutions that provide the challenging and diverse requirements of
the customer.
IPD represents a critical opportunity to re-organize product development on a sounder basis.
Development and product costs can be reduced, product quality and performance improved,
and time-to-market reduced with an aggressive, purposeful approach to IPD. This requires a
formal, structured approach to implementing IPD. This must be based on a comprehensive
and complete understanding of what IPD involves. This course shall help familiarize students
with the key concepts on the IPD, and equip them with skills and knowledge that would
make them highly suitable for the industry.

Prerequisite
• 18ES290 - Lateral Thinking
• 18ES390 - Design Thinking

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Number Course Outcome Statement in %

Familiar with the global trends and development

CO1 17
methodologies of various types of products and services
Conceptualize, Design, prototype and develop product
CO2 32
management plan for a new product.
Transform customer needs into technical specification of a
CO3 6
product.
Perform the PESTLE Analysis and Requirement Engineering
CO4 17
Analysis.
Develop System Integration, Testing, Certification and
CO5 17
Documentation.
Coordinate with various teams to verify, validate andsustain
CO6 up to the End of Life support activities for engineering 11
customer
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours
CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
Guided 1.2,2.2.2,2.3.1,2.4.4,2.4.7,2.5.1,
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond
Response 2.5.2,3.1.1,3.2.1,3.3.1,4.1,4.2
1.1.1,1.1.2,1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2.1,2.2.2,2.3,2.4,2.5,3.1,3.2,
4.1,4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 328 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

1.1.1,1.1.2,1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2.1,2.2.2,2.3,2.4,2.5,3.1,3.2,4.1,
4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6
1.1.1,1.1.2,1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2.1,2.2.2,2.3,2.4,2.5,3.1,3.2,4.1,
4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6
1.1.1,1.1.2,1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2.1,2.2.2,2.3,2.4,2.5,3.1,3.2,
4.1,4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6
1.1.1,1.1.2,1.2,2.1.1,2.1.2,2.1.3,
CO6 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2.1,2.2.2,2.3,2.4,2.5,3.1,3.2,
4.1,4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M M S M - S S - - - - - - -
CO2 M M S M - S S - S S S S S S
CO3 M M S M - S S - S S S S S S
CO4 M M S M - S S - S S S S S S
CO5 M M S M - S S - S S S S S S
CO6 M M S M - S S - S S S S S S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Cognitive Assessment Assignment Terminal
Levels Tests Examination
1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember - - - - -
Understand - - - - Development 40
Development
Apply 100 100 100 100 of working 60
of Prototype
Analyse - - - - model -
100
Evaluate - - - - 100 -
Create - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Prototype
Mechanism New Product
Complex Overt Responses
Adaptation
Origination

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 329 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. List the factors affecting New product design.
2. Classify types of products.
3. Brief about product design.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Distinguish between functional design and production design, with suitable examples.
2. Discuss the different types of product validation techniques.
3. Explain the concept selection process with example.

Course Outcome 3(CO3):

1. As a customer identify the basic needs in the selection of a new car.
2. Select the suitable product development methodology for software companies and
criticizeyour selection.
3. List your needs with respect to two wheeler motorcycle suspension and convert to a
4. product specification.

Course Outcome 4 (CO4):

1. Select the innovation criteria for product success in the life cycle of a product.
2. How concept selection methods can is used to benchmark or evaluate the existing
product?
3. Evaluate concept selection methods for five automobiles you might consider
forpurchasing.
Course Outcome 5 (CO5):
1. As a customer Identify the basic needs while selection a new car
2. Decompose a micro oven into its assemblies, components, electrical circuits.
3. Draw the product architecture for a ink jet printer
Course Outcome 6 (CO6):
1. Develop the obsolescence management process for a android smart phone.
2. Explain PDCA cycle.
3. Explain configuration Management.

Concept Map

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 330 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Syllabus
Fundamentals of Product Development
Global Trends Analysis and Product decision - Social Trends - Technical Trends-
Economical
Trends - Environmental Trends - Political/Policy Trends –PESTEL Analysis- Introduction to
Product DevelopmentMethodologies and Management - Overview of Products and Services
- Types of ProductDevelopment - Overview of Product Development methodologies -
Product Life Cycle – ProductDevelopment Planning and Management.
Requirements and System Design
Requirement Engineering - Types of Requirements- Traceability Matrixand Analysis -
Requirement Management - System Design & Modelling - Introduction to System Modelling -
System Optimization - System Specification - Sub-System Design - Interface Design.
Design and Testing
Conceptualization - Industrial Design and User Interface Design - Introduction to Concept
generationTechniques – Challenges in Integration of Engineering Disciplines - Concept
Screening & Evaluation -Detailed Design - Component Design and Verification –
Mechanical, Electronics and SoftwareSubsystems - High Level Design/Low Level Design of
S/W Program - Types of Prototypes, S/W Testing- Hardware Schematic, Component design,
Layout and Hardware Testing – Prototyping - Introduction toRapid Prototyping and Rapid
Manufacturing - System Integration, Testing, Certification andDocumentation
Sustenance Engineering and End-of-Life (EoL) Support
Introduction to Product verification processes and stages - Introduction to Product validation
processesand stages - Product Testing standards and Certification - Product Documentation
- Sustenance -Maintenance and Repair – Enhancements - Product EOL - Obsolescence
Management – ConfigurationManagement - EOL Disposal
Business Dynamics – Engineering Services Industry
The Industry - Engineering Services Industry - Product development in Industry versus
Academia – TheIPD Essentials - Introduction to vertical specific product development
processes -Manufacturing/Purchase and Assembly of Systems - Integration of Mechanical,
Embedded and S/Wsystems – Product development Trade-offs - Intellectual Property Rights
and Confidentiality – Securityand configuration management

Learning Resources
1. Foundation skills in Integrated product development (FSIPD), NASSCOM, Edition
2015
2. Karl T Ulrich and Stephen D Eppinger, "Product Design and Development", Tata
McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, New Delhi, 2011
3. John W Newstorm and Keith Davis, "Organizational Behavior", Tata McGraw Hill,
4. Eleventh Edition, New Delhi, 2005
5. Hiriyappa B, “Corporate Strategy – Managing the Business”, Author house, USA,
2013
6. Peter F Drucker, “People and Performance”, Butterworth – Heinemann [Elsevier],
7. Oxford, UK, 2004.
8. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkitakrishnan N K, “Enterprise Resource Planning –
Concepts and Practice”, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2003
1. Mark S Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, "Human Factors in Engineering and
Design",McGraw Hill Education, Seventh Edition, New Delhi, 2013.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 331 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course

Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Fundamentals of Product development
Types of various trends affecting product decision - 1 CO1
Social Trends (Demographic, Behavioural,
1.1
Psychographic), Technical Trends(Technology,
Applications, Tools, Methods )
Economical Trends(Market, Economy, Gross Domestic 1 CO1
1.2 Product, Income Levels, Spending Pattern, target cost,
Total Cost of Ownership)
Environmental Trends(Environmental Regulations and 1 CO1
1.3 Compliance), Political/Policy Trends(Regulations,
Political Scenario, IP Trends and Company Policies.
1.4 PESTLE Analysis 2 CO4
Product development methodologies, types of product
1.5 1 CO1
development.
Product Life Cycle – Product Development Planning and
1.6 1 CO1
Management.
2 Requirements and System Design
2.1 Requirement Engineering - Types of Requirements 2 CO4
2.2 Traceability Matrix and Analysis 1 CO4
2.3 Requirement Management 1 CO4
System Design & Modeling - Introduction to System CO2
2.4 1
Modeling
2.5 System Optimization - System Specification 2 CO3
2.6 Sub-System Design - Interface Design. 1 CO2
3 Design and Testing
Conceptualization - Industrial Design and User Interface CO2
3.1 1
Design
3.2 Introduction to Concept generationTechniques 1 CO2
Challenges in Integration of Engineering Disciplines - CO2
3.3 2
Concept Screening & Evaluation -Detailed Design
Detailed Design - Component Design and Verification – CO2
3.4 2
Mechanical, Electronics and SoftwareSubsystems
3.5 High Level Design/Low Level Design of S/W Program 1 CO2
Types of Prototypes, S/W Testing- Hardware Schematic, CO2
3.6 2
Component design, Layout and Hardware Testing
Introduction toRapid Prototyping and Rapid CO2
3.7 1
Manufacturing
System Integration, Testing, Certification CO5
3.8 2
andDocumentation
Sustenance Engineering and End-of-Life (EoL)
4
Support
4.1 Introduction to Product verification processes and stages 1 CO6
4.2 Introduction to Product validation processes and stages 1 CO6
Product Testing standards and Certification - Product CO5
4.3 1
Documentation
Sustenance -Maintenance and Repair – Enhancements - CO6
4.4 1
Product EOL

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 332 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Obsolescence Management – Configuration CO6

4.5 1
Management - EOL Disposal
5 Business Dynamics – Engineering Services Industry
The Industry - Engineering Services Industry - Product CO1
5.1 1
development in Industry versus Academia
TheIPD Essentials - Introduction to vertical specific CO5
5.2 product development processes - 1
Manufacturing/Purchase and Assembly of Systems
Integration of Mechanical, Embedded and S/W systems CO5
5.3 1
– Product development Trade-offs
Intellectual Property Rights and Confidentiality – Security CO5
5.4 1
and configuration management.
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Dr.M.Palaninatharaja [email protected]
2 Mr.H Ramesh [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 333 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Category L T P Credit(s)
18MTEB0 BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
ES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
When the green movement grows in popularity, more and more electric vehicles ( EVs) of all
kinds from electric scooters to buses, busses, and freight trucks will grace the
highways.Technology manufacturers must be tested to have solutions that can be tailored to
a broad range of specific styles of batteries and automobiles with a large range of efficiency
specifications.This course discusses key factors that are ideally suited to meeting the
challenges of including battery capacity, lifetime and, of course, protection when developing
smart battery management and charging systems.EV battery packs consist of several series
and parallel arranged cell modules.The battery management system ( BMS) consists of
many components organized throughout the battery pack and in the car, including
monitoring components close to the battery cells themselves, one or more power conversion
stages determined by the vehicle's needs, and intelligent controllers.

Prerequisite
• Analog Electronics, Digital Electronics
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

CO1 Identify the major Components in Lithium-ion cell and their Purpose. 15
Develop Equivalent Circuit model of Li-ion Battery pack and
CO2 15
Compute Circuit Model Parameters for given vehicle Dynamics
Adhere Mathematical Models of Different State of Charge (SOC)
CO3 10
Estimators and their Limitations.
Adhere Mathematical Models of Different State of Health (SOH)
CO4 10
Estimators and their Limitations.
Design Battery balancing systems with thermal management for
CO5 30
Desired battery configurations.
CO6 Estimate Remaining Energy and Available Power for a battery 20
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level

CO CDIO Curricular Components
Proficiency
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor (X.Y.Z)
Scale
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1
Response
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.2,1,3
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.3,2.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.3,2.1
CO5 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 2.2,3.1,4.4
Complex 2.3,4.3
CO6 TPS4 Analyse Organise Overt
Responses

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 334 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - L - - - - - M -
CO2 S M L - - - L - - - - - L -
CO3 S M L - M - L - - L M - - S
CO4 S M L - M - L - M - M - - S
CO5 S M L - M - L - M - L M - S
CO6 S S M L M - L - - L L M - S
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember - - - - - - -
Understand 50 - - 50 - - 25
Apply 50 100 50 50 100 50 50
Analyse - - 50 - - 50 25
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception
Set
Guided Response Programming Assignment
Mechanism Practical Component
Complex Overt Responses Mini Project
Adaptation
Origination

Sample Questions for Course Outcome Assessment

Course Outcome 1(CO1):
1. Draw the Architecture of Li-ion Cell.
2. Draw the electron Configuration of Lithium Molecule.
3. Define Equivalent Series Resistance.
Course Outcome 2(CO2):
1. Discuss in Detail about the ESC Cell model.
2. List the Requirements of Battery Management Systems
3. Brief About Isolation sensing
Course Outcome 3(CO3):
1. Differentiate Empirical and Physics based Modelling
2. Derive the Equations Involving Vehicle Dynamics
3. Illustrate the simulation Strategy for Battery pack estimation
Course Outcome 4 (CO4):
1. Define SOC.
2. What are the six steps involved in Sequential Probabilistic Inference?
3. Illustrate Kalman filter recursion with neat diagram.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 335 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

Course Outcome 5 (CO5):

1. Define Equivalent Series Resistance.
2. Differentiate Positive and Negative Electrode Aging.
3. Derive the Weighted least square methods for Predic
Course Outcome 6 (CO5):
1. List the Causes for Cell Imbalance.
2. Illustrate the Working of Passive Resistor Balancing Ciruit
3. Define Voltage Based Rate Limits

Concept Map

Syllabus
Battery Modelling:
Battery boot camp-Lithium-ion cell Preview, Equivalent Circuit Models, Introduction to
microscale Cell Models.
Equivalent Circuit Methods:
Battery Management Systems – Requirements, Modelling and Simulation of Battery Packs
(empirical and Physics based), Vehicle Dynamics
Battery-State Estimation:
SOC Estimation – Sequential Probabilistic Inference- Linear Kalman Filter – Extended
Kalman Filter
Battery Health Estimation:
Need for Health Estimates – electrode aging- Parameter Estimation using Kalman Filter
Cell Balancing:
Causes of Cell Imbalance – Balancer Design - Circuits for Balancing.
Power Estimation:
Simple cell Model Power Estimation, Full Cell model Power Estimation.

Learning Resources
1. Battery Management Systems, Volume I: Battery Modeling by Gregory L. Plett,
Publisher: ARTECH HOUSE PUBLISHERS; Unabridged edition (2015) Language:
English ISBN-10: 1630810231 ISBN-13: 978-1630810238

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 336 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 B.E. Mechatronics 2018 - 2019

2. Battery Management Systems, Volume II: Equivalent-Circuit Methods Gregory L.

Plett, Publisher: Artech House Publishers; Unabridged edition (2016). Language:
English ISBN-10: 1630810274 ISBN-13: 978-1630810276
3. ECE4710/5710: Modeling, Simulation, and Identification of Battery Dynamics,
University of Colorado, Colorado Springs. http://mocha-
java.uccs.edu/ECE5710/index.html
4. ECE5720: Modelling, Simulation, and Identification of Battery Dynamics., University
of Colorado, Colorado Springs. http://mocha-java.uccs.edu/BMS2/index.html
5. Battery Management Algorithm for Electric Vehicle, Rui Xion, Springer Nature, 2019,
ISBN 981150248X, 9789811502484
6. Thermal Management of Electric Vehicle Battery Systems, Ibrahim Dincer, Halil S.
Hamut, Nader Javani, John Wiley & Sons, 2017
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module No. of Course
Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Battery Modelling:
1.1 Battery boot camp 1 CO1
1.2 Cell Preview – chemical battery (Different types) 2 CO1
1.3 Equivalent Circuit Models 2 CO1
1.4 Introduction to microscale Cell Models. 1 CO1
2 Equivalent Circuit Methods:
2.1 Battery Management Systems 1 CO2
2.2 Requirements of BMS 1 CO2
Modelling and Simulation of Battery Packs (empirical CO2
2.3 2
and Physics based)
2.4 Vehicle Dynamic and Vehicle Range Calculation 1 CO2
3 Battery-State Estimation:
3.1 SOC Estimation 2 CO3
3.2 Linear Kalman Filter 1 CO3
4 Battery Health Estimation:
4.1 Need for Health Estimates 2 CO4
4.2 Electrode aging 1 CO4
5 Cell Balancing:
5.1 Causes of Cell Imbalance 2 CO5
5.2 Balancer Design choices 2 CO5
5.3 Circuits for Balancing – Passive, Resistive 2 CO5
5.4 Circuits for Balancing – Active, Capacitive 2 CO5
5.5 Circuits for Balancing – Active, Inductive 2 CO5
Thermal Management of Battery (Charging and CO5
5.6 2
Discharging)
6 Power Estimation:
6.1 Simple cell Model 2 CO6
6.2 Power Estimation 2 CO6
6.3 Full Cell model 2 CO6
6.4 Power Estimation 1 CO6
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. S. Parthasarathi [email protected]
2 Mr M.A Ganesh [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 337 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 SYLLABI

For

B.E. Mechatronics Program

Industry Supported Courses

For the students admitted from the

academic year 2018-2019 onwards

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Govt. Aided, Autonomous Institution affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015

Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 338 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT1A0 BUILDING AUTOMATION AND CONTROLS
PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble
Market research analysts predict that the global building automation and controls market will
grow steadily during the next four years and post a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR)of
more than 12% by 2021.This market research analysis identifies the degree of flexibility offered
by open integrated building management systems as one of the primary growth factors for this
market, In addition to the textbook knowledge, it is essential to expose the students and train
them on the application part of Building automation and controls as seen in the industry. When
got exposed and trained students will come forward to take up Building automation and controls
for their career. Which in will turn benefit the society in energy saving aspects.

Prerequisite
• NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %
CO1 Explain the Basics of Building automation and controls 20
CO2 Develop System Architecture of Building automation and controls 20
CO3 Develop an IO Point Summary and select DDC Controllers 30
CO4 Prepare Building automation and controls in Industries, Commercial 30
and Residential Building
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular
CO
Proficiency Components
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 1.1,1.2,4.1.4
Response
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,1.2,2.1,4.1.1,4.4.1
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,1.2,2.1,4.1.1,4.1.2,4.4.1
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value Mechanism 1.1,1.2,2.1,3.1.1,4.1.1,4.4.1

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - L L
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - - - L L
CO3 S M L - - - - - - - - - M S
CO4 S M L - - - - - - - - M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember - - - - - - 20
Understand - - - - - - 50

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 339 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 Apply - - - 100 - - 30
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -
1. Out of 100 Marks,50 Marks(Internal)will be for Mini-project/Assignments and 50
Marks will be for End Semester Exam.
2. End semester question paper will be combination of Short questions descriptive and
problematic question

Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism Mini project/quiz
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Concept Map

Syllabus
Overview of Building automation and controls –Definition, Energy Management and
Facility Management and Scope of Building automation and controls System
Architecture of Building automation and controls – Components of Building
automation and controls and understanding of the System Architecture of Building
automation and controls
Control Loop Logic – Understanding of PID Control Loops and applicability in Building
automation and controls
Definition of Terminologies and Field Devices - Analog and Binary Points, Field
Devices, Sensors, Actuators for various applications Input Output Point Summary - for
various applications, DDC Controller Selection and Wiring Details
Protocols & Integration of Various MEP Systems - Definition of Various Protocols –
BACnet/Mod Bus/LON and Integration of HVAC, Lighting, Fire Alarm System, PHE
Systems, Electrical Systems, Security Systems
Building Management Level Functions – BMS Workstation Software, Alarms, Trends,
Logs, Reports, Graphics

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 340 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
Workshop on Integrated Building automation and controls –Case Study of a working
project and workshop

Learning Resources
1. Hand out – all materials presented in the class to be shared

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of Course
Topic
No. Hours Outcome
1 Overview of Building automation and
controls
1.1 Definition,Scope of IBMS, Energy and Facility 1
CO1
Management
2 System Architecture of Building automation and
controls
2.1 Components of Building automation and controls& 1
CO2
Understanding of System Architecture
3 Control Loop Logic
3.1 Understanding of PID Loops 1 CO2
3.2 Application of Control Loops in Building automation and 1 CO2
controlswith some examples
4 Definition of Building automation and controls
Terminologies and Field Devices
4.1 Definition of Analog – Binary – Input – Output Points 1 CO1
(AI, BI.AO & BO)
4.2 Field Devices, Sensors, Actuators etc., used in Building 1 CO1
automation and controls
5 Input Output Point Summary
5.1 Building up of an IO Point Summary 1 CO3
5.2 DDC Controller Selection 1 CO3
5.3 Wiring Details 1 CO3
5.4 Practical Example of an IO Point Summary – Work out 1 CO3
– Tutorial
6 Protocols &Integration of Various M E P Systems
6.1 Definition of BACnet, ModBus, LON & Interoperability 1 CO4
6.2 Integration of HVAC, FAS, Electrical & other 3rd Party 1 CO4
Systems
7 Building Management Level Functions
7.1 BMS Workstation Software & Graphics, Trends, 1
CO4
Reports, Alarms, Logs
8 Workshop on Building automation and controls
8.1 Case Study and Example 1 CO4
Total 14

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr C Subramaniam [email protected]
2 Dr G Kumaraguruparan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 341 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
 DESIGN FOR ENVIRONMENTAL Category L T P Credit(s)
18MT2A0
COMPATIBILITY PEES 2 0 0 2

Preamble

In today’s technology era, every product is getting commoditized with pressure to deliver
more functionality at lesser cost. While physics behind engineering products designed over
last 5 decades remain the same, the user expectation has seen drastic change that makes
product designed a couple of years obsolete / not sellable. We as engineers need to design
a product with features and functionalities that the customer wants. For even a simple
product such as fan/blower, there will be number of designs based on specific application,
type of market, segment of users, etc. This course will bring those aspects of technical
specification that derives the product boundary, but also the implied requirements of end
customer. Products are getting more complex that could not be generically expressed as
mechanical equipment, electrical apparatus for the reason that each of them has got
electrical / printed wiring, electronics controls and a piece of software, etc. This course will
navigate through multiple engineering disciplines, multiple applications and compatibility of
the design to meet those requirements.
Prerequisite
• NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Weightage***
Course Outcome Statement
Number in %

Identify product requirement based on application, environment

CO1 15
and statutory requirement.
Select statutory, generic, application specific, country specific
CO2 15
standards that product is expected to comply
Access External factors such as temperature, humidity, pressure,
CO3 road condition and their influence on the choice of components, 20
materials in designing products
Design for X (X stands for manufacturability, testability, scalability,
CO4 50
EMC, environment, Serviceability, reliability, etc..)
*** Weightage depends on number of contact hours

CO Mapping with CDIO Curriculum Framework

TCE Learning Domain Level CDIO Curricular

CO
Proficiency Components
# Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Scale (X.Y.Z)
Guided
CO1 TPS2 Understand Respond 4.3.1, 4.3.2
Response
CO2 TPS3 Apply Value - 4.5.5
CO3 TPS3 Apply Value - 4.3.1
4.3.1,4.3.2,4.3.3,4.4.1,4.4.2,
CO4 TPS3 Apply Value -
4.4.3,4.4.6,4.5.5

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 342 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 M L - - L S S M - - - M M M
CO2 S M L - L S S M - - - M - -
CO3 S M L - L S S M - - - M M M
CO4 S M L - L S S M - - - M M M
S – Strong M – Medium L – Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Continuous
Assignment Terminal
Cognitive Assessment Tests
Examination
Levels 1 2 3 1 2 3
Remember - - - - - - 20
Understand - - - - - - 60
Apply - - - 100 - - 20
Analyse - - - - - - -
Evaluate - - - - - - -
Create - - - - - - -
1. Out of 100 Marks, 50 Marks (Internal) will be for Mini project/Assignments and 50
Marks will be for End Semester Exam.
2. End semester question paper will be combination of Short questions descriptive and
problematic questions
Assessment Pattern: Psychomotor

Psychomotor Skill Mini-project / Assignment / Practical Component

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response Assignment
Mechanism Mini Project
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Concept Map

Syllabus

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 343 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
Background - Why should we focus on Environmental compatibility, while designing a
product, Design of product for requirement, Technical specification Vs actual product usage,
End Application, End user profile, external environment factors
External environmental factors influence on design - Physical environment:
Temperature, Humidity, Altitude, rain, radiation, etc., Application environment: Handheld,
fixed/static, mobile/transport, etc., User /Implied Environment-Varied use/abuse profile,
Electromagnetic environment
Standards and Environment (all types including EMC)-International Generic suggestive
standards, National Statutory standards, Application oriented standards
Design for Environment (all types including EMC) - Tools, processes, techniques,
Analysis, validation, verification methods
Testing for environment (all types including EMC) - Test methods and Standards,
Results interpretation, Root cause analysis, Problem solving and mitigation
Product Realization - Brainstorming of ideas, selection of concept and conceptual
designing, Selection of material, components, supplier quality and Bill of material, Journey
from design to actual product for usage
Lessons learned and how to use for intern projects

Learning Resources
1. Electronic Packaging and Interconnection Handbook”, Charles A Harper, 4th Edition,
2004, McGrawHill Education

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No of Course

No. hours Outcome
Lectures
1 Background
1.1 Why should we focus on Environmental compatibility, 1 CO1
while designing a product
1.2 Design of product for requirement
1.3 Technical specification Vs actual product usage 1 CO1
1.4 End Application, End user profile, external environment 1 CO1
factors
2 External environmental factors influence on design
2.1 Physical Environment: Temperature, Humidity, Altitude, 1 CO3
rain, radiation, etc.
2.2 Application environment: Handheld, fixed/static, 1 CO3
mobile/transport, etc.
2.3 User/Implied Environment : Varied use/abuse profile, 1 CO3
Electromagnetic environment
3 Standards and Environment ( all types including EMC)
3.1 International Generic suggestive standards 1 CO2
3.2 National Statutory standards 1 CO2
3.3 Application oriented standards 1 CO2
4 Design for Environment ( all types including EMC)
4.1 Tools, processes, techniques 3 CO4
4.2 Analysis, validation, verification methods 3 CO4
5 Testing for environment ( all types including EMC)
5.1 Test methods and Standards, Results interpretation 1 CO4
5.2 Root cause analysis, Problem solving and mitigation 2 CO4

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 344 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020
Module Topic No of Course
No. hours Outcome
Lectures
6 Product Realization
6.1 Brainstorming of ideas, selection of concept and 2 CO4
conceptual designing
6.2 Selection of material, components, supplier quality and Bill 2 CO4
of material,
6.3 Journey from design to actual product for usage 1 CO4
7 Lessons learned and how to use for intern projects 1 CO4
Total 24

Course Designers:
Sl. No. Name E-mail Id
1 Mr. N. Parameswaran [email protected]
2 Dr G Kumaraguruparan [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting on 04.07.2020 - 345 - Approved in 60th Academic Council Meeting on 25.07.2020